[RSArchive Icon] Rudolf Steiner Archive Home  Version 2.5.4
 [ [Table of Contents] | Search ]


[Spacing]
Searching Rudolf Steiner Lectures by Date
Matches

You may select a new search term and repeat your search. Searches are not case sensitive, and you can use regular expressions in your queries.


Enter your search term:
by: title, keyword, or context
   


   Query type: 
    Query was: ring
  

Here are the matching lines in their respective documents. Select one of the highlighted words in the matching lines below to jump to that point in the document.

  • Title: The Inner Development of Man
    Matching lines:
    • thoughts before ever venturing into soul and spirit worlds. One who
    • In pondering the demands everyday life makes it becomes clear that it
    • awaken the slumbering soul faculties; let them arise out of the inner
    • divine worship every morning during which he gazes up in reverence to
    • one's own initiative by hearing or reading special rules in
    • entwined spirals like rings of mist. They wind around one another and
    • “listening.” Thus, if a person brings himself with strict self-control
    • chance to gain occult powers. Every moment during which a person
    • stammering of a babe as if it were a revelation, has he created within
    • initiation. During the first stage or level, man's being is prepared
  • Title: Lecture: Woman and Society (Die Frauenfrage)
    Matching lines:
    • differing opinions people have tried to form a view concerning the
    • drawn from quite other sources, there could not be such a clamouring
    • when people will feel that the wellsprings of the spirit in life must
    • for the opening of the true spiritual wellsprings of humanity.
    • which makes man the crown of creation. We can best bring this before
    • that which, during this masculine culture, has awoken in men. Just as
    • then have an understanding for what will bring the true solution to
  • Title: Lecture: Problems of Nutrition
    Matching lines:
    • accused, by those who know it only from the outside, of aspiring
    • Bearing this in mind, we can raise the question
    • relationship by bearing in mind the influence of light on plants.
    • within himself and make an inner effort to bring about the
    • by comparing men with the multitudes of animals, find distributed
    • diet. Today, an extreme diet of meat naturally brings its
  • Title: Lecture: The Etherisation of the Blood
    Matching lines:
    • picturing his environment. That is one situation. Another is the
    • witnessing a manifestation of forces springing from anger, a
    • in which we can find our bearings only by summoning the findings of
    • ego are outpoured into the great world bordering on physical
    • the one hand during waking life and during sleep on the other?
    • always asleep, Only there is a difference between sleep during the
    • night and sleep during the day. Of this we can be convinced in a
    • during the day, that is to say, one can become clairvoyant and see
    • Man is unaware that the will does not sleep during the night because
    • not sleep during the night but it then works as it were in a fiery
    • by bringing this microcosmic life of soul into relation with the
    • awake. During the day he is awake in respect of his intellect; during
    • What is already within us can bring about the further development of
    • appreciation which is continuously present in man. During the day man
    • place during sleep at night in any case and no proof of this is
    • element in which we are really awake brings us shadow-images of the
    • originate. Then during sleep, when we dream, these dreams play into
    • into us. And when we work actively during sleep, impressing morality
    • life of thoughts during the night with the influence of Divine
    • all the time during his waking life.
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Overcoming Nervousness
    Matching lines:
    • who is not afflicted. Considering present social conditions to which all
    • been conducted during recent months. There has been no little talk about
    • to health, and that many upsets bordering on severe illness can be
    • There is a good exercise for gradually curing such forgetfulness.
    • means of remembering where it is. This does not, of course, apply to all
    • attention to, and to bring the innermost core of his being into connection
    • With certain things we do, no matter whether or not they are of enduring
    • carry it out. Others, still, cannot bring themselves to will firmly what they
    • the child, especially during the first seven years, and it will soon become
    • good to practice self-denial in not considering bad in our fellow-men the
  • Title: Jesus and Christ
    Matching lines:
    • creed, thereby interfering with what someone may hold precious. Anyone
    • soul may bring about an infinite enhancement of its inherent forces of
    • Exact spiritual-scientific investigation shows that during the whole
    • with the present epoch, considering the whole development of humanity.
    • developed the psychic life. During spiritual vision they could free
    • withdrawing from the sense world and entering the spiritual world he
    • earth grew cold, when its plant covering began to fade, he had to feel
    • he could share in the rising life of spring and of the earth's
    • prescribed in the ancient mysteries to bring inspiration to man became
    • Gospels, we now see Christ Jesus entering the evolution of the world.
    • Let us proceed, bearing in mind indications of the Gospels concerning
    • now considering, the contact with the spiritual-divine essence of the
    • during his physical existence. Even today one may be a spiritual
    • acquire the capacity of transcending egotism, of conquering egotism
  • Title: Lecture: Newborn Might and Strength Everlasting
    Matching lines:
    • could be understood only by her. Considering the different way things are
    • "Higher up, we see some hermits sitting on a hill. Some are gathering food,
    • on, we see numerous invalids and all kinds of suffering. They adjoin the
    • eternal being during the first three years of childhood. I have tried to
    • the plants grow out of the soil in springtime, and we see how the sun calls
    • annually. We see it interfering with the regularity of the sun's forces
    • possess the holy order of the sun's course. In spring and summer we feel
    • changeable influences of the weather on the earth. In spring and summer the
    • experienced during winter. With the approach of winter, man always felt the
    • man. When the winter solstice drew near and spring and summer approached,
    • down in his soul, as a spiritual sun that would reign triumphant during the
    • rising of the earthly sun. We realize that the spring and summer of the
    • have the divine spiritual world of the earth's spring and summer around us.
    • Man used to see in the sun's victory during the winter solstice a symbol
    • vain when we wish to be filled with hope in our earthly suffering, and with
    • it has made it possible for man to remain upright during the winter of the
    • in spring. We also know that the spiritual impulse of the sun that flowed
    • memories during the Christmas festival.
    • Available from Anthroposophic Press. Spring Valley, N.Y.
  • Title: Lecture: Pre-Earthly Deeds of Christ
    Matching lines:
    • glimmerings of a feeling for Christ. Nor during the first few years
    • of this Ego to bring himself to a vertical position, to raise himself
    • out of the condition he still occupied during the old Moon period when
    • parallel with the Moon's surface. During the old Lemurian time he
    • about because, during the Earth development, the Spirits of Form
    • If, during the old Lemurian epoch, the first Christ-Event had not
    • taken place, Lucifer and Ahriman would have been able to bring about
    • through the Earth, just as through acquiring the power to stand
    • Christ-Event prevented it from entering human evolution. Through the
    • became capable of uttering more than interjections. The power of
    • if these two Christ-Events had not taken place during the Atlantean
    • maturing human soul. This was provided for in the most wonderful way
    • This outpouring occurred for the first time in the Lemurian epoch when
    • prepared for during those that precede them. And inasmuch as we stand
    • thinking, the Christ-Force is now entering the memory. We can
    • through ever-recurring incarnations. Let us learn, through Spiritual
  • Title: Lecture: The Four Sacrifices of Christ
    Matching lines:
    • process. The eye is selflessly extinguished during perception. It is the
    • men, refreshing themselves in an invigorating springtime, in the warmth
    • Lucifer and Ahriman could have carried out their designs during the
    • act upon earth to prevent the withering of plant life, so must the Sun
    • bring the passions into disorder through Lucifer and Ahriman. But
    • suffering disorder through the ego itself. Then, standing in this space, is
    • the Christ, incarnate in a human body, Who had to bring into order and
  • Title: Lecture: Anthroposophy and Christianity
    Matching lines:
    • lie far in the past, our soul is actively involved in conjuring them
    • power can be used not only for conjuring up past experiences but for
    • in detail and bring them into our field of consciousness. These should
    • soul, the aspiring spiritual researcher lives in a heightened state of
    • once that if the spiritual researcher succeeds, by persevering
    • research begins — a profoundly shattering moment that has
    • then that moment finally comes, either during waking life or in a
    • gates of death.” This image brings home to us the true soul-spiritual
    • The shattering thing is to know that we have released ourselves from
    • moment of entering the spiritual world: namely, that people who suffer
    • soul-spiritual from the bodily nature. The second is entering into
    • with that. After all, he is entering a realm of spirit beings and
    • today to speak of concrete details and facts encountered upon entering
    • out that entering the spiritual world means entering a world of real,
    • only stops thinking about it but can even shut out all stirrings of
    • bodily stirrings. But this condition must be brought about
    • our modern evolutionary theory. I am referring to the fact that he
    • off, but the seed remains, bearing the promise of a new plant. We
    • human soul which matures during one earth-life will appear again in a
    • what every soul can undertake for itself to succeed in entering the
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Christ in Relation to Lucifer and Ahriman
    Matching lines:
    • considering British proposals for peace negotiations. Under these
    • circumstances and considering the political immaturity of the German
    • share to bring about a full comprehension of how the Christ impulse
    • dream it guided Constantine to bring about what had to happen. What is
    • whose aura has been permeated by Christ. During the day's twenty-four
    • earth occurs during the winter, and the state of sleep during the
    • more dreamlike clairvoyance will have an easier time of it during the
    • reached during the earth's wakefulness.
    • tells us that Olaf Åsteson, in church
    • itself into the subconscious of the Maid of Orleans and inspiring her
    • to demonstrate that she was even once in a sleep-like state during the
    • entered her soul, inspiring her to act as its human shell on the
    • such a sleep-like state in a human being. During the last few days
    • were especially suited to receive the Christ impulse during these last
    • have been led into considering the wisdom of India as something
    • interest us is the inner force and power that can bring about such a
    • eventually bring to light the full content of the mystery, Christ in
    • spiritual-intellectual being as astral body and ego, and during this
    • during the time from our awakening to the time when we fall asleep do
    • identity little by little during his stay in kamaloka. There he
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Preparing for the Sixth Epoch
    Matching lines:
    • Preparing for the Sixth Epoch
    • PREPARING FOR THESIXTH EPOCH
    • truths we have studied in many aspects during recent years.
    • suffering that is so widespread in the world, but this can only be
    • today by the sight of poverty, suffering and misery in the world, but
    • such individuals will experience the suffering of another human being
    • as their own suffering. If they see a hungry man they will feel the
    • suffering, the need, the poverty or the wealth of the whole. This is
    • and not until the sixth epoch, to bring to definite expression the
    • made to indicate this by including a word that brings out the
    • inasmuch as the term includes a word that glaringly contradicts the
    • bring about the descent of spirit self. Just as it is being striven
    • beings in the future. That is the error that is filtering from the
    • fateful times all those elements are entering of which we have just
    • soul brings a great many other things in its train. This leads us to
    • science, feeling the good spirit of brotherhood hovering over and
  • Title: Lecture: Outlooks for the Future
    Matching lines:
    • the animal world and upon the world of man which now surround us? During
    • that during the Atlantean epoch the
    • then come into the sixth and seventh epochs. During the sixth and seventh
    • serious and important results. During the sixth epoch of the post-Atlantean
    • whatever during the sixth epoch, our bodily form will then obtain its
    • During the sixth epoch,
    • obliged to admit: During the fifth post-Atlantean epoch, a few materialists
    • education, but during the sixth post-Atlantean epoch this will no
    • which contain so much suffering. They describe a time, the coming of
    • which may be felt in advance, a time which will really exist during
    • to prevent the terrible fate which will befall mankind during the sixth
    • Homer knew that a higher spirit was inspiring him. But at the present
  • Title: Lecture: Human Life in the Light of Spiritual Science
    Matching lines:
    • first considering what Spiritual Science asserts, and then attacking it, but
    • three or four centuries, and especially during the nineteenth century right
    • taken place in human life during this period in comparison with the
    • which preparation has been made during childhood and youth, has to be
    • tasks and daily life, it brings to the individual the element of religious
    • the great advances made during the recent centuries and the immediate
    • conditions of life should change completely during definite periods of time,
    • human life which have taken place during the past three or four centuries.
    • this fact is to be found in the belief held by many individuals during the
    • by natural science; it tenders it complete and admiring recognition; but
    • are concerned, science is not bringing us answers but on the contrary a
    • remain just questions. People who lived during the 19th century, even
    • paralysis of certain soul forces would gradually bring about a state of
    • during the 19th century. I will not cite as an illustration anything taken
    • themselves capable of answering spiritual questions from the standpoint of
    • existence in the upper Austrian Alps during the 19th century. Konrad
    • achievements of science during the 19th century. During his youth he
    • due to his living during the age in which it was still possible to be dazzled
    • referring as out of date. But that is not the subject under consideration. The
    • race during inconceivably long periods of time, only to fall back headlong
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Evil and the Future of Man
    Matching lines:
    • earnest, especially during the last decades — since the last third of
    • all that I bring forward here is intended not as mere criticism, but
    • evolution of mankind during the epoch of the Spiritual Soul, in which
    • also take hold of man — bring him physical death. In the great
    • active within man, they bring him death. But we must now ask
    • is their function, apart from the fact that they bring death to man?
    • It would be altogether wrong to imagine that the forces which bring
    • machine which has the task of wearing out the rails — he would of
    • wearing out of the rails belongs to the essence of the railway engine.
    • Universe which bring death to man are there for this express purpose.
    • Their bringing of death to man is only a collateral effect — an
    • What then is the proper task of the forces that bring death to man? It
    • as a by-product of their working — bring death to man, is this: To
    • to bring about a wholesome condition for humanity in future. And in
    • him in such a way that he brings to full manifestation in himself the
    • great Universe, and bring death to man — I may now also refer in a
    • can simply say: “They bring about evil actions within the human
    • must completely unite the forces of death with his own being during
    • evolution only during the Jupiter period, even as he now receives the
    • work during our own fifth post-Atlantean period — those inclinations
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Social and Anti-Social Forces in the Human Being
    Matching lines:
    • when the intellect does not depend merely on the brain but springs
    • people of our present day consciousness during sleep. You are, in so
    • social impulse ought to develop. Yet it can only develop during sleep.
    • what does this depend? It depends on people's ability during our Fifth
    • not remember the fact that this brings about a social relationship
    • Now, I would say that the mere egoistic, soul-stirring talk of loving
    • man, so that it springs up in us — going ever further and deeper, and
    • remembering, but on man's immediate experience in the present. It is
    • bestirring ourselves more and more, of getting free of events, and of
    • as one is adverse to entering into the spirit and soul foundations of
    • knows that in human life one is not only asleep during sleep — when
    • liberate and preserve it for the next period. During this period, a
    • suited for bringing to the Threshold those spiritual beings who
    • tragic suffering when nearing the Threshold. We must pay attention to
    • there springs up, as instinctive knowledge in connection to a
    • found during the second half of the 19th century which referred to the
    • frequently repeated during the second half of the 19th century. The
    • those things which can only forcefully penetrate into our soul during
    • had to evolve during sleep. It is for our waking life that the
    • Steiner appears to be referring to the political attitudes and
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Spiritual Emptiness and Social Life
    Matching lines:
    • towards the threefold membering of a healthy social organism was
    • — succumbed to the extraordinary fallacy of admiring such an
    • going about masked as prophets to-day endeavouring to better the lot
    • to bring the spirit to birth from its own inmost being! This can
    • birth through encountering what is dead if it is to penetrate into
    • Germanic world during the first centuries after the founding of
    • distinction consistent with the threefold membering of the body
    • the period of which I have spoken, he could not help suffering from an
    • Rudolf von Ihering
    • jurisprudence current in the modern age. The book written by Ihering on the
    • endeavouring to apply the concepts he had acquired to jurisprudence —
    • world of which I spoke in the two preceding lectures. Only by entering
    • Of salient importance during this period was the increasing
    • bringing to a decisive issue the overwhelming difference between
    • incarnated as they came down from above, the wanderings and movements
    • understand this, we must consider once more the threefold membering of
    • the material and the physical, thinks of this threefold membering, he
    • This threefold membering of the human being, which will ultimately
    • your feeling, from your hearing, the earth shines out into the cosmos.
    • heard by the appropriate organs of hearing. And the process of
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Social Understanding Through Spiritual Scientific Knowledge
    Matching lines:
    • this question merely by saying that there is a possibility of acquiring
    • merely confined, let us say, to our jaws or their neighboring organs, but
    • man's organization during the first seven years of his life, become, as it
    • bring it down into material existence so that material existence can be
    • into, I would now like to bring something of very great importance.
    • processes that the forces from the planet's interior bring about up till the
    • learned. Comparing this with our present-day consciousness it would be
    • People must achieve the art of acquiring relatively more for themselves
    • social ideas, but if people shy away from acquiring any knowledge of man
    • to bring about social conditions. They cannot produce social conditions
    • lacking today, to bring down to a material level what we think of on a
    • spiritual level. Not until we are capable of bringing down onto a material
  • Title: Lecture: Soul and Spirit in the Human Physical Constitution
    Matching lines:
    • gradually discovering man's place in the life of the cosmos, and on
    • — we should find in registering the warmth in the different parts
    • acquired unless we are willing to acknowledge this membering into a
    • astral body brings these forces of feeling into physical operation in
    • Now consider the following. The etheric body remains in us also during
    • outside during sleep. And the human being himself, with his astral
    • astral body by the air organism during waking life. We can speak in a
    • closely into these matters. During sleep it is only the physical body
    • and the etheric body that remain as they are during the waking state;
    • whole organism. During sleep, when the Ego and the astral body are
    • a way during sleep as during the waking state, when the Ego and the
    • During the sleeping state we have within us, instead of the Ego —
    • of that spirit. During sleep our warmth body is pervaded by cosmic
    • for in waking life it is the Ego that brings about in the
    • asleep. Thus we can say: In that we leave our body during sleep, we
    • on waking, finds that he is feverish or is suffering from some kind of
    • knowledge that has an individual-personal bearing. If we did not
    • the air organism, which during the sleeping state is sustained by
  • Title: Lecture: The Moral as the Source of World-Creative Power
    Matching lines:
    • connection with his body if he did not leave it during sleep and seek
    • the air-organism. He inhales and exhales the air; but during the
    • not bear immediate fruit. For during the life between birth and death,
    • bring life with us when we pass out into the cosmos through the
    • what Spiritual Science feels it a duty to bring to mankind at the
  • Title: Lecture: The Path to Freedom and Love and their Significance in World Events
    Matching lines:
    • with will. We bring will into thinking and thereby attain freedom. As
    • standing in the world, can bring to realization in himself in such a
    • had a dim inkling that we bring mathematics with us from our existence
    • in a certain sense, during the life between birth and death.
    • bring thoughts into the will-nature, when we overcome the element of
    • bear in ourselves that which brings matter to birth: our head; and we
    • when he accepts the existence of fixed, ever-enduring atoms. What
  • Title: Lecture: Search for the New Isis, the Divine Sophia: The Quest for the Isis-Sophia
    Matching lines:
    • over in Asia. She brings him back to Egypt, where Ahriman, the enemy, cuts
    • shadow of the sun disappeared into the base of the pyramid at the spring
    • buried from spring to fall in the earth where they develop the forces of
    • different form during our fifth post-Atlantean age. Humankind must
    • stage. Lucifer is the power trying to bring into the modern
    • appear again in his spiritual form during the course of the twentieth
    • Christmas, in order to bring us into Christmas day, the day of Christ.
    • the manger and bring to the Child our sacrifice and our gift, which lie in
    • should actually shine as a light of peace, as a light that brings external
    • peace, only because first of all it brings an inner peace into the hearts
    • to do this. Nothing will come of this community if we merely bring into it
  • Title: Lecture: The Two Christmas Annunciations
    Matching lines:
    • Let us begin to-day by considering certain questions connected with
    • say that, each in a different way, these three festivals bring man
    • during the course of the years, we have considered the
    • differing, modes of knowledge. Let us turn our attention for the
    • beings, whose consciousness was more mature, during the age of ancient
    • literature describing Varuna as appearing in the air, as wafting like
    • world which is the offspring of the shepherds' wisdom. The child bears
    • astronomy, are the offspring of the wisdom of the Magi.
    • making the effort to find it, and by discovering how the Christmas
    • during the war, the people of the various nations talked of Christ,
  • Title: Lecture: The Threshold In Nature and In Man
    Matching lines:
    • ordinary life, of entering more deeply into the Nature that presents
    • what I shall have to say regarding these latter that I bring in a
    • bring man into uncertainty if he were not duly prepared beforehand.
    • have been considering.
    • And this experience brings man to greater consciousness of self. The
    • these experiences would have a shattering effect on his whole
    • natural science brings conscientious students to a recognition of the
    • being, then that consciousness brings with it the experience of
    • receive a certain colouring from the life of feeling; and there is
    • examine the matter carefully, comparing different conditions of soul
    • its origin? We have a thought; and out of the thought springs an
    • will bring us once again to a Threshold, a new Threshold into the
  • Title: Lecture: The Sun-Mystery in the Course of Human History
    Matching lines:
    • this spirituality is active in him only during his waking hours or in
    • work in him during sleep too, within that part of his being where his
    • because we are asleep. But just as the sun also shines during the
    • work during sleep, when the bodily part of our being is engaged in
    • But during waking activity too, that is to say when our will is in
    • being. Feeling brings a certain light into, intensifies,
    • irregularly during sleep and we have nightmares. In a nightmare, the
    • during sleep. What lives in this will lies — and rightly so for the
    • its right place, namely as the regulator of organic activity during
    • the Egyptians and Chaldeans caused men to bring an element of
    • bringing into it sympathies and antipathies inhering in the conceptual
    • Indeed during the first centuries of Christendom, Christ was still a
    • whose task it was to bring Christianity to the world. And out of the
    • that locality which, by its very nature, will bring it into complete
    • door for trade in China — only those conferences will bring salvation
  • Title: Lecture: The Alphabet
    Matching lines:
    • The revision was done by comparing it to the German in
    • covering, a house. Thus, if we were to put our experience on uttering
    • birth, during his descent out of the divine spiritual world into what
    • do with formative activity.) Thus when we speak, we bring to
    • during his descent out of the divine spiritual world. All the single
  • Title: Lecture: The Human Heart
    Matching lines:
    • We have often explained how the development of man takes place during
    • being during the period up to the change of teeth. More or less
    • the senses are during the rest of human life. The child is still in
    • These configurations of the etheric body remain during the embryonic
    • there. On the other hand, during the time from the change of teeth
    • body. He keeps this etheric heart during his childhood years, but then
    • his astral body, however, he brings with him an image of the
    • And now, this is the peculiar thing: during the very time when the
    • organs. Thus we see the whole astral body, which man brings with him
    • understand the astral which man brings with him. We must know in the
    • permeated gradually, through and through, with that which man brings
    • the physical organs the concrete forms which it brings with it from
    • far as the astral is concerned, you have a gathering together of all
    • embryo. What man brings with him from the spiritual world, having
  • Title: Lecture: Truth Beauty and Goodness
    Matching lines:
    • The world of spirit in which we live during our pre-earthly existence
    • own astral body feels pain at the sight of suffering in others. For
  • Title: Lecture: Self Knowledge and the Christ Experience
    Matching lines:
    • Suppose that we observe an animal during the course of a year. We will find
    • larger human communities during earlier stages of the earth's evolution
    • repeatedly observed during our historical studies. We have become familiar,
    • earlier peoples. Their pictorial consciousness gradually diminished during
    • will then bring him fully to free consciousness of the Self.
    • during the course of a year. Now in ancient times people still
    • through spring, summer, autumn and winter. It does not give its development
    • forward, towering above the animals, one must still concede that he has
    • life on earth, we shall have to look at human life from ever-differing
    • those preparing for initiation in the Mysteries.
    • vegetative life, and also of animal life. In his world he was able to bring
    • whereas we experience a purely pictorial panorama of our life during the
    • their intellect and in freedom, that the true being of man was pouring from
    • from pre-earthly life and bring it to fruition in his life on earth.
    • at a particular point in his life he feels something flowering and coming
    • warmth, inner light, has arisen in him during life on earth. He acquires a
    • know something which arises within his humanity during his life on earth.
    • The exhortation ‘Know Thyself — bring your humanity to fruition
    • spring and summer. And man knows: Once upon a time we were instinctively
    • was analogous to spring in the life of the insect. Then came the Greek era,
  • Title: Lecture: The Invisible Man Within Us
    Matching lines:
    • organization of the human being is spiritually prepared during the
    • essentially during the entire physical life on earth, but it does not
    • express itself during physical earthly life as something outwardly
    • membranes that envelop the human embryo during its development
    • body soul-spirit efficacy of the human being during his physical
    • appear during earthly life. During earthly life there is a continuous
    • direct penetration of the organism by way of the ego brings about
    • vessels, becomes rebellious. It wants to bring about healing, wants
    • bring heaviness into the body; the blood, for example, by receiving
    • thus bring destructive and death-bringing breakdown processes into
    • bring it to the outside, then the constructive activity in the blood
    • world-periphery directly down to the earth instead of entering the
    • into the human organism and bringing them to activity in the
    • gatherings with schemes they can argue about, schemes describing how
    • human being and his relationship to the world, with bringing the
    • occupy ourselves with aunt-and-uncle gatherings in sectarian circles,
    • centripetal astrality — on the path of disappearing
  • Title: Lecture: Polarities in Health, Illness and Therapy
    Matching lines:
    • what are the processes which take place during illness in the liver, kidney,
    • the influence of these principles of the membering of the human being
    • This membering, however, may not be done as a professor once did who
    • penetrate into what is actually meant with this membering. He said: these
    • exact thinking if one wants to evaluate this membering of the human
    • antimony, for example, to combustion, and bring about an antimony
    • for itself thereby bringing about that excess which presses downward, so
    • can bring these bodies again into the right connection.
    • That, however, goes on in the entire human body; and by preparing
    • By bringing anthroposophical points of view into medicine a connection
    • to bring forth out of itself, which it has in itself, depending on how one
    • is to bring forth as the intrinsic forces of this system. So what, by rights,
    • if one brings this silicic acid formation process into the human organism,
    • nerve-sense system becomes so strong in the person suffering from
    • illness. That is what one must reflect upon when preparing remedies from
    • One can either work upon the nerve-sense system in bringing about, in
    • that it will be taken by mouth then we will be preparing it to work
    • having the patient drink it. If we want to bring etheric oils which, through
    • knowledge is more and more applied to bringing about a connection
    • purely materialistic direction of medicine to bring into the world effective
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Man As A Picture of The Living Spirit
    Matching lines:
    • during the times when he is fast asleep is still more important for
    • might easily say that he knows nothing of what goes on during sleep.
    • spiritually night by night during the rest of life. If we came into
    • We may believe we have no memory at all of what transpires during
    • Truth is, we never bring our real and inmost Ego with us from the
    • caring for the organs which are assigned to the etheric body. As to
    • forsaken during sleep by the human Ego have to be cared for in the
    • Bearing all this in mind, we only see this outer form of man aright if
    • extremes bring into human life — the Moon inasmuch as its spiritual
    • bearing within them the vast memory of the planetary system with all
    • thereof, and also pouring ever down into mankind the forces springing
    • being of man, entering into the organs of speech and song. Never
    • Earth. He could not, it is true, bring to mankind all at once a
    • too then faded out; during the fourth century after Christ it vanished
    • Entering ever and again into a meditative saying of this kind, we can
    • Six lectures given in England during 1922.
  • Title: The Individuality of Elias, John, Raphael, Novalis
    Matching lines:
    • Let us now bring before our souls beings who are intimately connected,
    • tenderness, as it moved hovering over the Mystery of Golgotha. And we saw
    • Bearing this in mind, let us look for a moment at Raphael and see how he
    • who came forth from Elijah-John, appearing before mankind in two different
    • forms, preparing through art and through poetry the true Michael mood of
    • Springing from Powers of the Sun,
    • Bearing mankind aloft — the sacred Will of Worlds.
    • Into your soul's aspiring, a c t i v e l y !
  • Title: Lecture: Exoteric and Esoteric Christianity
    Matching lines:
    • descending into an earthly body. During that state of consciousness
    • am comparing these ancient men with animals; for, although their
    • share in it, he brings us death, and with it, the intellect, and we
    • stirring teaching. Many a one, whom history barely mentions, bore
    • already, and particularly, during the fourth and fifth centuries
    • calling of a scribe, could, however, bring this divine wisdom only as
    • take during the trial of Christ Jesus. This was the course of Paul's
    • convince Saul. Only Christ himself could convince him, by appearing
    • and that this enemy is the source of error on earth. In bringing the
    • intellect, he brings also the possibility of error, and, in its
  • Title: William Shakespeare
    Matching lines:
    • printed during his lifetime. They were anxiously kept away from the
    • were thefts, based on stenographic notes taken during a performance
    • the higher estimation of the individual during the Renaissance. During
    • and daring, all bear witness to a life full of movement and colour.
  • Title: William Shakespeare
    Matching lines:
    • was printed during his lifetime. They were carefully kept under
    • were pirated editions, based on notes taken during the
    • result of the higher estimation of the individual during the
    • Renaissance. During the early middle ages we find, even in Dante
    • his passion and daring, all bear witness to a life full of
    • written during Shakespeare's first period: Love's Labour
  • Title: The Manicheans
    Matching lines:
    • Osiris, who represented the inpouring Divine. He is the Revealer. The
    • soul conceives or receives. The soul is the Mother. During the Fifth
    • spring from a handful of men whom Manes prepares. This is the
    • (Gesinnung) without any covering, within a large number of
  • Title: Mathematics and Occultism
    Matching lines:
    • there is the possibility that in this sphere I may bring through to
  • Title: The Dead Are With Us
    Matching lines:
    • an echo in the environment. During the whole period between death and
    • acquiring a more and more intimate and exact knowledge of the animal
    • physical body, bringing together in it the whole scope of animal
    • mistake, he immediately becomes aware of pain, of suffering, in the
    • of the soul's communion with other souls during the period between
    • bound to them after death; he feels as though they were bearing him,
    • People to-day still find difficulty in acquiring knowledge of the
    • new into being; it merely brings up into consciousness what is present
    • remote country places — such customs are gradually disappearing,
    • the window through which light is pouring; you should remain a little
    • that is the time to bring our questions to the dead, Other
    • — did people but know it — who does not bring with him at
    • time during the day; then if you go to bed at ten o'clock at night
    • oration referring to the life of the one who has died, will have great
    • — not only by remembering things he said which meant a great deal
    • evening to bring him into a right relation with the spiritual world.
    • spiritual nourishment. What brings us into the spiritual world is not
    • thinking these thoughts through again and again, continually bringing
  • Title: Lecture: The Origin of Speech and Language
    Matching lines:
    • person suffering from speech impediments or. muteness, there is some
    • entering the brain in this process? Well, blood, of course. As I
    • observe and perceive. The child's movements in uttering consonants
    • relatively little structuring. On the one hand, we have the left
    • Movements of arms and hands, then, have a strong bearing on the
    • also gets into the habit of hearing more clearly on the right side,
    • around considering only superficial things and ignore the inner
  • Title: Lecture: The Sense-Organs and Aesthetic Experience
    Matching lines:
    • not be outlined today before a considerable gathering of people. They
    • said that during the Old Moon period our present sense-organs were
    • for if this were so, and if all that man experienced during the Old
    • during the Old Moon period; that during the Old Moon period man was
    • Old Moon. But if someone has a Moon vision here during the Earth
    • relate himself to the world in the same way as during the Old Moon
    • living inwardly in his hearing; instead of living only in the stomach
    • transcended. Then it is no longer the needs of the senses which bring
    • Science has to bring about. Materialism has brought about the exact
    • lecture, and during it he was to say something that would be felt as
    • spring from his seat, and a scuffle was to ensue. During the scuffle
    • imaginative rendering of the aesthetic situation of mankind, and
    • the Spirit showering down into Maya-Maria, even as the blood-drops of
    • Schiller had in mind when he wrote, referring especially to moral
    • Dringst du in der Erkenntnis Land.*
  • Title: Lecture: A Turning-Point in Modern History
    Matching lines:
    • When considering this change one could certainly start from
    • is tending towards the destruction of all that springs from middle
    • but succeeds in bringing the influence of reason into closer accord
    • a matter of course. Today it is said: If we bring about a right social
    • men could bring about a right social structure if they had not been
    • looks for man again in the external world, and brings the entire
    • maintain the State without bringing it the necessary nourishment
  • Title: Lecture: Elemental Beings and Human Destinies
    Matching lines:
    • experience we had in the sphere of feeling during the previous
    • again into our life of soul during the next stage of life. People do
    • during the whole of the interval something has been going on in the
    • do not attempt to bring them into our consciousness. The result is
    • subjective aspect, simply cannot bring the Christ Event into his
    • altering the sense, for Harnack has no glimmering of the specific
    • needed: the evolution of human culture requires that Man should bring
    • wish to promote enthusiasm for some sort of ideal. It springs from an
  • Title: Lecture: Man, Offspring of the World of Stars
    Matching lines:
    • MAN, OFFSPRING OF THE WORLD OF STARS
    • and enters into possession of its full, inner force during the age of
    • to be awakened during the age of the culture of the mind or intellect,
    • during the night into the spaces of the dark firmament. Without some
    • experience the light by entering in spirit into the events connected
    • been evolved by simply transferring earthly conditions to the world
    • springtime. There are people here and there who feel that the Ego is
    • outside, even during the period of embryonic life, are the active
    • receives his shape and form from the Cosmos; he is an offspring of the
    • Its most important period of development is during embryonic life. The
    • and are the essential factor in bringing about a proper connection
    • our health depend on how our astral body has developed during the
    • during the first twelve years of life. Again we find the parallelism
    • entering. He prepares for his descent to the Earth and — since
    • into which our civilisation has fallen, and bring a new spiritual life
  • Title: Lecture: The Ear
    Matching lines:
    • — this is a thing that man brings with him as a plan or tendency
    • the task of physically hearing the sounds and notes within the
    • fluid, which is necessary for the act of hearing. What the
    • the mother body, the ear is protected from entering into the domain of
    • — taking always the moral colouring, the moral quality of it
    • Hierarchies. This is a thing that we bring with us, we carry it down
    • and song — brings the Heavenly and the Earthly together. Hence
    • has already the potentiality to enter into the ordering of earthly
    • faculty of sense-perception. Our seeing, hearing, smelling, tasting
    • a second ear, over against your hearing. And there is yet a third,
    • which your legs are moving rings out towards you after death from the
    • ordinary effort to bring it to Imagination — is certain to have
    • flown away after three days, if he does not make every effort to bring
    • vanishes after a few days. It only does not do so if we bring it down
    • German spirit.2 It is the principle that brings the Spirit
    • necessary in our time. During the present epoch only the single human
  • Title: Education for Adolescents
    Matching lines:
    • Published in The Journal for Anthroposophy, Spring 1979. In a few cases the
    • Published in The Journal for Anthroposophy, Spring 1979. In a few cases
    • Journal for Anthroposophy, Spring 1979
    • spoken about during these years, this is in itself something that
    • self-occupied in this way is during the ages between 14, 15 and 21
    • best remedy for the overcoming of pain is to bring yourself, if you
    • he can bring about such a formulation in class, and he must be able to
    • poisons are developed only during the night, just when poisons ought
    • If we spend too much time pouring a mass of information over young
    • already set through the fact that they are entering school, and we do
    • must arise. Verve is what teachers must bring to young people at this
    • something that you may not bring to them at this age, that is in the
    • important than that you do not bring this debilitating pessimism to
    • during class, especially in secondary matters. It should be — and
    • every kind of social reform but within their souls actually bring
    • importance and, in considering the high school years, should be taken
  • Title: Lecture: The Work of Secret Societies in the World
    Matching lines:
    • schools and their ramifications and I think it right today to bring this
    • a religious community have some share in this knowledge and are preparing
    • comforting feeling. Charity very often springs from selfish motives. If a
    • effects. And this brings us to the heart of the matter. The fact that some
    • four kingdoms of nature, of which man is one. To bring spirit into the
    • out around us. As souls we spring from the world soul and when this world
    • will bring war and bloodshed in its train — war in the shape of
  • Title: Lecture: The Three Stages of Sleep
    Matching lines:
    • when he is quite close it appears that he is preparing to make
    • before entering it penetrates more intensely into the etheric
    • yourselves someone asleep. During sleep, processes of the
    • this intermediate state where, before entering directly into
    • condition any more than they are during the period of waking
    • during sleep. Imaginative consciousness is only able to behold
    • person can bring back something into the waking life through
    • sleep we can always dream, that is, we can always bring
    • during sleep not only does the human being enter the realm of
    • conscious of the fact that, during sleep, they had been faced
    • salts of the body are especially strongly deposited. During
    • this third state of sleep a very strong storing up of salts
    • the deepest sleep — that is, if you could bring into it
    • manifestations of the Gods in nature. During sleep we enter
    • feeling and willing, so during sleep we either flow with the
    • pictures, alternately appearing and disappearing, the cosmic
    • there, wandering over the Earth from people to people. This
    • consciousness of this wandering of Ahasueris has always
  • Title: The Cosmic Word and Individual Man
    Matching lines:
    • pass during this time.
    • sense-organs, are not filled by any activity during sleep. Over its
    • or vital body during sleep.
    • if, through the influence of light during the waking period, the eye
    • phosphorescent, glimmering light. It is not surprising that this
    • during sleep can be described in this way. Into this there flows a
    • his organism — continues during sleep itself as a music,
    • interior of man during sleep. From falling asleep to awakening, this
    • been repeated for the soul during sleep. But this is a more
    • nature, in the shining stream which during earthly sleep flows from
    • during sleep, these streams can be followed further along their course
    • music, which comes from the region of the organs of hearing; the
    • If one were to follow this inner activity of the etheric body during
    • etheric activity of the senses during sleep, as an inward streaming
    • and flowing, they experience too during sleep the etheric body as
    • have said during the day, from waking to falling asleep — but in
    • Logos brings to expression at the same time — writing, as it
    • everything that works inwardly during the night, as the other side of
    • what is spoken during the day. (The same thing happens during every
    • sleep, even during a daytime nap, but in a more fragmentary way.)
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Christ and the Twentieth Century
    Matching lines:
    • during the first Christian centuries. This is not because the
    • concepts which Spiritual Science has to bring forward, coincide in
    • brought forward in Christendom during those times. The Christ of the
    • origin of man led us back to a form still hovering in spiritual
    • how during the course of evolution, man, proceeding from a purely
    • abstraction, nothing but a piece of daring imagination. We, as human
    • understanding the daring conception of this Christ — this
    • Science venturing no further than the making of statements in
    • referring to a God and that the stories only have meaning and
    • during sleep with such diminished intensity that unconsciousness
    • Initiates of the Mysteries beheld during their Initiation. If we
    • rings forth the word of Christianity: All such feeling of the Divine,
    • man. Therefore the right rendering of the words is: “Before
    • mean that the Christ brings into the world the principle of the
    • Christendom is One Who brings man — above all other
    • During the 20th century something new must be added to
    • great task of the 20th century is to bring the concepts of
    • conceptions and ideas when, freed from his present bearings, he has
    • take a path leading above and beyond the obstacles towering between
    • what has entered into him during the course of his material
  • Title: Lecture: Richard Wagner and Mysticism
    Matching lines:
    • mathematical concepts. Men must have patience to find their bearings
    • set himself the task of bringing about this re-union in what he termed
    • man's being. Towering above this physical man is the ‘higher man.’
    • of doors with the full heat of the sun pouring down upon him. Dreams
    • came to men from the rippling of brooks and the gushing of springs. It
    • Man had built a ‘Ring’ around himself and the Ring changed
    • the old universal wisdom and they now forged the Ring which
    • wisdom-filled Ego builds the Ring which gives rise to the struggle for
    • since he himself is now entering into the sphere of Ego-wisdom
    • symbolised by the Ring, a figure personifying ancient, primordial
    • were created by this wisdom as it lived in the springs and brooks,
    • many wanderings it came into the hands of Titurel through whom the
    • principle of independence. Christianity was to bring into the
    • Grail Ideal will be fulfilled when man brings forth his like with the
    • purity and chastity of the plant, when he brings forth his own image
    • which bring forth the human being as purely and as chastely as the
    • early spring flowers. The sight of the young plants revealed to him
  • Title: Lecture: Spiritual Wisdom in the Early Christian Centuries
    Matching lines:
    • bring about agreement in the terrible quarrels between the adherents
    • wisdom because it was still cultivated in many places during the first
    • This wisdom was well suited to bring about reconciliation between the
    • South of Europe during the first four centuries after the Mystery of
    • History is well-nigh blank in regard to these things, but during the
    • many hands in the Roman world during the first Christian centuries and
  • Title: Lecture: The Crossing of the Threshold and the Social Organism
    Matching lines:
    • and intermingling activity during his physical life begin to organise
    • whole of mankind, during our fifth post-atlantean epoch, Humanity has
    • renounced. During the past years, we have been involved in the
    • coming events, is his angel, his ANGELOS. What we experience during
    • already been arranged during the preceding night between himself
    • the things which he has arranged with his angel during the preceding
    • Angel, during the past night!” These are the things which must
    • civilised world, during the past four or five years. Many people have
    • simply because we can see that what has risen to the surface during
    • foolishness which had taken hold of humanity during the past few
    • When we pass through birth, we bring along with us into our physical-sensory
    • we would not bring along with us through birth the impulses that come
    • form of impulses. In the same way in which we bring along with us
    • spiritual life upon the earth, so do we bring back again into the
    • sphere of law is the, very opposite of the impulses that arise during
  • Title: Lecture: The Weaving and Living Activity of the Human Etheric Bodies
    Matching lines:
    • envelops him here upon the. earth, could only arise during the
    • Earth-epoch, but it received its first foundation during the ancient
    • Saturn-epoch. During the Sun, Moon and Earth epochs, it then
    • penetrated into it, as it were, during the Sun-epoch and the
    • astral body during the. Moon-epoch, whereas the Ego is gradually
    • made possible through the outpouring, as we may call it, of the
    • Spirits of the Will or the Thrones, so the transformation during
    • transformation during, the Moon-epoch through the Spirits of
    • Movement. The transformation during the Earth-epoch, that is to say,
    • form, the form which is most appropriate to it. During the Moon
    • Spirits of Form, during the Earth-epoch. Let us now contemplate the
    • has acquired these forms only during the Earth. epoch. But think of
    • body through our thinking, is employed during our earthly life as a
    • upon our astral body, if during the time between death and a new
    • the form of a sphere; but it cannot do this because during our life
    • someone who had not to endure the sufferings that Planck had to
    • preparing the earthly human head, a human head that was not so dense
    • son is again the offspring of another mother (the old Karamasov
    • he would not bring into his description so many sub-conscious
    • since he only brings into his book what he more or less knows, his
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: And The Temple Becomes Man
    Matching lines:
    • Heavens to the Earth and work in the aspiring souls of men. And in
    • the sense that we must work with forces differing altogether from
    • gathering-together, a togetherness of human beings. (Dom is
    • expression of the microcosm, of man. Understanding of the aspiring
    • Temple Is — Man! rings to us across the ages like a clarion
    • whole bearing and appearance. When the soul truly permeates the body,
    • give expression to a selfless striving to receive the inpouring
    • evolution. During the second year of my studies at the Technical High
    • During the course of
    • symbols. We, in our day, bring the intellect, and Spiritual Science
    • bring home to you that for everything that truly lives, in the course
    • pain and suffering are inseparable from Theosophy, in that it brings
    • order to bring home to you that this Building can be for
  • Title: Lecture: The Migrations of the Races
    Matching lines:
    • translator is unknown! It was given in Berlin, at sometime during
    • deserts. It was an eminently priestly culture, preparing a race of
    • This law of the Manu was to bring to
    • to his own will. He must bring everything to consummation in
    • — those who during the time of their prime in Atlantean
    • bringing together everything that had originally been poured into this
    • In this way, manifold attempts to bring about regeneration were made.
    • bringing the influence of Christianity to bear upon a new race. This
    • gave them their important impulses during the earlier
    • on other planets. But during the Fifth Root Race, highly developed
    • to walk their own freely willed path. This was not the case during the
  • Title: Lecture: The Mystery of Golgotha
    Matching lines:
    • appeared as sickness. All humanity was suffering as it were the
    • In order to bring before our souls what came upon
    • things in this age, which bring us knowledge of external Nature) —
    • we bring to life within ourselves the Christ who as the Risen One is
  • Title: Lecture: The Recovery of the Living Source of Speech
    Matching lines:
    • that the words that ring in his speaking, coming as they do from the
    • history. What I want to bring forward does not refer to any one
    • ones in respect of such matters as we shall be considering. To-day
    • with long epochs of time when we are considering the evolution of
    • influence and he would fain bring it into the orbit of his life, or
    • the nearest rendering for ‘Philinter.’ (Note by Translator).
    • living spring and fountain of language.
    • present and had to resort to the past. During the time since the
    • Christ first made Himself known to men, during all this time while He
  • Title: Lecture: Gnostic Doctrines and Supersensible Influences in Europe
    Matching lines:
    • relatively subordinate rank. And this brings us to a consideration of
    • so, among those in whom these ideas lived during the early Christian
    • would be served to-day by entering into a detailed consideration of
    • the various ideas current in Greece, Asia Minor and its neighbouring
    • during the different epochs. In an earlier age, kinship with the
    • revealed to him. The springing-forth of individual thoughts
    • Middle Ages, then, were the period during which man was meant to
    • the fore during the Middle Ages and from which sprang the new
    • Earth but in the spiritual world bordering on the Earth, the
    • physical world, there arose during the later Middle Ages, continuing
    • world. They were preparing for something that must be achieved in our
    • aim was to bring the strivings for rationalistic thought into line
    • mankind will be accomplished. But if they persist in ignoring what is
  • Title: Lecture: The Influence of the Dead on the Life of Man on Earth
    Matching lines:
    • which we studied yesterday more externally. We will try to bring
    • During our whole physical life between birth and death, there is a
    • fettering of the legs in this case I mean the presence of modern
    • larger number of people, strong enough to bring about a system of
    • there was a relation during earthly life between the one who has
    • were pouring his will into the etheric body which he has laid aside,
    • connection which was begun during his own life on Earth), he comes up
    • In bringing all this before us, we must realise, of course, that our
    • age has a real longing for what Spiritual Science brings to men; and
    • In addition to these disappointed spring time hopes of life —
    • In short, we shall do well to bring home to ourselves with true
    • at that time I disregarded what I had to bring forward as my own
    • man, or bring something before him by reading to him or the like. In
    • the gate of death and entering into the spiritual world were somehow
  • Title: Lecture I: Ancient Myths
    Matching lines:
    • sometimes how myths have been formed among neighbouring peoples of
    • circle. We shall see how the construction of such God-myths springs
    • of enraging Typhon, and as Osiris came back from his wanderings
    • against them. And again the inspiring Beings wished to remain at
    • the Inspiring, the Inspiring through the Imagining. We live as human
  • Title: Lecture II: Ancient Myths
    Matching lines:
    • orientate oneself for what is to come by considering what has been.
    • East knew that they were to bring their offerings to the new
    • there then during the Osiris-time? During the Osiris-time there was
    • during the age of Osiris was a picture-writing and this was
    • ‘Dream of Olaf Åsteson’
    • have spoken. That the divine was then pouring itself forth in man —
    • during the whole human life between birth and death.
    • chauvinistic impulse for the national; that is the lingering relic of
    • ordering in the heavens. Today where there is no longer such ordering
    • This tearing loose of what is contained in the word — I wanted
    • to bring it forward as illustrating the abstraction-process
    • without discovering how these things, these words, were
    • of Spring when the transition took place from the old Imaginative
    • alive again, we must find ways and means to bring Osiris to life. I
    • This brings us to the
  • Title: Lecture III: Ancient Myths
    Matching lines:
    • We have been endeavouring in these lectures to understand something
    • order and hence into the whole ordering of mankind, into Providence,
    • taught in Egypt. During his absence upon journeys, as he conferred on
    • ordering of the world, but one could say that Isis was the epitome of
    • particular illusion: the new Isis had an offspring — and she
    • took possession of this new Isis. So the new Isis had an offspring,
    • this new offspring. And she moved it about, she dragged it far off
    • trailed the new offspring about, and since she had trailed and
    • carried her offspring into the world and the world had dismembered it
    • fourteen offspring of the new Isis had a countenance that
    • see the whole miraculous change that had come to her offspring. She
    • true offspring which only through an illusion had been stamped into
    • the offspring of Typhon, there dawned upon her a remarkable
    • weak, exploring and attempting, it is to be the starting point of
    • a spring. We have seen how we live in the age of abstractions, where
    • better if you try to bring them before the eye of your soul in such
    • figure) ‘Bring me a doctor,’ he would take the word
    • literally and would bring a man who had graduated as doctor from a
    • University. But he would perhaps bring a man who was — excuse
    • Eulenspiegel is still wandering through the different lands.
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture IV: Ancient Myths
    Matching lines:
    • bring before your spiritual eyes in showing how one can look towards
    • greatest age, one that brings most of all to humanity, one that
    • we wish to give the right colouring, the right nuance of feeling to
    • their true light then we can say: when the sun rose in the Spring it
    • very insusceptible to these things. During the first
    • inwardly as something bodily. That was during the ‘Cancer-culture’;
    • the spring, the autumn, and he formed his concepts accordingly. And
    • if this represents the path of the sun and here the sun in spring
    • the Spring equinox stands in Taurus are connected
    • the mission, during a particular constellation, of very especially
    • Mercury, Moon; the decanates during the Gemini-age: Jupiter, Mars,
    • Sun; the decanates during the Taurus-age: Mercury, Moon, Saturn; the
    • decanates during the Aries-age: Mars, Sun, Venus. And the decanates
    • during our age, the Pisces epoch, are very characteristically those
    • must bring the ideas from far away. For one can say:
    • Kameneff-Rosenfeld could bring forward proofs at that time that in
    • I wanted to bring the matter forward merely as an example to show
  • Title: Lecture V: Ancient Myths
    Matching lines:
    • one or another standpoint during my present stay here, but which are
    • reverse path is to be attributed to mankind. During the 2,160 years
    • He had the joy of not only progressing during his growth, and
    • year, are entering the twenty-sixth and so on. So that men are
    • gone on in people's minds during the course of the 18th Century then
    • merely to bring forward a fact, to consider a human outlook.)
    • enthusiastic if one were directly sharing in it at the present day.
    • I have pointed out how a flaring-up of Goethe's poetic power always
    • there is a dying down. And one could bring forward many, many such
    • point of view as something absolute, something which must bring
    • Spiritual Science. One can see that by various examples: I will bring
    • I bring this example
    • needs it, the material which is absorbed today during one's
    • acquiring knowledge in later years. I once knew a very famous man —
    • itself upon mankind, it will bring the greatest unhappiness upon
  • Title: Lecture VI: Ancient Myths
    Matching lines:
    • that sounds strange at first hearing but which corresponds to a deep
    • age it was still possible to bring about a deeper knowledge of man
    • experiences. What he would thus have experienced during sixty years
    • social life. It is really true that during his young days a man takes
    • Spiritual Science rightly understood can bring about these two
    • and buried. Rather did they bring themselves into connection with the
    • world, it has no opportunity of pouring things into such concepts
    • not yet got, and which will bring to expression, not abstractly, but
    • respects he could even express right ideas with ringing words —
    • co-operating in this evolution, or opposing and hindering it,
    • life, it has to bring something quite foreign into the social common
    • show this; I will bring forward one.
    • If we want to put things in a few words we can say: Schoolmastering
    • ranks as Schoolmastering is completely foreign to the true being of
    • Wilson.] revered through political idolatry. Schoolmastering,
  • Title: Lecture VII: Ancient Myths
    Matching lines:
    • starry heaven is at work to bring about the form, the shaping, the
    • springs of water for the men. This went on very largely in the
    • goes to pieces gradually during our life and the spiritual arises. We
    • Thus the whole man can then be rejuvenated during the lifetime to be
    • are already here during our physical life preparing the next planet
    • is only seventy-two years old saying he cannot go on lecturing. I am
    • scribbling, at the end, a world-conception is supposed to spring
    • so that they may ripen. If he brings forward what he has only just
    • found through that of which we have spoken, through the maturing
    • on earth were quite different during the age of this Atlantean
    • perpetually tied to the apron-strings of the cosmos, if our head had
    • during the Greco-Roman civilization. Human beings had then, of
    • bring forward two things to illustrate this, though hundreds might be
    • mainspring of the present so-called war is to be found in the general
  • Title: Lecture: The Souls Progress through Repeated Earth Lives
    Matching lines:
    • It is our intention today to begin by considering the soul's
    • This brief period during which the human being still has an etheric
    • But man is definitely a being who does not spring from one point
    • that force which, bearing the influence of the earth, grows counter
    • of this rhythmic system and which, I might say, we also bring to
    • because we are connected with the entire macrocosm, bearing within us
    • it would be interfering too much with the health of the physical
    • upward during inhalation, falling again during exhalation), it is
    • simply pouring that which springs up within the inner being of man
    • then one knows whence this curious mathematical knowledge springs.
    • soul has experienced in the spirit-soul world during life between
    • different world during all this time; in its own experiences it need
    • who as souls previously lived in the south during the first Christian
    • characteristics in order to bring about a reciprocal activity. And
    • the south during the first centuries of Christianity and who then
    • used disparagingly by certain people in referring to our doctrine of
    • the soul” when referring to repeated earth lives, unless we do,
    • inhabit one part of the earth during a certain period, do not remain
    • during the first Christian centuries now incarnated in western,
    • pragmatic or other view of history, and from this should spring a
  • Title: Lecture: The Forming of Destiny in Sleeping and Waking
    Matching lines:
    • human being rests during sleep. The scientific view indeed
    • and astral body are doing during sleep; none the less their
    • immersed during sleep is that, at the present stage of the Earth's
    • these experiences are undergone by the Ego and astral body during
    • thinking of the beginning of man's life. During the very
    • impression of being awake during this period, but what is going on in
    • referring to this period during which the human being is ‘sleeping’
    • to understand the workings of all that the human being brings from
    • upright and propel his legs, it involves acquiring equilibrium,
    • certain faculties during his physical life on Earth.
    • human being passes over from the waking to the sleeping state. During
    • separated from the physical and etheric bodies during sleep, we find
    • during the time when, as a child, he is learning to speak; and it is
    • and spirit out of the physical and etheric bodies and during the
    • the force of conviction which a man is able to bring into his words —
    • all this can be perceived in the astral body during the sleeping
    • soul inherent in speech during the day is taken out into the
    • spiritual world by the astral body during the night. Thus we can say:
    • all that are carried out of the human being by the astral body during
    • And now let us consider the Ego during the hours of sleep. The Ego is
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Goethe and the Evolution of Consciousness
    Matching lines:
    • of appeal to what lives in Nature, saying something more enduring and
    • have spoken in this way — to bring an offering to the great God
    • on the basis of what we have learnt by measuring, counting and
    • like John Scotus Erigena. During this era the human soul lived in a
    • the vegetation shoots forth in spring, by the way it dies in autumn —
    • can be obtained by measuring, counting and weighing as something
    • example of the change that can be wrought in a mind by entering into
    • Any history written with psychological insight will bring home to our
    • when it signified a pouring of the soul's life into the life of
    • past, an element which expresses itself in an inward sharing in the
    • This inward sharing in the experiences of another is only possible
    • who do not utter words but only bring forth a consequence of sound.
    • bubbling of a spring of inner life, is also present in everything
    • when we listen to words, we are hearing merely what the head of
    • the moulding of his words, then we are hearing an expression of his
    • during the period beginning about the third millennium B.C.
    • of feeling in other beings, through the age of sharing in the
  • Title: Lecture: On the Reality of Higher Worlds
    Matching lines:
    • many years have been concerned with answering this very question, you
    • speak more fully elsewhere during the next few days (Cp.: Paths to
    • bring before you anything in the nature of convincing proof; all that
    • nothing else than stimuli received during childhood, appearing in a
    • faculties slumbering in the soul of which the ordinary consciousness
    • here and tries by deliberate efforts of will to bring ideas,
    • their effect during the exercises. Nothing whatever must be allowed
    • This process is at work during earliest childhood; it comes to a halt
    • thought-edifice, not reality at all. But if we bring into the sphere
    • that they simply bring suppressed nerve-forces to the surface, and
    • development which brings this first reality before the soul.
    • through exercises whereby yet other powers slumbering in the soul are
    • super-sensible happenings springs up before us. This is what happens
    • is absurd to say that what springs into view after all these efforts
    • necessary, because the true anthroposophical investigator brings the
    • to the super-sensible worlds in the way that was possible during
    • the body of formative forces working in us during earthly
    • been absorbed during earthly life, but we comprehend man in his whole
    • experiences undergone during sleep. And after all, in the urges and
    • on the one side the necessity inhering in repeated earthly lives and,
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: The Dual Form of Cognition During the Middle Ages and the Development of Knowledge in Modern Times
    Matching lines:
    • The Dual Form of Cognition During the Middle Ages
    • The Dual Form of Cognition During the Middle Ages and
    • During my recent lectures I have brought forward a few things with
    • of human evolution during the time comprised within the 300
    • developed to a height which has not been surpassed during the three
    • study) obtained its contents above all during the centuries which
    • this dual character of cognition during the Middle Ages. New
    • acquiring a more and more positive character. It was no longer
    • reality, an offspring of the scholastic manner of thinking. We
    • of considering things. The spirit and the meaning contained within
    • this modern science of Nature, are, however, the very offspring of
    • almost a super-sensible colouring. In view of the fact that the things
    • colouring, natural science began to oppose it more and more, ever
    • to the fact that, during the time which immediately preceded it, the
  • Title: Lecture: The Remedy for Our Diseased Civilisation
    Matching lines:
    • Haeckel gave to his world-conception, and even without considering
    • During
    • B or Mr. C, had to speak during this Haeckel celebration. I might say
    • During
    • was what philosophy could bring forward at that time! This was
    • nerve-sensory part of the human being above all has developed during
    • considering to-day. For this reason, the things which I am about to
    • intellectualism) during the daytime, while he is awake, from the
    • may say: During his waking life, from the moment of waking up to the
    • to you during sleep, just as little do you know what takes place with
    • whole human being, and it even brings to the fore things in which the
    • continually during the whole time between birth and death.
  • Title: Lecture: The Etheric Body as a Reflexion of the Universe
    Matching lines:
    • which we live send pain and suffering to many human souls, but let us
    • suffering, and in these fateful days spiritual-scientific thoughts in
    • during the time between death and a new birth, also the etheric body
    • awkwardly and was moreover a very heavy van), sparing no effort in
    • speaking of normal conditions; when people are asleep during the
    • night and awake during the day, I am not speaking of the conditions
    • during the night, the earth works out in thoughts all its
    • reflexion of the universe! All that we acquire during our life as
    • what they must give us during our life between birth and death,
    • inspiring influence that I have described to you.
    • etheric bodies with their unused forces will be inspiring forces,
    • used up during physical life. They do not come from nothing, they
    • few days for those who can remain. To-day I wished to bring before
    • sacrifices are made and suffering is borne.
    • From the suffering of the abandoned,
  • Title: Lecture: Salt, Mercury, Sulphur
    Matching lines:
    • and objects of this world of sense-existence, of discovering the laws
    • human soul into that world in which the soul is immersed during
    • Jacob Boehme’s magnificent, albeit stammering utterances, his
    • stammering utterances. We should read into them all kinds of dark,
    • interpretations they bring forward. Were it not an evidence of
    • matters of which Boehme himself had only a glimmering understanding
    • processes which revealed themselves to man as the ever-recurring
    • taste is only one of the many senses. The processes of hearing and of
    • concrete and unerring intuition the Initiates of olden times were
    • During the
    • understand it and could only express it in faltering words.
    • three Holy Kings from the East, therefore, are referring to Balaam,
  • Title: Lecture: It is a Necessity of Our Earnest Times to Find Again the Path Leading to the Spirit
    Matching lines:
    • do with a particular forming of man's etheric body, during a very old
    • place during that epoch of European development which began about the
    • climax during a period in the civilisation of Europe which has really
    • through a great deal during the fourth post-Atlantean epoch. Roman
    • life was then entering into its decay; it bequeathed to European
    • criticism, but in spite of the fact that it brings with it so many
    • within its own being, so that thoughts spring up in me. For the
    • believe that then we bring forth something of what we experience. It
    • You see, during the
    • into the human body, during that time — one might say
    • approximately, during the first third of that time, occurs the
    • kind of sleep during the time from falling asleep to waking up.
    • When, during sleep, the
    • explanations that a cloud may be seen hovering over the physical body
    • born girl, during all those years it lived in the spiritual world.
    • hand, in a world that we sleep away during our waking life; we live
    • being. We bring it along with us into our present incarnation. During
    • “Scheren”, or shearing, that is announced in every
    • culture of humanity, and of pouring into it the results of a
    • science, also during the time in which the catastrophe broke out in
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Some Conditions for Understanding Supersensible Experiences
    Matching lines:
    • a way of thought rather than a body of dogma, springs from the work
    • bring the outlook of Anthroposophy to bear on questions and
    • by no means without significance for what we do during our earthly
    • have realised that anthroposophical Spiritual Science is endeavouring
    • still present in men, although springing, it is true, from atavistic
    • this. Just look at the diplomas conferring the Doctor's degree
    • because it means tearing themselves away from the convenient things
  • Title: Lecture: The Relation of the Movement for Religious Renewal to the Anthroposophical Movement
    Matching lines:
    • knowledge that can bring to realization what Goethe already divined:
    • taking of these steps which must bring blessing to the
    • man so deeply that it pervades everything he brings forth out of his
    • a question of gathering together, as it were, similar strivings in
    • persons out of whose hearts springs the impulse to strive for that
    • and bring forth out of the spiritual revelations of the present day
  • Title: Lecture: The Ego-consciousness of the So-called Dead
    Matching lines:
    • Eure Schwingen mögen bringen
    • May your pinions bring
    • Eure Schwingen mögen bringen
    • May your pinions bring
    • complicated structure, formed during long periods of development that
    • already during the Saturn period and we carry them on the surface of
    • something split off during the Moon stage of development, and that
    • something also split off during the Earth-development; it went out
    • became our outside, and our outside became our inside. During the
    • Of course, this was only the case during the early stages of
    • development; but even during a part of the Moon period, during the
    • character to the corresponding experience during our life here, upon
    • the physical plane. During our life upon the physical plane, we
    • Whereas, during our physical life, the immediate contemplation of our
    • we have here, during our physical life. We would not have this
    • tableau, or a panorama, woven out of all we have experienced during
    • is of such a kind that everything that occurred during our earthly
    • experienced just before death, and what we experienced during our
    • have experienced during our life, is woven into it. How did we
    • this concretely, let us now say: During our earthly life, we lived
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Concerning the Origin and Nature of the Finnish Nation
    Matching lines:
    • is based, felt: “The world contains an inspiring element and
    • ancient seers, experienced the inspiring element of the sentient soul
    • it “Wainamoinen”. This is nothing but the inspiring
    • element of the sentient soul, inspiring it from out [of] the cosmos,
    • exercise an inspiring influence — and there, etheric bodies can
  • Title: Lecture: Awakening to Community - I
    Matching lines:
    • Today, I want to bring
    • springs from the innermost core of his humanity, something he feels
    • without any great inner stirrings into the will tendencies of the
    • as though from eternal wellsprings, impelling him to seek a different
    • it carries him to the eternal wellsprings of his soul life, it goes
    • inconsiderable item for a person who seeks to bring a religious
    • and religious impulses that have evolved during recent centuries. But
    • is an outgrowth of pain and suffering. It is perhaps just those
    • to have the most personal experience of pain and suffering as they
    • can only be developed by rising above suffering and making it a
    • where it becomes one's personal destiny. One feels oneself sharing
    • experiencing the super-sensible nature of all truth. Sharing the
    • that can run the gamut of inner suffering to the point of actual
    • conflict arose during the third phase of the Movement. It began in
    • modern external life and practice during the past few centuries,
    • also flows into one's will impulses, insofar as it has bearing on
    • shipwreck because of an inability to do that, during the Society's
    • if the kind I am referring to sometimes vents itself in a sort of
    • books bring in money and appear on book lists. There must be themes
    • though by towering fortress walls that one cannot see over is
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Perceiving and Remembering
    Matching lines:
    • Perceiving and Remembering
    • Remembering
    • "images/PrcRem_image002.gif" name="Perceiving and Remembering Graphic1"
    • considering; of course, the other members of the etheric body — the
    • part that we are considering today; I will speak of it therefore as the
    • that during the waking state we are both with our ego and astral body within
    • and ego, which during the day, when we are awake, is within the physical and
    • it, throws off and allows to pass before it. During the first few days after
    • that serve Ahriman are always present, they bring it to pass that when man is
    • passed through the Mystery of Golgotha, during that time when He still
    • intimate disciples of Jesus Christ during the time I have indicated. They
    • instructed in all these matters during the time that Christ held intercourse
    • Gods of Chaos (consciously, when out of the physical body). May the offspring
    • matter to be understood without first preparing the soul for it —
    • without preparing ourself for the understanding of it. In our day a far more
    • that what should be inculcated during the tender years of childhood into the
    • springs from Spiritual Science and frequently ask ourselves what is within
    • the beliefs of their readers with tender care. A newspaper never brings to
    • sheltering themselves behind the infallibility of their paper. They are, of
  • Title: Being of Man/Future Evolution: Lecture 1: Forgetting
    Matching lines:
    • fail to understand many things they are encountering every moment of
    • You know, of course, that memory or remembering has something to do
    • opposite and considering the nature and significance of memory.
    • has such a thing as so-called propagation, the bringing forth of its
    • at the top, and the gathering up of its whole growth in the blossom
    • which brings things to a conclusion is subject to the astral
    • memory. We could almost call this bringing nonsense into natural
    • true that the gardener may bring his influence to bear on it and
    • the first thing that happens in this process of acquiring ideas is
    • etheric body for remembering. It must be there for you to so much as
    • there is a good reason for it then. But man forgets it during life.
    • digested until then. As long as the human being uses it for acquiring
    • knowledge it does not yet work inwardly to bring life into the free
    • bear grudges is really based on this, too. Bearing resentment preys
    • through before entering Devachan, the spiritual world proper?
    • which gives it the continued possibility of remembering what it
    • human being has to pass through during his Kamaloca period. Not until
    • to have when he re-enters earthly life. This work of preparing his
    • have seen that the suffering and privation in Kamaloca is caused by
    • suffering. When worries torment us in ordinary life, and particular
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Being of Man/Future Evolution: Lecture 2: Different Types of Illness
    Matching lines:
    • intended for the purpose of bringing newer members up to the level,
    • out and interfering so horribly in the education of children and the
    • Various other disturbances appearing to begin with are usually
    • and says he has been suffering from this or that for years, is what
    • curing people of these, illnesses which are mainly the really
    • mistake comparable to tinkering with an engine that is always running
    • etheric body and appearing as glandular complaints, we must always
    • ask whether the illness is occurring in a Russian, an Italian, a
  • Title: Being of Man/Future Evolution: Lecture 3: Original Sin
    Matching lines:
    • bringing forth another being of like kind. You must realise, however,
    • nowadays change so little during their life. And this led
    • Schopenhauer to think that men were absolutely incapable of bringing
    • you are sitting facing someone and speaking to him. We are referring
    • environment. Spirits overshadowed man and stimulated him to bring
    • especially during their day consciousness. Little by little men lost
    • beings hovering round them in their environment; images of the gods
    • asleep, during the night. It was not until the middle of Atlantean
    • side of the divine-spiritual world, is passed on to their offspring
    • to the point of transferring to his offspring his own individual
  • Title: Being of Man/Future Evolution: Lecture 4: Rhythm in the Bodies of Man
    Matching lines:
    • of this kind brings us ultimately to the point where things that
    • to do everything in his power to bring the patient through this
    • during the day, but their activity is completely overpowered by the
    • is awake, and because of its activity during this time it deprives a
    • actually do during sleep? We can in truth say fairly accurately that
    • cosmic ego during the night and foregoes its own activity. And
    • accumulated during the day. Because the day ego sinks down into the
    • changes during the night, about which the ordinary human being knows
    • describing a circle and disappearing from time to time into the large
    • body during sleep. If he sleeps in the daytime he also goes into this
    • universal ego, and this brings a certain irregularity into his rhythm
    • changed considerably in this respect. During the course of the seven
    • etheric bodies during sleep. This brings about changes in man's inner
    • however, does not bring us to the end of the matter. Quite definite
    • These rhythms occurring in the four bodies were implanted into man
    • imagine this temperature occurring with pneumonia. The lungs have
    • time when the moon had already split off and was preparing to develop
    • bring light into the most everyday things of life. One must have the
    • calendars in use in country districts certain rules referring to
  • Title: Being of Man/Future Evolution: Lecture 5: Rhythms in the Being of Man
    Matching lines:
    • with its twenty-four hours, during which the ego experiences day and
    • tendency to counteract the temperature and bring it down. If the
    • tendency to bring the temperature down. It is important to pay good
    • rhythms of the heavenly bodies and actually bring about all the
    • ordering of matter in the cosmos, so that the individual planetary
    • regulated by spiritual beings bringing the moon into a corresponding
    • if all his activity had remained in cosmic leading strings. The basis
    • severing himself from external rhythm. He has become like a clock
    • conception that will bring man back into this kind of rhythm again.
    • Nature’, they want to bring life into reverse instead of
    • but has not yet grown into the spirit. He is still floundering today
    • time. This floundering between nature and spirit reached its climax
    • some people actually get tired of hearing these basic facts over and
    • reliable thread on which to string our thoughts: these four members
    • bringing it to birth again. You are laying down the plan or basis for
    • wisdom of the world. When we bring the inner rhythm of number to life
    • but on a higher level. Therefore men have to bring the future to
    • At present he is acquiring what we can see to be the ground plan of
  • Title: Being of Man/Future Evolution: Lecture 6: Illness and Karma
    Matching lines:
    • our studies which are to bring us closer and closer to a deeper
    • the law of karma works in human life. We shall be referring to some
    • mentioned. During life, when man is asleep, he lays his etheric body
    • that were active — it is this very force that is to bring the
    • of doing harm, so that in repairing the harm and overcoming the evil
    • of intentions, and it is the force of these intentions that brings
    • brings them together in the next life. That mysterious force of
    • attraction that brings people together in life springs from what they
    • bring this with us into life. Then we are born again as babies.
    • appearance. During a certain period of our lives an inner necessity
    • brings with it from the past. Now it all depends on whether the soul
    • heredity, and is capable of re-forming the organism during the course
    • not suit it and bring its instrument into harmony with its own
    • diseases appearing at certain times. These show nothing else than
    • process of suffering an illness can definitely be regarded as a sign
    • overcoming of this illness brings an entirely new impulse, like a
    • and of engendering the possibility of illness. It was impossible
    • felt this way. Bearing this in mind, I would now like you to try and
  • Title: Being of Man/Future Evolution: Lecture 7: Laughing and Weeping
    Matching lines:
    • spiritual science can bring a deeper understanding of these
    • from his forefathers, the other part he brings with him from earlier
    • such it cannot bring to effect the capacities it has acquired in past
    • of the strings which direct the organism from within, the child can
    • to the extent that the ego becomes master of the inner strings that
    • the ego brings about. It is the astral body, from within, under the
    • ego's influence, that brings man's muscles into those positions that
    • that brings us to the significant effect that pain and joy have in
    • reason than the sensual pleasure of inner activity; pleasure wearing
    • something or other in the environment, and the ego brings this to
  • Title: Being of Man/Future Evolution: Lecture 8: The Manifestation of the Ego in the Different Races of Men
    Matching lines:
    • present-day earth conditions bring about such differences among men,
    • directed by strings from above! And so indeed it was, for the real
    • strings from above, the deeds they performed were perfectly
    • physical characteristics. If a man brings his whole inner being to
    • brown. And an overpowering feeling of ego arising from offended
    • colouring arose. Thus for example there was that particular part of
    • bring the right form of culture to each different shade of the
    • flowing out of myself and surrendering myself to the universe!
  • Title: Being of Man/Future Evolution: Lecture 9: Evolution, Involution and Creation out of Nothingness
    Matching lines:
    • During the first seven years of his life the child's etheric body is
    • is ringing. The child learns this only gradually, because the part of
    • the child's development as an extra covering round the brain. But
    • this covering passes into the brain and subsequently lives within it,
    • outside during the first weeks of the child's development could not
    • outside the human being during the first months of his existence and
    • you see man going through a development in life, and acquiring what
    • him beyond his original possibilities. The lion brings its lion
    • nature with it and lives it out. Man not only brings with him his
    • successive states of a plant. During evolution the spiritual
    • during his life between birth and death. He adds to his store. Hence
    • development, but which are there because various circumstances bring
    • karma, and those not determined by karma but appearing on our horizon
    • which he experiences by bringing himself into a relationship with
    • the Earth will be succeeded by Jupiter, Venus and Vulcan. During this
    • during the Saturn, Sun and Moon evolution. He will have cast it all
    • vehicle. And now transfer this idea to human evolution. During the
    • within the ego he is increasingly bringing experiences of a new kind
    • him during the Moon, Sun and Saturn evolution and the first half of
    • distant future. We have said that during the Saturn evolution the
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Between Death and Rebirth: Lecture One
    Matching lines:
    • they were during life on Earth. Homer's seership. Michelangelo and
    • to say to you during this coming winter should be understood.
    • that during this last summer and autumn it has been my task to
    • is only now possible to consider certain matters which bring home the
    • Before entering into the main theme of these lectures I want to speak
    • experiences them too if his soul is prepared during his life in the
    • bring about something in the physical world. In the spiritual worlds
    • less we bestir ourselves on the physical plane, the less we can bring
    • men in a way differing from what was previously usual. I will give
    • worlds was to bring about the ending of Kali Yuga, needed something
    • particularly true of everything that man can himself bring about in
    • until evening during the waking life of day; from minute to minute
    • always learning, always pondering, always busy! But without such
    • was connected in some way during life. During the period between
    • objects by seeing their colours, hearing their sounds and so on, in
    • we can modify the previously existing relationship but during the
    • him; we may also wish to make reparation, but we cannot. During this
    • individuals remain and continue as they were during earthly life.
    • tremendous force, something further occurred to me. During my life I
    • body and Ego have left. As we go about during the day our gestures
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Between Death and Rebirth: Lecture Two
    Matching lines:
    • causing suffering to others. Effects of the destruction thus caused
    • during Initiation closely akin to those undergone during the life
    • during the winter are to be concerned with the life between death and
    • carried out during recent months. It is only as our studies progress
    • of his own identity. Indeed his whole life during these early years
    • astral body, vanishes during sleep and wakens again in the morning.
    • destruction that ultimately brings about death in the physical world.
    • bringing about his own destruction. However, as long as we remain
    • undeserved suffering caused to another person. If you think about it
    • spheres. During the Kamaloka period, as a being of soul-and-spirit,
    • individuals who during their life on Earth came to realise that
    • body during life on Earth we create the conditions of existence as
    • that human beings living on the Earth during entirely different
    • suffering. Every contact with an adherent of a different faith
    • view of the world, he would undergo similar suffering in the Sun
    • becomes a source of suffering, as if towering mountains were
    • place. A man whose religion has failed to bring about in him a
    • understanding. And what this means can best be explained by referring
    • sayings in the New Testament occurs when Christ Jesus is endeavouring
    • Jesus emphasises this, declaring with all power and intensity: “Ye
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Between Death and Rebirth: Lecture Three
    Matching lines:
    • Relationships established during existence on Earth cannot, to begin
    • with, be changed during the life after death. From the possible suffering
    • Earth. Only during the last four centuries has consciousness of this
    • birth you will recall that during that period a human being
    • relationships he himself prepared during his existence on Earth. It
    • first, the same as was formed during our existence on Earth and we
    • who has predeceased us, and to whom we owed a debt of love but during
    • over and over again the circumstances created during the life before
    • has elapsed shall we be able to experience once again, during our
    • painful experience and can only be regarded as suffering. But that
    • new birth the individual concerned must undergo all the suffering
    • upon conditions to bring about a change. An individual who is aware
    • the experience resulting from such suffering. For through
    • technique of karma enables these conditions to be changed during
    • that the dead himself can change them. Above all during the first
    • period after death, during the time in Kamaloka, an individual sees
    • he must leave it as it is; he is unable to bring about any change in
    • through human will is able to bring about certain changes in the
    • death than they were in life. During life a certain disharmony
    • raised. During the period of Kamaloka a feeling for language is
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Between Death and Rebirth: Lecture Four
    Matching lines:
    • qualities during life on Earth. Man is not meant to witness what
    • happens to him during sleep, i.e. the restoration of forces used up
    • during waking life. Processes of cognition lie within the field of
    • is illumined for us from a certain time onwards during life after
    • between death and the new birth, and that during this period its
    • during his life on Earth. It was said that, for example, from the
    • if, during his life on Earth before death, he developed a genuinely
    • the forces of the Earth during his physical life and his connection
    • forces which man draws into his consciousness during his earthly
    • life, that is to say, the forces he experiences consciously during
    • the simple fact that during sleep the human being has no
    • what happens to him during sleep. During sleep the forces used up
    • during waking life are restored and man is not meant to witness this
    • process, which is the antithesis of what is in operation during
    • of his members either during sleep or during his entire existence on
    • destruction, of wear and tear. During waking life nothing in man's
    • is different during the period of existence between death and the new
    • and hearing expand into space; from the centre where he is standing
    • during the life after death. There man feels as if his whole being
    • as if he were gathering from each particular section of the Zodiac
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Between Death and Rebirth: Lecture Five
    Matching lines:
    • preparing Francis of Assisi for his mission in the world. Numbers and
    • between death and the new birth. We have heard how during that period
    • Through birth we bring into our existence on Earth the forces we have
    • which we bring back again into physical existence through birth. And
    • bring back different forces into each incarnation.
    • earthly existence through birth we bring with us the impulses and
    • through the Mars sphere during the interval between the time of
    • decline. It was therefore not possible to bring from the Mars sphere
    • any forces that would have inspired souls during physical life to
    • the decline of Mars were responsible for bringing modern natural
    • materialistic conception of the world by pouring strong forces into
    • to inaugurate the epoch of materialistic culture during which all
    • souls would bring with them the Mars forces in their state of
    • Centre near the Black Sea, and transferring his activity to Mars. And
    • Assisi, on Mars, and bring forces from there to the Earth. As a
    • slumbering in their souls and they need not adopt a strictly monastic
    • place, during a period when human souls are not incarnated on Earth,
    • the Bringer of Compassion to the Earth, was transferred to Mars in
    • that among the forces we bring with us in the present epoch when we
    • throughout the year if we nurture it during our life from one
  • Title: Between Death and Rebirth: Lecture Six
    Matching lines:
    • during earthly life between birth and death.
    • consecutive epochs during which the human soul has undergone
    • on referring to the persistence of that ‘I’ of which the
    • philosophers speak is refuted by the simple fact that during the
    • philosophers is extinguished, is simply not there. And if during the
    • they are during sleep at night, to speak of the permanence of man’s
    • soul during that period would be meaningless. Fundamentally speaking,
    • Our observation of the human being during the first
    • acquiring knowledge of the nature of man, this observation is of
    • has its natural habitation and asserts itself during the first months
    • healthy human reason must be willing to recognise how during the
    • finding his bearings in the physical world. Which part of him is most
    • human being, while he is thinking, to bring the brain to rest even
    • all-important when he has laid aside his physical body. During his
    • which he is unconscious during his physical life on Earth. Whereas
    • during this physical life he experiences his ‘I’ as
    • pictured during the waking state, in the period between death and the
    • he is no longer on Earth, namely during the period of his existence
    • these are the forces of supreme importance during man's existence
  • Title: Between Death and Rebirth: Lecture Seven
    Matching lines:
    • the Buddha's influence in the Mars sphere during their life between
    • During
    • ‘I’-consciousness during the first cycle is an
    • in the human being during the first seven years of his life. It can
    • Spirits of Form continue their active intervention during the first
    • for the ‘I’ from the Spirits of Form. Bearing this in
    • the regular Spirits of Form into an Ego-bearing being and that this
    • in the human being during early childhood is the work of the backward
    • study the history of Florence during those centuries and in later
    • said that the physical increase of humanity over the Earth during the
    • Graeco-Latin epoch, during which the Mystery of Golgotha took place,
    • Golgotha the power to guide and lead men while ensuring their
    • necessarily have its counterweight during the life between death and
    • solely for the purpose of hindering men from making progress towards
    • rebirth during his passage through the Mars sphere. Among other
    • only on Earth. Many, even more overbearing influences will come in
    • will strive to throw off these fetters and not bring them again into
    • bring into life more and more qualities which will have greater
    • qualities which enabled them to bring a new impulse into the
  • Title: Between Death and Rebirth: Lecture Eight
    Matching lines:
    • processes during waking life are repaired during sleep. Processes of
    • Experiences during the life between death and the new birth. At a
    • forces. The mission of Anthroposophy is to counter the withering of
    • can be seen during sleep is for the most part concealed from man's
    • observation is also possible during sleep, most of what a man sees to
    • who have reached the stage of human existence during the Earth
    • during sleep we see something quite different. We see nothing of what
    • spiritually during sleep.
    • and etheric bodies together — which lies in the bed during
    • human body as seen during sleep show a certain similarity with the
    • process of decay, of destruction. Every night during sleep the forces
    • what is destroyed by day is repaired during the night, but the forces
    • is that we die. The forces that are renewed during the night are
    • never the equal of those that have been used up during the waking
    • feelings and ideas are different; consciousness during sleep has
    • aware that this is the case during the period of Kamaloka; even after
    • life continues for a time. But then, at a certain point during the
    • during sleep-consciousness. During existence on Earth we look out
    • long time previously been preparing his essential characteristics.
    • first foundation was laid during the Old Saturn period; during the
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Between Death and Rebirth: Lecture Nine
    Matching lines:
    • beings during a soul's life after death can be recognised in
    • established during the life between death and rebirth even if there
    • was in its prime, in the middle and still to some extent during the
    • may be a life after death but why should we trouble about it during
    • are fitted for life in the physical world only when we bring with us
    • during the time that has preceded our birth since the last death.
    • speaking, their hands are offering gifts which we do not receive
    • what these Beings are offering us, or we may pass through it without
    • during physical incarnation on Earth. If, at death, we bear with us
    • acquire during an incarnation on Earth he can acquire in no single
    • during the present cycle of time has rejected all spiritual ideas,
    • to bring with him the forces wherewith to build his body efficiently
    • offering their gifts to him. But the fact that Lucifer has tainted
    • the light means that all the gifts have a particular colouring and
    • be suffering from the type of illness occurring very frequently in
    • incarnation, we should find that during that period such human beings
    • are sojourning after death, he will find among them those who during
    • wonderful it is — of pouring, infusing into the physical world
    • and powers of higher worlds who are all the time pouring into the
    • everything that brings health and to experience the bliss that can
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Between Death and Rebirth: Lecture Ten
    Matching lines:
    • [As well as referring to Chapter III
    • certain points of view and the lectures given during the Winter
    • during the Winter?
    • soul. In the lectures given here during the Winter the descriptions
    • During
    • will, is a period during which the soul's life is still concerned
    • during which the soul feels bound to disengage itself gradually from
    • sense-impressions bring into the soul and then try to realise how
    • this stage, when the human being has weaned himself from fostering
    • their own distinctive colouring in every individual. Whereas thoughts
    • colouring of wishes are only later discarded in the region of Wishes.
    • brain or for wishes of his heart, but a hankering for his last
    • undergone in that region are in keeping with what is decisive during
    • have developed certain religious impulses during earthly life. In
    • archetypes of earthly things. During life on earth he learns to know
    • during his earthly life, what others experience after death, namely,
    • this passage it is clear that when, during the life between death and
    • earthly rendering of what is a self-evident experience in the Mars
    • that book. We shall realise that our studies during the Winter were
    • belonged during life on Earth. This was not an essentially personal
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Christ and the Spiritual World: Lecture One
    Matching lines:
    • world. Then we realise that during the centuries before and after the
    • philosophy in its much profounder form, struggled to bring all the
    • invest this term with any colouring drawn from religious traditions
    • spiritual observation can bring to light. I shall leave aside
    • to bring livingly before one's soul what thinking meant for
    • one's soul, one brings clairvoyant perception to bear on this
    • and brings it to a loftier view of itself. Whatever else you may
    • not superficial we can, if we will, see it glimmering through what we
    • What I am now telling you must not be taken as offering a convincing
    • considerations today as offering an explanation of anything. The more
  • Title: Christ and the Spiritual World: Lecture Two
    Matching lines:
    • conception in the flesh, but they could not quite see how to bring
    • offering of frankincense, symbolising a recognition of the Divine
    • honoured their Sun-Spirit with an offering of shining gold, the
    • an offering. And if we enter into the souls of those who figure in
    • and Earth-cycles seem to ring out with overbearing force.
    • Sibyllism is a remarkable, enigmatic phenomenon, occurring as it did
    • various hidden aspects of the fourth post-Atlantean epoch, during
    • spring from these emotions; they are not only beyond human ken, but
    • though muttering; as though stammering out a prophecy from the
    • entering into relation with the mysteries of the world through living
    • world-spirit itself. Only the outermost fringe of the world-spirit
    • approached humanity through Greek philosophy, but it was a fringe
    • harmoniously during the second and third post-Atlantean epochs and
    • of the old way of knowing the world, prevalent during the first three
    • — it is this deed that I wished to bring before you today.
  • Title: Christ and the Spiritual World: Lecture Three
    Matching lines:
    • be introduced, and then I shall bring in considerations which will
    • of human soul life during the fourth post-Atlantean epoch. Finally,
    • Again and again, especially during the early centuries
    • surroundings of the Earth, and whose task it was to bring order into
    • planets, that at a certain time during the Atlantean evolution the
    • really sees this Being, in the spring time of his evolution —
    • arises the picture — let us bring it vividly before our souls —
    • Castalian spring. To the west of it there was a cleft in the earth,
    • Castalian spring. And the place became a meeting-place for the most
    • was only from spring to autumn that he caused wisdom to flow up from
    • spring. A deep wisdom resides in this idea of Apollo going north. The
    • of song and string-music he brings thinking, feeling and willing into
    • Christ, had cultivated in the heavenly heights in order to bring
    • Apollonian art which flowed from the sound of strings. The music
    • music that sounds from the strings of Apollo — to this music
    • the Greeks ascribed the musical effects which bring harmony into the
    • string instruments. And when once a child was born who so to speak
  • Title: Christ and the Spiritual World: Lecture Four
    Matching lines:
    • end of the Atlantean time, as a far distant prefiguring of the
    • the ordering and harmonising principle in the cosmic order. I want to
    • occultism. But in revering Apollo the Greeks did not look on the sun
    • from the site of the Castalian spring and coil round the neighbouring
    • Meteorology! We have only to bring the “logy” into
    • clothe with a new covering, an Earth-vesture, the part of man that
    • in his offspring, in his living breath, in Adam and his descendants;
    • which bring about ebb and flow, the swelling and sinking of the
    • in the midst of forces pouring in on the Earth from the surrounding
    • Cosmos; pouring into the air and pervading the atmosphere. The
    • the Earth below and bound up with the Earth. Yes, even the sufferings
    • without any preconceptions, we find that they were endeavouring,
    • fundamentally, to bring a particular soul-force into the forefront of
    • souls the spirit of the elements and bring it to expression —
    • proclamations could spring from a temper of soul which corresponds in
    • Thus the stirring message that sounds forth to us from
    • men to the spirits of the higher Hierarchies during the Saturn, Sun
    • this find expression? Not as inspiration, so that morality springs
    • first find God entering into a covenant with his people.
    • In contrast with this we have the Jahve-god uttering his
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Christ and the Spiritual World: Lecture Five
    Matching lines:
    • neighbouring regions than external history is willing to recognise. I
    • wanted to indicate that this peculiar outpouring from the souls of
    • Hebrew prophets strove to suppress the Sibylline forces and to bring
    • — to press back the chaotic Sibylline forces and to bring out
    • — we could call it a task of bringing the Sibylline forces into
    • during the third post-Atlantean epoch, should flow for a while below
    • of the soul in order to bring human soul-forces into a right
    • slowly and by stages, if at last our research is to bring to light
    • they appeared in the course of really a good many years, during which
    • karmic guidance, and on encountering something that seems to have to
    • a bearing on some problem that one has been following up for years.
    • rendering is “journeying viaticum.” (See
    • came to me during my search for an answer to the question: Where can
    • him in great suffering and with dream-like visions of a quite
    • wanted to bring up her child so that he would remain a stranger to
    • We know that after many wanderings, during which he
    • Parsifal comes to a lonely place and finds two men: one is steering a
    • on, often wandering from the right road, until exactly on a Good
    • bringing about something like a redemption for the Fisher-King by
    • Parsifal in spirit during his return to the Grail, it was often as
  • Title: Christ and the Spiritual World: Lecture Six
    Matching lines:
    • descriptions, it will bring forward all possible — or rather
    • sun's rays and in this way brings into being the gold-gleaming
    • emphasised that on every Good Friday, and thus during the Easter
    • vernal sun, which means the sun that is gathering strength —
    • Now let us try again to get our bearings with regard to
    • During the fourth post-Atlantean epoch, the power of the
    • symbol in the moon. If we bring this into conjunction with what has
    • Now I should like to bring before you two facts which
    • The girl is of appealing beauty and manly bearing; she speaks little
    • assiduous in the manipulation and bearing of weapons that she remains
    • With that, revered Duke, I bring my report to a
    • wrongly — of the forces that spring from the elemental world,
    • bride and bridegroom, which brings him into connection with
    • from the Moon period, appearing first in the Earth Mother, Eve, and
    • East He returned to the West. His external physical covering came
    • what we have wished to bring before our souls. And we should keep in
  • Title: Perception of the Nature of Thought
    Matching lines:
    • Bearing
    • something that was first implanted in us during the Saturn period,
    • colouring. The modern investigation of historical evolution, the
    • ordering and outstreaming of the twelve Signs of the Zodiac as a
    • sense of forces which were Saturn forces. And if we try to bring
    • Taurus, or Gemini, bring about destiny. Yet one can read from the
    • and dies away during the embryonic development, in what is lost with
    • existed during the Old Moon evolution still playing an active part,
    • what can only thrive during earthly evolution within the protecting
    • sheath of the maternal body was the whole nature during the Old Moon
    • concerned with the endeavour to bring free thought-creation into
    • them during the second period. Preparation is made in the first
    • these reflections. We are considering the course of philosophical
    • how the Spirits of Wisdom enter during the Sun-evolution.
    • Now during earthly evolution they enter again not into what is new
    • Sun existence; beings who remained behind during
    • during the Sun time can use man's philosophical evolution in
    • philosophy and so of furthering their own existence. Men can thus
    • you see, it is as if we look there into differing ranges of Beings,
    • was my wish to add these thoughts to what we have been considering
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: The Spiritual Individualities of the Planets
    Matching lines:
    • researches carried out during the 19th century into earthly
    • to begin with as a gathering of spiritual Beings living in great
    • Whereas in endeavouring to fathom the mysteries of the universe we
    • are opposed to progress, who ever and again want to bring back the
    • When efforts to bring clarity of thought to bear upon some weighty
    • him during the night. And many a one who has found a better solution
    • for some problem during the night, as though out of dream, than
    • during the previous day, would have to admit, if he knew the truth,
    • Jupiter is able to bring satisfaction to man's need for wisdom. And
    • particularly during its last period — when there was a great
    • and his revelations remain in the unconscious if a man does not bring
    • — only of course the Sun is there to regulate it — spring
    • Venus and Mercury bring into the human being the karmic element that
  • Title: Lecture: The Problem of Destiny
    Matching lines:
    • development rendering us more and more capable. For our capabilities
    • this way are added to the experiences which we have made during our
    • connection than was the case during the life in a physical body.
    • passed through the portal of death brings about this deepening
    • required by karma. He brings it about while the souls who are
    • into them and streams through them, he can now bring about this
    • we encounter, will bring about another influence, it will influence
    • that during our life between death and a new birth every situation
    • contribute to the evolution of the earth during our succeeding lives
    • other side, this lofty, great and uninterrupted sight, also brings
    • with it a firm Ego-consciousness during our existence between death
    • it may even be a moment — comprises, during the life between
    • otherwise gained during the slow course of an earthly life,
    • experiences through which we would perhaps have passed during the
    • everything we have experienced during an earthly life; but in the
    • case of certain forces which we need during our life between death
    • come to the fore which bring about death from within the human
    • in the described manner. During a particular life upon the earth the
    • he is placed. He enters these conditions, but during his last
    • circumstances which bring about his accident. This is how we must
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: On the Connection of the Living and the Dead
    Matching lines:
    • to us — what has already come before our souls during these
    • human being — and the other, bringing about the play of
    • related in any way during our life. We might describe it thus: a kind
    • are now harbouring is of significance for the entire universe, for at
    • again, one may establish this possibility by entering with sympathy
    • entering with sympathy into these real and living feelings, which
    • brings us into different conditions — just as when you go into
    • referring is far more real than that we commonly call real —
    • real as we are during our life between birth and death, nay, more so.
    • astral body. Constantly, during our life and after our death, we are
    • as follows. He can only bring these inspirations to his consciousness
    • do not bring to full clarity in consciousness why it is that we hate
    • person is misled by Lucifer or Ahriman. This brings about a
    • great suffering and pain. All in all, the living-together of the dead
    • passed from the earth before them, who were related to them during
    • the world-ordering and of the whole progress of mankind is altogether
    • beings, inspiring them. Nay, more, in their instinctive life people
    • are living in a transition time. During this time a more or less
    • pouring down into the present. If once you learn to study in a real
    • bring forward, as views or ideas, his own personal opinions —
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: The Elemental World and the Future of Mankind
    Matching lines:
    • I want to bring forward certain matters which concern mankind's
    • relationship with certain spiritual powers during the earth's future.
    • inertia. Thoughts run along the old grooves but the intellect brings
    • intelligence has become something mechanical which no longer springs
    • characteristics. During the period in which man developed the
    • head in what their soul brings to light.
  • Title: Lecture: The Moment of Death and the Period Thereafter
    Matching lines:
    • physical body is a very complicated structure, formed during long
    • science were formed already during the Saturn period and we carry
    • development, namely, that something split off during the Moon stage
    • of development, and that something also split off during the
    • inside. During the Saturn and Sun periods, our human countenance,
    • towards our inner being. Of course, this was only the case during the
    • early stages of development; but even during a part of the Moon
    • period, during the Moon existence, the foundation of the inner organs
    • during our life here, upon the physical plane. During our life upon
    • experience after death. Whereas, during our physical life, the
    • not only resembles but far exceeds that which we have here during our
    • woven out of all we have experienced during our past life. It does
    • everything that occurred during our early life now surrounds us
    • just before death and what we experienced during our childhood
    • must really say: everything that we have experienced during our life
    • during our earthly life we lived together with another human being,
    • remember things during your ordinary life. The ordinary memories are
    • during the real experience.
    • passed through them during our earthly life. In this form they
    • During those days we have an important and impressive
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Relationships Between the Living and the Dead
    Matching lines:
    • think during the course of years, which is only a part, a small part,
    • For particularly at such a gathering it may, indeed, be our desire to
    • we learn to know all those shattering experiences which must heap
    • during the last year, I have often had to say to our friends, that
    • away from me and disappearing.” And, on the other hand: —
    • Just as the human soul entering existence through birth
    • that we were able to think during our physical existence. We can,
    • mighty picture. We see those thoughts which we experienced during
    • whole life lies before us like a panorama, during the days in which
    • which weaved and lived in us as our etheric body, during life, were
    • now entering the life of the etheric world outside.
    • covering of the earth. Green works upon us in such a way that we are
    • sees outside — if he succeeds in bringing it to his
    • The moment we are able to bring into our consciousness
    • spiritual discovery. I shall again bring it to your minds by citing a
    • thoughts which he formed during his life, and which he then
    • It is precisely through the bringing together of
    • remained behind during the Moon Period, and who — in the way in
    • which he appears during the Earth Period — may be symbolized by
    • The significant fact is that during the course of the
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Mission of Folk-Souls (1929): Lecture 1
    Matching lines:
    • I to bring forward all that might be adduced in the way of evidence
    • the Mission of the several Folk-spirits, as that which brings, out of
    • the near future will bring men together much more than has hitherto
    • bring their free, concrete contributions to this joint mission, if
    • astral body was implanted during the Moon-existence, and in a still
    • body was implanted, and finally the physical body during the Saturn
    • self-conscious human condition, so during the earlier conditions of
    • our earth evolution, during the old Moon, Sun and Saturn conditions,
    • these beings. Those beings who, during the Moon-state of our earth,
    • so that therefore these beings during the old Moon state were what we
    • these beings, who were men in the primeval past, during the old
    • Spirit-Self or Manas? Just as we during the next incarnation of the
    • earth, during the Jupiter state, shall finish the transforming of our
    • during our earth-stage, — a process we shall have to go through
    • only during the next incarnation of the earth. If we look still
    • further back, to the beings who were men during the old
    • Sun-existence, we may say, that they have already, during the
    • of man during sleep.
    • belong to me, but I with my other members am hovering outside and
    • extends beyond the Folk-soul, which can bring the various Folk-souls
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Mission of Folk-Souls (1929): Lecture 2
    Matching lines:
    • during his lifetime goes through a development, when he rises higher
    • Beings, the law which brings it about that at every stage certain
    • Sun but are going through it now during the earth period, so that
    • during the Sun-state of our earth. There are therefore in the same
    • For what have the Spirits of Form made of man during the earth
    • during his life on earth, his national language. They had to have the
    • bring about, because they with their great forces and powers remained
    • Spirits of Personality, who during the earth existence represent what
    • become Spirits of Personality during our earth existence, work in
    • just named as the Thought-Spirits, those who during the old
    • post-Atlantean age. It was during this Indian civilization that the
  • Title: Mission of Folk-Souls (1929): Lecture 3
    Matching lines:
    • that which is the human envelope or covering; so that therefore the
    • it will in every case bring this certainty; you may carry out the
    • bring before him, does not affect the Archangels at all. In that form
    • perceives as a withering of the centers in his domain of perception.
    • by side. The one stream is that which brings him onward from one
    • Archangel knows what must be done during the upward period, during
    • what they wish to bring about with the human races, and how through
  • Title: Mission of Folk-Souls (1929): Lecture 4
    Matching lines:
    • and at the foundations from which the several peoples spring, we must
    • state. Only during the present incarnation of the earth has man
    • These four parts of his being show us all that has happened during
    • as that has run its course hitherto. If you will bring before your
    • in bringing to man his ‘ I ’. But now what
    • only during the condition of the Earth-life. We then come to the
    • twenty-first or twenty-second year. During this time the astral body,
    • still, so that now, during the Earth-evolution, they might be able to
    • position to bring to man earlier that which he would otherwise only
    • who might have been Spirits of Motion during the Earth evolution, but
    • as Spirits of Form in the Earth-evolution. Thus they are able, during
    • under the great influence of these abnormal Beings. During the whole
    • only becomes man during his earth life in the middle part, and in the
    • last third he has to give back that which he received during the
    • through them soaring above the earth, around it.
    • earth during the middle part, and had therefore become quite a
    • Now during this time, which on the whole is under the
    • capacity is also acquired during the time in which man is not
    • developed at length in many mystical views of the world) brings
    • a man lives on earth during a certain incarnation became of
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Mission of Folk-Souls (1929): Lecture 5
    Matching lines:
    • lectures, if it be rightly understood, will bring no dissatisfaction
    • lay a foundation by acquiring an understanding of the Hierarchies, to
    • activity had not come in, one which is exceptionally enduring and
    • the waves, and bring them to rest and into form. For this reason
    • their name was given them, because they bring the thick fluid element
    • training and development. Whereas the light streams towards us during
    • the day as light, and during the night weaves on further as light
    • bring about what we call our human history, the evolution of
    • was necessary to bring this earth into being. The earth had to go
    • see that even during the earlier incarnations of our earth these
    • and astral bodies as an outer covering, into which are woven willing,
    • which later, during the earth evolution, manifests itself as will. It
    • existence and to disappear again, in order to bring about the
    • Earth-planet the mission of bringing about the perfect equilibrium of
    • mission to still the conflict between these elements by bringing them
    • order that he may bring about this balance between thought, feeling,
    • Man is called upon first of all to bring about an equilibrium between
    • earth, namely, to bring about from within, first of all through his
    • they have this very mission, of bringing the three former conditions
  • Title: Mission of Folk-Souls (1929): Lecture 6
    Matching lines:
    • Form, which brings about in our life on earth that there should be
    • not otherwise have been able to bring about the equilibrium requisite
    • brings about a modification of humanity and produces the basic
    • to bring about the special modification of this people.
    • evening twilight of humanity, whose development brings humanity in a
    • the surging of the waves, in the gurgling of the spring, in thunder
  • Title: Mission of Folk-Souls (1929): Lecture 7
    Matching lines:
    • If you follow the spirit of the studies we have made here during the
    • own development? As regards certain spiritual Beings we can during
    • the Atlantean epoch, and part of which was only sent during the
    • phenomena. The Semitic people has the task of ignoring all plurality
    • inspiring Spirit of esoteric Christianity; and in particular of those
    • Age, as those who were the great directing Spirits of the Age during
    • outpouring of the spirituality of Europe, there also streamed forth
    • development, this people understands how to bring to perfection the
  • Title: Mission of Folk-Souls (1929): Lecture 8
    Matching lines:
    • knows the facts under consideration this comparing of religions is a
    • blue trousers, a red coat and such or such a covering on his head,
    • mistake, for a person of quite different character might be wearing
    • takes Adonis and compares him with Christ. That is comparing merely
    • comparison has only the value of a comparing of the uniform.
    • can at the present time bring to light. The point is rather, that one
    • of dim clairvoyance, during which time he developed a richer soul
    • soul-developments took place. There were peoples who, during their
    • wandering towards the East, at first slept as it were through the
    • comparing the uniforms. The important point is, the way in which they
    • belong the Beings appearing as Villy and Ve. These are Beings who
    • down into the individual human beings that which the Archangels bring
    • Giants). Everything which existed during the Atlantean epoch is
  • Title: Mission of Folk-Souls (1929): Lecture 9
    Matching lines:
    • the human ‘ I ’ as such, and bringing it more
    • comprehend why Europe was the ground destined to bring this ‘ I ’
    • was destined to bring the ‘ I ’ into relation
    • bring about in some way or other this relation of the ‘ I ’
    • task of directing the European how to bring his ‘ I ’
    • is given to considering everything in its relation to the ‘ I
    • body in order to bring it to freedom and independence, the element of
    • form and coloring to man and made him an independent, active being in
    • actions, and brings his whole being into a lower position than he
    • influence. Let us again recapitulate briefly: Lucifer brings about in
    • three offspring. The first is the one who brings about selfishness.
    • during an eclipse of the sun, (of course a man at the time of that
    • pursuing the sun, and who the moment he reaches it brings about the
    • body, in which he brings about sickness and death. His third
    • off-spring is, therefore, that which produces sickness and death.
    • Loki bringing the mistletoe with which blind Hœnir kills Balder, the
    • Loki is therefore the death-bringing power, like Lucifer
    • during which men could no longer see into the spiritual world; but
    • in the divine spiritual world, during the time in which they could
    • re-entering this spiritual world. But it will then appear different;
  • Title: Mission of Folk-Souls (1929): Lecture 10
    Matching lines:
    • the Germans of Central Europe as appearing to belong to separate
    • Body was evolved during the Indian civilization, the Sentient Body in
    • guards of a Folk-soul who is preparing himself for later epochs. This
    • that we may compare what it gives us as a direct out-pouring of the
    • no other expression and can think of no other way of picturing the
    • world of the East is preparing for that Spirit which is to bring the
    • and less in details, because he is preparing himself to take up that
    • Christ and brings emphatically into notice that there can be no
  • Title: Mission of Folk-Souls (1929): Lecture 11
    Matching lines:
    • during the whole of the Atlantean epochs endeavored to unite
    • time ascended to planetary heights, and who during the Atlantean
    • between day-waking and night-sleeping. Just as the human soul during
    • the folds of the brain; so that during the day-time it can be stowed
    • traditions — consists in considering as mere folly, as wild
    • during the Kali Yuga has been developed as a healthy force into a new
    • must be decisive for us. We shall bring neither Orientalism nor
    • to all mankind, and must be given, can only spring up at a certain
    • to go through during its early centuries and millennia, when the
    • Theosophical Congress at Budapest, and which I repeated during our
    • bring to your assistance, the more the better. I am not afraid. That
    • in each people practicing self-knowledge and inquiring, ‘What
    • individuality. The Germanic Scandinavian Archangel will bring to the
    • sufficiently described. He is, however, specially capable of bringing
    • bring to the progressive stream of culture. We must learn to
  • Title: Lecture: A Picture of Earth-Evolution in the Future
    Matching lines:
    • from cosmic spheres into the realm of earth-existence, bringing with them “the
    • Saturn, Sun and Moon periods of evolution, during which no mineral kingdom
    • time during the Earth period. Mineral substance, therefore, became part of
    • man's being only during this Earth period. During the stages of Saturn, old
    • which reached its climax during the nineteenth century. And today man is
    • that Beings from beyond the earth are bringing the messages from the spiritual
    • so very shabbily to these Beings who are appearing from the cosmos and coming
    • the earth. And from the earth there will spring forth a terrible brood of
    • plant-existence, but possessed of overpowering wisdom. These spidery creatures
    • want to unite with men are bringing down from the cosmos, or whether men intend
    • and are told that in this way they are acquiring knowledge of the nature of man
    • replaced by another. It is the phase which was destined to bring to man the
    • but bring himself to look concretely at things that are connected with his
    • of plant-life and the theories that were evolved during the nineteenth century
    • entering the sphere which the Beings from beyond the earth have been trying to
  • Title: Mission of Spiritual Science and of Its Building at Dornach
    Matching lines:
    • prevent this, I must bring forward something apparently personal, about
    • Society, of bringing forward anything else but what was built up on the
    • man's acquiring certain abnormal faculties, and the natural scientist
    • from the bringing of spirits into manifestation in an outer, physical
    • something living and bearing sway within him, instead of lifeless
    • bringing logical thinking to life within him, becomes conscious of a
    • during sleep, consciousness ceases.
    • complete opposite of the sleep-condition. Whereas during sleep we
    • spiritual investigator, he lives, during his researches, outside his
    • earth, but to bring this being into connection with the entire cosmos.
    • wast under the fig-tree, I saw thee,” he is referring to an
    • appropriate covering of what it contains. That is what is attempted.
  • Title: Lecture: The Spiritual Communion of Mankind
    Matching lines:
    • occasion for comparing the Mystery upon which it is based with
    • union between man and all that takes place in earthly life during the
    • certain seasons to make an offering of these thoughts to the higher
    • of his deepest feelings to make a sacrificial offering to the Gods
    • Midsummer, a solemn offering must be made to the Upper Gods in
    • This act was merely meant to signify that the offering made by man's
    • which the soul desired to send upwards to the Gods as an offering for
    • Mysteries went to the ceremonies bearing the symbols of wisdom; and
    • they had made the solemn offering it was as though they declared to
    • taken by the seasons of the year, entering as Midsummer approaches
    • by referring to some very simple facts. — Those of you who have
    • during Winter and put their potatoes in them. Down there in the earth
    • warmth of the Sun that have streamed to it during the Summer. The
    • During Winter it is Summer underneath the surface of the earth. And
    • make the sacrificial offering for another, but when the one shares
  • Title: Lecture: Michelangelo
    Matching lines:
    • Berlin, in the Autumn of 1913 through the Spring of 1914.
    • series of events occurring in some sort of sequence and never
    • to be nights during which human faculties pass into a sort of rest
    • sleep, during which even for that the command had to be heeded: “Thou
    • during which sculpture rested, there appeared the Christian ideal: an
    • could assimilate from a period of evolution during which the soul had
    • bring it into motion so that it may seem to live in our world. And if
    • which brings to expression the very nerve of his art, as I have tried
    • space-ordering powers, God the Father conceals the figure of a young
    • probably during his last days as he looked back over his life —
  • Title: Lecture: Technology and Art: Their Bearing on Modern Culture
    Matching lines:
    • Their Bearing on Modern Culture
    • Spiritual Science: during sleep the Ego and astral body are outside
    • and astral body, as they return into the physical body, bring with
    • order prevailing in the physical and etheric bodies. He really brings
    • more aware of the dimming of the life of thought during nightly
    • of will to a very small extent indeed during the wide-open
    • During waking life, therefore, we are also entangled in
    • initiation brings back with him on waking the effects of what he has
    • into the etheric and physical bodies. For he brings back with him
    • bring him into connection with the lawful — please do not
    • little consciousness of the things I am referring to here, as can be
    • observed from certain glaring symptoms in the procedures of ordinary
    • Vol. 3, No. 1 (Spring, 1958).]
    • other sentence there, and so on. ... At first hearing this may seem
    • Europe during the Fourth Post-Atlantean epoch of civilisation and on
    • different during the Fourth Post-Atlantean epoch, even in its final
    • boundary between the two forms of experience was established during
    • enquiring into this silencing of the undertones once heard in speech,
    • nobody can understand the jolt that was given to humanity during the
    • detect how completely the ring of events even in the Middle Ages
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Past Incarnations of the Peoples of Today
    Matching lines:
    • been customary during the last few centuries and which is utterly
    • the influence of scientific thought, I am not referring to those
    • conditions? The forces which these souls bring over with them from
    • incarnated in a previous life during the early centuries of
    • What I propose to tell you today must be taken as referring to a
    • This brings us to the question — and the answer I shall give is
    • this brings us to the question: Where were the souls of the greater
    • are, of course, other souls, whose earlier incarnations during the
    • I am not now referring to those who actually received the teachings
    • in the remote past. They spoke of Aeons in successive ranks, entering
    • is absolutely right to refrain from uttering the bald, dogmatic form
    • Our task today is not only to speak about the spirit, but to bring
    • occurring in a continuous, unbroken stream — if human
  • Title: Lecture: Morality and Karma
    Matching lines:
    • sharing another's grief and pain, but it also implies
    • Envy and falsehood bring us in opposition to the course of the
    • arise in old age, when envy appeared during youth. This is a faint
    • has been a fundamental quality during one incarnation, it will
    • exercise an influence upon the three bodies during the next
    • It works upon the human organism during the next incarnation.
    • must say: “Envy must have been at work during his past
    • is justified. When we see someone entering life with bad health and a
    • part in his life during his past incarnation.
    • for what he did during his past incarnation. It is very reasonable
    • might bring about a favourable change in his Karma. To know and to
    • Moral qualities in fact produce results; they bring about Karmic
    • effects. They may change during one incarnation. But in the next
    • We said that falsehood may change into timidity during one and the
    • assume that he told many lies during his past incarnation? We say to
    • determine our actions: He will have told us many lies during a past
    • incarnation; he misled us. We must try to bring him fruitful and
    • be recompensed by truth; these are two extremes which bring about a
    • results can be achieved if he brings him positive truths and has real
    • influence upon them will be an immense relief to them and bring them
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: The Inexpressible Name, Spirits of Space and Time.
    Matching lines:
    • Conquering Egotism.
    • Conquering Egotism.
    • if I tell you that our physical body is a corpse, even during the
    • all be ill. They would bring us illness. We would bear within our
    • your childhood upward, can say “I” when referring to
    • During the first post-Atlantean epoch we have a deep influence
    • proceeding from the Ego; during the second post-Atlantean epoch, a
    • deep influence proceeding form the astral body; during the third
    • vegetable world; during the 6th epoch we must learn to know the
    • animal kingdom, and only during the 7th epoch the real kingdom of
    • seek during the 5th post-Atlantean epoch. Science should, as it were,
    • During my present visit, I pointed out to you how selfishly modern
    • facts lying at the foundation of these things. During the epoch
    • during the past four or five years will be followed by the mightiest
    • be stirred, deeply stirred on hearing that in the West there is a
    • Centre there is a civilization differing from that of the two poles
    • of our leading men are given a classical education during the years
    • During my life I received innumerable letters from church people
    • go towards him, but do not set store on the fact that people bring
    • We can really say that we are welcoming each day which brings us
  • Title: Lecture: The Etheric Being in the Physical Human Being
    Matching lines:
    • very little of the world which transcends the earth, if during
    • processes of sleeping and waking. The course of human life during
    • of events upon the earth during a whole year. The simile will
    • autumn, winter, and early spring.
    • withdraws. In the spring the Spirit of the Earth begins to
    • in our organism during the night.
    • worlds. It is possible to bring forward different points of view,
    • our consciousness. Memory brings a connected sequence into life,
    • product of the evolution of the earth. During the Moon evolution
    • earth began. During the Moon evolution, man was already endowed
    • with feeling; he was endowed with thinking during the Sun
    • evolution, and with memory during the Saturn evolution. If you
    • during the Saturn stage of evolution; the first basis of man's
    • etheric body arose during the Sun stage of evolution; during the
    • astral body, and the Ego began to unfold during the earthly stage
    • during the ancient Saturn evolution. We have in fact within us
    • on the fact that during his first seven years of life, the body,
    • child by developing its power of memory. During the first seven
    • arose during the development of the Earth. Upon the Moon, higher
    • spiritual hierarchies, the Angeloi, still willed for man. During
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: The Coming Experience of Christ
    Matching lines:
    • always keeps to the surface of things. But, especially during the
    • education will bring such a feeling to life. If education up to
    • years! This folly has been slowly gathering strength during recent
    • membering of mankind according to the will of its individual
    • aroused. And to-day national chauvinism rings through the whole
    • bring it about that the social structure corresponds only with what
    • evolution can come about in you: during earth-evolution only the
    • cannot during earth-existence attain spirit-self in my astral body,
    • And by developing the consciousness-soul now, I am preparing myself
    • know that I cannot yet bring spirit-self into my entire astral body,
    • but I have to bring it into my consciousness-soul. As man, I must
    • during the period of earth-existence they cannot fully emerge. These
    • always to be aware that he is preparing himself inwardly for
    • quite unworkable. All such things bring modern civilisation up
  • Title: Lecture: Spiritual Knowledge: A Way of Life
    Matching lines:
    • slumbering: consciousness of the spiritual world and of the eternal
    • out for recognised knowledge. How readily, when entering into some
    • has been scientifically proved. ... When anyone brings forward
    • springs from the heart of man.
    • brings home to us that truth is related to love, that healthy and
    • his character, without its entering — to speak in a paradox —
    • action. From the root of spiritual knowledge springs the plant of the
    • fine perception of the nature of egoism, brings us right into the
    • bring about eventually the meeting with this friend. We can go
    • often to result from actions that spring from the highest motives,
    • knowledge, the world of the physical senses, and entering the world
    • Guardian of the Threshold, we have the greatest trouble to bring to
    • When one succeeds in acquiring knowledge of things
    • pursued in solitude. There were societies for the fostering of
    • would concentrate all his powers on inquiring into the influence
    • and suffering of which I told you — all the phases of inner
    • Thus does this human knowledge of the spirit bring us
    • length to a point where the word of reproach rings out: You were
  • Title: Lecture: How Can the Destitution of Soul in Modern Times Be Overcome?
    Matching lines:
    • be dead facts, but should bring with them understanding of such a
    • bring life into our most external concerns. I should like to make
    • culture epoch, during which the most important peoples were the
    • centuries, particularly during the Graeco-Roman period of
    • of life brings us into contact with certain people and not with
    • entered upon a period of human evolution which brings man's preceding
    • this or that experience. And these experiences bring us into contact
    • will become increasingly difficult to bring ourselves into a right
    • shall establish a real and enduring relationship, of the kind which
    • consciously combating these superficial feelings that we shall bring
    • period Christ is already actually entering the individual soul.
    • Christ-conception. In this way we bring to every soul what it
    • first stirrings of a need to think freely, we find the opposing power
    • it were, to the proof, and difficulties spring up everywhere. These
    • other spheres of life. In a form hardly differing from the Jesuitism
    • brings estrangement between individuals. We must consciously strive
    • after what springs from the human heart. Every single soul has
    • given out from far deeper depths than during the Graeco-Roman
    • THE ACQUIRING OF FREEDOM OF THOUGHT.
    • Indeed it is not without good reason that I bring these things to
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Modern and Ancient Spiritual Exercises
    Matching lines:
    • who lived during the period described in my
    • manifesting in lightning and thunder, in springs and rivers, in wind and
    • remains for the most part an unconscious process. But during certain
    • The yogi, by altering the rhythm of the breath, drew it
    • to the earth. This is the consequence of gradually entering into the
    • bring it into the rhythm of the external world. We then experience, for
    • pain but rather through great suffering.
    • suffering.
    • acquire a new habit and during that time I shall concentrate my whole
    • with iron determination and unwavering will. It is often the case that if,
    • the case at the present time, this immersion in pain and suffering
    • knowledge of them through deprivation and suffering. I am not saying this
    • of higher worlds demands the overcoming of suffering.
  • Title: Lecture: The Meaning of Easter: St. Paul and the Christ Impulse
    Matching lines:
    • will be the first full moon of spring and upon this full moon will fall
    • the rays of the springtime sun, for since the 21st of March
    • the sun has been in the sign of spring. When, therefore, men on earth
    • is the first after the full moon of spring, then is the time to keep the
    • means for bringing to expression man's connection with the worlds beyond
    • Christianity, to some of those early mysteries which during a certain
    • bring to mankind true and fitting ideas about Christianity — and to do
    • spiritual being who entered the body of Jesus of Nazareth during the
    • so hard to bring to mankind. Let us try in the language of the present
    • single moment; nevertheless the Event of Golgotha did bring about an
    • during which men beheld, together with the world of the senses, also the
    • disappearing, and that another vision of the spiritual was now to dawn
    • were able to understand it: that the old spiritual vision brings no
    • bring men out of the habit of looking to the spirits of air and of
    • spiritual ring than has the mere echo left us in our translation. It
    • as unreal, preferring to regard it as a kind of hallucination that befell
    • habits of thought; they use the old words, they go on uttering them more
    • ago ceased caring whether or not we have a real understanding of the
    • During the Fifth
    • ordering of the world must inevitably arise in a time when man wants to
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Agriculture Course: Lecture 1
    Matching lines:
    • practical measures which are necessary for bringing them into full play.
    • said during this Course.
    • visitors from a distance. Yet on the other hand, considering the
    • purpose of our present gathering, it seems to me we could scarcely be
    • the right colouring to these words of thanks, and I beg you to
    • difficulties which such a gathering may involve in a house remote
    • during the succeeding days, to come to a right understanding on all
    • all talk of Economics — hovering airily over the realities
    • appearing — to begin with — quite independent not only of
    • silicon is present. Now, it is true this silicon, occurring as it
    • seem very important when we are considering the outer, material
    • bring forth its kind, and so on. That is the one thing. The other is,
    • limestone nature. Suppose we were merely considering what emerges in
    • those forces which come, for instance, from the Moon. Water brings
    • colossal is taking place on Earth. These forces spring up and shoot
    • sparingly after days of sunshine. Such things lay hidden in the old
    • The warmth brings out
    • in their inherent food-values, notably during the last decades.
  • Title: Agriculture Course: Lecture 2
    Matching lines:
    • practical measures which are necessary for bringing them into full play.
    • first lectures gathering various items of knowledge, so as to
    • Properly speaking, any manures or the like which you bring into the
    • hand, from which our farm springs forth, and on the other hand, that
    • the Earth is especially strong during the winter season, whereas in
    • tiny chaos that which can only be built in it by forces pouring in
    • affinity to a particular cosmic situation, it tends to bring the seed
    • directions, so that a dandelion brings forth, not a barberry, but a
    • living as the plant-form in the seed we need to bring the earthly
    • element into the plant. We must bring the plant nearer to the Earth
    • in its growth. And this we can only do by bringing into the life of
    • say, we must bring into it life that has not yet reached the utterly
    • bring into it such life as is already present on the Earth. In this
    • sparingly replace by artificial means the fertility the Earth itself
    • for this lies in all that which we bring to the plant by way of
    • supplementing the cosmic force of the Sun, brings forth the white or
    • Sun itself. But that which thus shines out in the colouring of the
    • being only present in the delicate quality of the colouring and
    • much-divided, then, as in the flower's colouring the cosmic nature is
    • therefore bring it into a sandy soil. Otherwise we shall not succeed
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Agriculture Course: Lecture 3
    Matching lines:
    • practical measures which are necessary for bringing them into full play.
    • shall, however, best approach it by first considering the four other
    • ethereal that the ethereal, moistened once more with sulphur, brings
    • in order to bring it back again into that quantitative condition to
    • life bearing to have a certain bearing on our work as farmers.
    • receptive to the inpouring forces of the Cosmos. In the tiny
    • tendency to fruit even before the flowering process. You can see this
    • plants are so organised as to bring to expression, most of all, what
    • brings about an inner order between our Ego and our ether
    • proper way to bring the nitrogen-nature into the world of plants? We
    • various forms of manuring.
  • Title: Agriculture Course: Lecture 4
    Matching lines:
    • practical measures which are necessary for bringing them into full play.
    • Agriculture, and notably when we come to the question of manuring.
    • the manuring question, shows how little idea they really have of what
    • manuring signifies in the economy of Nature. How often do we hear the
    • I spoke these introductory sentences just now — referring to the
    • the body — Wearing-away of nails and skin, and the like.”
    • a mound of earth, with humus entering into it, working in the earthly
    • the assistance of plant-growth by manuring the earth. We need to do
    • Manuring and everything of the kind consists essentially in
    • be given to bring about in the soil what I indicated yesterday, namely
    • as I showed you. That is to say: in manuring we must bring to the earth-kingdom
    • to bring to life the earth-element itself. Plants, therefore, which
    • or limestone element. Bring some of this perhaps in the form
    • we need it within us in order especially to bring into the foodstuffs
    • soil so that it brings forth something especially good for animals to
    • to these things. We must try to bring the compost-heap into such a condition
    • begin with, by piling it up in thin layers, covering it layer by layer
    • or living entity need not only have streams of forces pouring outward:
    • it can also have streams of forces pouring inward. Now imagine such
    • life-giving manuring force. Thereafter we can dig out the horn. We take
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Agriculture Course: Lecture 5
    Matching lines:
    • practical measures which are necessary for bringing them into full play.
    • manuring as before. To-day we shall have to consider the manuring problem
    • and revolutionary spirit, interfering with all that our time has achieved
    • creatures the virtue of preparing the right conditions and relationships
    • as occurring by virtue of the processes that arise of themselves, here
    • can only do by working with organic matter, bringing it into
    • If we continue manuring at random from year to year, we can gradually
    • still be of no use for plant-growth, unless by a proper manuring process
    • only that we use these entities in the proper way. And in manuring it
    • as the case may be, before or after manuring. These forces and influences
    • will enable it to bring the right vitality into the Earth itself.
    • vitality to the soil from which the plants are springing.
    • instances, i.e. which bring about the formation of trunk or
    • bring the sulphur into a right relation to the remaining substances
    • during the winter.
    • Dig them out in the springtime
    • of the soil with reason and intelligence, which you can bring about
    • soon as we observe them, by a rational improvement in our manuring,
    • We must bring calcium into
    • the soil by our manure, But it will not be of use to bring the calcium
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Agriculture Course: Lecture 6
    Matching lines:
    • practical measures which are necessary for bringing them into full play.
    • we shall have little good fortune in considering the essence of “weeds”
    • of to-day. They can only be dealt with effectively by entering into
    • in the earth in this way causes the plants to bring forth what grows
    • enough to bring about the growth in living creatures. The Moon intensifies
    • as to bring forth a fresh being of the same species. It brings forth
    • In considering the Moon's effect they only think of the Sunlight; but
    • of the Moon-influences. It only holds fast in the plants, during the
    • their time in chattering, they may have done even less than the one
    • no good unless the neighbouring farmer also does so, for they only come
    • back from the neighbouring field; and so the State must be called in
    • bring about the reproductive process. In the animal kingdom, on the
    • receive the faculty to bring forth plant-life out of itself. This faculty
    • that which is normally treated by water to bring about fertility in
    • the plant-world, you will bring about destruction — annihilation
    • gain an insight into the question, what is it that can bring about illness
    • Earth — albeit not so intensely as to bring forth plant forms,
    • followed by a thoroughly wet spring. Then the Moon-forces will enter
  • Title: Agriculture Course: Lecture 7
    Matching lines:
    • practical measures which are necessary for bringing them into full play.
    • unless we first bring about an insight into the underlying
    • occurring in Nature (minerals, plants, animals — we will leave
    • with intelligence, let us say, the many coloured world of insects, hovering
    • around the plant-world during a certain reason of the year. Moreover,
    • green leaf-bearing stalks — and in the flowers and fruit. All
    • out of which our herbaceous plants and cereals spring forth.
    • unfolding the herbaceous plant that springs out of the earth directly
    • are gatherings of astral substance; quite clearly, they are gatherers
    • parasitically growing on the tree — brings about in the neighbourhood
    • possible for the insects to be. The insects fluttering around the parts
    • of the tree which are above the earth — fluttering around the
    • then we should set to work and make some clearings in the forest —
    • beside it, to transform what it brings about into good use and benefit.
    • has come for us to bring home to ourselves those wider aspects which
  • Title: Agriculture Course: Lecture 8
    Matching lines:
    • practical measures which are necessary for bringing them into full play.
    • thought in a fixed direction, scientists bring about widespread confusion
    • we must bring it out once more with special emphasis. As we are now
    • you use an ox as a labouring beast — it is important to feed the
    • — and this is what we use for manuring. In animal manure, more
    • to yourselves how we manure the plant. We bring the manure from outside
    • to the plant root. That is to say, we bring Ego to the root
    • fresh hay. These will work through and through the animal — mastering
    • into the leafing process. This applies for instance to the pod-bearing
    • another case. Let us look more towards the flowering nature and the
    • will not become good labouring animals, nor milk-, nor fattening animals.
    • the flowers, Nature herself has enhanced the fruiting, flowering activity
    • boiling, simmering or the like. Here it is best to take what comes from
    • the fruiting, flowering parts of the plant, and in this way it is especially
    • the flowering — plants, that is to say, which develop little leaf
    • rather grows rampant in the flowering and fruit-bearing process—
    • animal. I may say, in parenthesis, suppose a person is suffering from
    • bring to pass all that has come about in this Course. Energy, clear,
  • Title: Lecture: The Significance of the Mass
    Matching lines:
    • the outpouring of the Cosmic Spirit in nature is
    • thereabouts, brings man to Devachan. During this period the
    • Sacrifice brings about the transformation of man. This Act
    • silent, half murmuring.
  • Title: Lecture: The Universe
    Matching lines:
    • the same time a self-contained being, by bearing in mind
    • cosmos, and by bringing his head through birth, from the
    • during the time when he was not enclosed within a body.
    • everywhere on ourselves. With our body's covering
    • brings us to the point of
    • his inner life develops by offering resistance to the
    • pouring out water, by walking over the fields with urns and
    • pouring out water: Aquarius. And he becomes a trader
    • maturing process —
    • During
    • character: A man striding along with two urns and pouring
    • water out of them. He is watering the earth and is
    • in the age of Pisces. During this age developed everything
    • head and the thorax still form a whole in the child, during
  • Title: Lecture: The Templars
    Matching lines:
    • into all that these souls bring to expression in earthly life. I have pointed
    • suppressed, so that during the torture they forgot, in their surface
    • spiritual kingdoms and want to bring Man down and lead him into evil, who are
    • During
    • And thus it came about that, during the moments while they were actually
    • the Templars had accomplished by entering in a living spiritual sense into
    • even he was not strong enough to bring to actual expression the mighty
    • that it is the parents alone who bring the children to existence. Seen
    • their offspring, who might be completely deprived of all independence, of all
    • human beings bearing physical bodies of the earth; and when we accept
    • orderings, to the end that they acquire the faculty of holding the balance
    • engendering interest — deep interest in one soul for the other. For in
    • The I is only in its beginning. During the whole of our life between birth
    • During
    • to the true and genuine Sons of the Gods who bring forward normal evolution,
    • Do ye arrest, in ever-during thought!
    • enduring thoughts! Such an enduring thought was placed into the world when
    • again to the enduring thought when he discovered the principle of electricity
    • Do ye arrest, in ever-during thought!
    • “enduring thoughts.” For then we feel how in the world here and
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Paths to Knowledge of Higher Worlds
    Matching lines:
    • forces, to rouse slumbering forces of knowledge enabling the human
    • knowledge brings forms into our consciousness, forms which are
    • depends upon our remembering capacity, upon our memory. Only those
    • bring before you a very complicated process. This kind of thinking
    • quality of our thinking undergoes a change during this process of
    • nutrition during our earthly existence, we dive down into a
    • beings, even as here on earth, during the time between birth and
    • of sight or hearing can be supported by some other sense.
    • life which is to bring us into higher worlds we must visualise with
  • Title: Errors in Spiritual Investigation
    Matching lines:
    • MERCURY PRESSSPRING VALLEY, NEW YORK 10977
    • sense organs. I bring this up only as a
    • develop into a real spiritual investigator, how he brings into use
    • appearing in ordinary sense and intellectual
    • essential and most significant aspects of preparing for a spiritual
    • other slumbering qualities in the depths of the soul; spiritual
    • feels himself so connected, so bound, to what he himself brings forth
    • he himself brings forth as a reality. If a human being leaves the
    • appearing, developed into a force of nature, if it is only a
    • are followed systematically. When we awaken the slumbering
    • considering something as reality. As indicated already in previous
    • Everything that the human being experiences on entering the
    • frightened and horrified on entering the spiritual world. This
    • To what extent fear plays a certain role on entering the
    • described before entering — and yet be aware of nothing
    • spiritual world, but who have acquired an understanding of entering,
    • spiritual world. One could say mockingly that fear-mongering is the
    • he who brings to the spiritual world the same soul condition that
    • spiritual world. The error here, however, lies in considering a proof
    • in considering that everything should be like condensed ghosts. Here
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: The Supersensible Being of Man and the Evolution of Mankind
    Matching lines:
    • confusion and chaos are over. We are entering a difficult period of
    • those very forces that could bring order into chaos and confusion at
    • somewhat, they would have to see all that is bringing mankind into
    • bring knowledge of the super-sensible down from spirit heights.
    • sense perception or by considering it according to the outlook laid
    • you can bring activity into the world of thought. You will
    • bring such activity into the world of thought that you will be
    • thinking and whole activity of mental picturing really takes on quite
    • leave behind it the possibility of our remembering it. It is
    • to bring what is acquired in a really super-sensible way, through
    • experience in active thinking we are constantly bringing about a
    • imprinting does not bring about an enlivening process but a process
    • spiritual science teaches us that the death-bringing principle is
    • shattering phenomenon. When we imprint our super-sensible
    • less unconscious existence. He has to bring under the control of his
    • developing in man during that epoch was of a kind that
    • those particular forces of soul in mankind that produce a flowering
    • had an instinctive quality about it during this epoch,
    • preparing the way for man's being to become conscious and inwardly
    • down in people's souls nowadays and colouring their whole outlook,
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: The Year as a Symbol of the Great Cosmic Year
    Matching lines:
    • I desire to bring before your souls to-day for further meditation,
    • suspended their growth, their blossoming and fruit-bearing. Only
    • regions during the course of the year, but we shall endeavour to
    • direct our attention to all that springs forth and sprouts on Earth,
    • asleep. But it wakes to full consciousness during the time when
    • the Earth, we can really say that during the height of summer in our
    • winter it is awake. At this season, however, during the time at which
    • wakes during winter time and sleeps in summer? What is the peculiar
    • thus able to unfold again in spring in accordance with the secrets of
    • the cosmos, and can bring forth their blossoms and fruit. In this
    • plants bring forth their leaves, blossoms and fruit.
    • But during the time the plants are producing their
    • indicated in a recent lecture, we are preparing ourselves in the
    • Initiation,’ we are preparing ourselves for that new cosmic New
    • year, to that for which we are preparing ourselves, by endeavouring
  • Title: On the Duty of Clear, Sound Thinking
    Matching lines:
    • that it brings in its train, we recognise that Spiritual Science must
    • have been ours during the last few days over into the realm of the
    • During the past autumn we have considered the deeper
    • natural science during the nineteenth century and on into the present
    • Let us take another example. During the past year I
    • Speech. You will remember that during the autumn I gave you
    • able to attain understanding of that which the seer is able to bring
    • what a really tremendous duty springs from an insight into this fact,
    • advanced at first but slowly. These hindering conditions have
    • means of furthering Natural Science increased in rapid succession.
    • greatest faults of our day lie, which are bringing about the decline
  • Title: Lecture: The Peoples of the Earth in the Light of Anthroposophy
    Matching lines:
    • never bring about mutual understanding between the peoples. To travel
    • lie slumbering in his daily life, will gradually begin to see a
    • regards himself as another entire Nature, whose task is to bring
    • bring forth, in his inner being, those qualities with which he is
    • system. When he gives himself up to the recurring phrases of Buddha,
    • recently said quite frankly to a gathering attended by a number of
    • the purpose of explaining the Cosmos. The outpourings of the Earth
    • real national qualities. True internationalism, by contrast, springs
    • paralysis that is appearing at the present time, places a solemn duty
  • Title: Lecture: The Christmas Mystery, Novalis, the Seer
    Matching lines:
    • given in Berlin and one in Cologne, during the years
    • divine-spiritual Powers. Through a deeply shattering event
    • reality from which new forms ever and again spring forth.
    • hour we will bring a picture before our souls of what men on
    • bearing different names: Wotan, Thor, Baldur, in Middle
    • spring forth the new God of the future, the God who has
    • of the celestial orbs — but during his later earthly
    • placed, the world he now sees as maya, there will spring the
    • sea. Isis eventually found the chest but could not bring
    • even during physical life between birth and death the picture
    • they bring the God to destruction. The physical world is not
    • difficult for him during life between birth and death to gaze
    • truth; but from the physical world he could bring little that
    • temple towering before us. In its forms, in its perfection and
    • presented by the columns and roof coverings can literally
    • the Shades! The Initiates who could bring such treasures to
    • say: Here is the wellspring and origin of everything the
    • old dies utterly away, and the new springs into bud out of
    • until the earth was ready to bring forth her fairest blossom
    • fairest flower of humankind could spring from the purest
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Some Characteristics of To-day
    Matching lines:
    • for such things knows that very many children born during the last
    • to-day, we find that the souls entering the world through birth bear
    • entering through birth to-day feel a kind of hindrance, a difficulty,
    • in entering the physical world.
    • entering the physical world through conception and birth, and the
    • children entering the world to-day. They do not want to enter the
    • catastrophe of the World-War extend over the world during the last
    • blundering through sheer incapacity to grasp world-events.
    • rouse themselves to bring the inner forces of their souls to meet the
    • “impulses” (or springs of action). If one comes to-day
    • understand. For if one brings a new “impulse,” whose
    • bring the greatest misery to mankind if not illuminated by the inner
    • the purely materialistic view of the world and preparing actively to
    • body” has been changing during the last three to four centuries
    • bring our decisions with us, if we do not appeal to this life in the
    • it were, trampled under foot during the last thirty years and must be
    • leading part in the economic life of Germany during the last three
    • lamentable events occurring in this domain to-day show that men's
    • quickening the development of the world and of humanity bring it
  • Title: Lecture: Anthroposophy's Contribution to the Most Urgent Needs of Our Time
    Matching lines:
    • cognition that we are accustomed to use when considering natural
    • is unsocial rather than fostering what is more truly
    • above all with a death-bringing process, through and through a
    • process is certainly there. In that we bring our moral motives, in
    • mineral kingdom is caught up in a death-bringing process, a
    • love, so that we can become men who act freely out of love springing
  • Title: Lecture: Buddha and Christ: The Sphere of the Bodhisattvas
    Matching lines:
    • that our experiences differ in each of the epochs during which we are
    • prevailing during the Græco-Roman epoch of culture. Since then,
    • on the physical plane and during the course of the present
    • bring about on artificial harmony between morality and
    • 28:23 And thou shalt make upon the breastplate two rings of gold, and shalt put the two rings on the two ends of the breastplate. \
    • 28:24 And thou shalt put the two wreathen chains of gold in the two rings which are on the ends of the breastplate. \
    • 28:26 And thou shalt make two rings of gold, and thou shalt put them upon the two ends of the breastplate in the border thereof, which is in the side of the ephod inward. \
    • 28:27 And two other rings of gold thou shalt make, and shalt put them on the two sides of the ephod underneath, toward the forepart thereof, over against the other coupling thereof, above the curious girdle of the ephod. \
    • 28:28 And they shall bind the breastplate by the rings thereof unto the rings of the ephod with a lace of blue, that it may be above the curious girdle of the ephod, and that the breastplate be not loosed from the ephod. \
    • 14:18 And Saul said unto Ahiah, Bring hither the ark of God. For the ark of God was at that time with the children of Israel. \
    • 14:34 And Saul said, Disperse yourselves among the people, and say unto them, Bring me hither every man his ox, and every man his sheep, and slay them here, and eat; and sin not against the LORD in eating with the blood. And all the people brought every man his ox with him that night, and slew them there. \
    • Jesus of Nazareth they saw the physical Christ. And during the next
    • the rank of Buddha during a physical incarnation and it is then
    • physical plane. Hence during the next three thousand years men will
    • Nevertheless, if during his life in the physical world such a man had
    • ‘Bringer of the Good’ — Maitreya Buddha. And we know from
    • use words differing from those used of Christ in the Gospel of St.
    • development of humanity brings home to us the necessity of the
  • Title: Lecture: Nervous Conditions in Our Time
    Matching lines:
    • during recent months. People began to perceive how very
    • examination, he will set to work and ‘cram’ for it during
    • even bordering on very severe illnesses of human nature would be
    • very good exercise for gradually curing such forgetfulness. Suppose,
    • do, and that a picture is developed. This bringing-together of the
    • what he is doing — that is, in other words, to bring the centre
    • command of the Ego over the astral body. Some people cannot bring
  • Title: Lecture: The Position of Anthroposophy among the Sciences
    Matching lines:
    • can itself bring forward to serve as an effective foundation for its
    • world and appearing to belong there.
    • bring the cubical shape with us from our geometry, knowing that its
    • further, into super-sensible domains, what reliable science brings
  • Title: Lecture: Anthroposophy and the Visual Arts
    Matching lines:
    • As a view of the world, it should spring from an inner spiritual life
    • the anthroposophical view of the world is something new entering
    • the physical human being, reveals itself in images and brings us a
    • to bring out all the details of this head, treating every surface
    • try to bring out, with loving care, through the different surfaces,
    • one suggests that man sees by bringing his whole soul into his seeing
    • how man's wonderful outer covering — the form of his skin
    • must place oneself inside and bring the form out. Lower down one
    • considering only what is comprised within the steel. That would be
    • considering the embryo, I must look beyond the maternal body and take
    • suffering or rejoicing human being tunes his etheric body to his soul
    • sense, to the plastic arts. But that would bring us to what pertains
    • the man's inner life, following its inner mobility, entering
  • Title: Lecture: Evil and the Power of Thought
    Matching lines:
    • let action and social life spring from it, the main thing was joy
    • infer this from all you have been hearing for many years — in
    • the mouth uttering these secrets then lays the burden of sin upon
    • secret societies; for otherwise the mouth uttering them is sinful,
    • and the ear hearing them is likewise sinful.”
    • there he appeared in gatherings where everything else went on in a
    • destructive forces appearing to-day — in the East of Europe,
    • to find his bearings in regard to what thus penetrates into his
    • thought, which must be there in front of the memory-mirror, brings
    • permeating human existence. And through such feelings they bring
    • activities, which has hitherto been in the regions bordering
    • civilisation. We need a confidence which will be able to bring into
  • Title: Lecture: The Seeds of Future Worlds
    Matching lines:
    • there is really nothing in the world that would not bring blessing to man,
    • already here and now, is bringing to birth by carrying his moral
    • This brings us
    • not end by gathering up all the natural laws in what is called the
    • the spiritual conflict that was fought out during the earliest
    • qualities of the Father. But to avoid this we must bring forward
    • speak or hear in intercourse with other people, hearing and speaking
    • being where speaking and hearing go on at the same time.
    • Hearing and speaking are once more united. The “inner
    • to you that you perceive with your sense of hearing, then you know
    • to our intellectuality is in course of wearing away.
    • subdued philosophical feeling of Solovieff. He does not bring it to
    • crumbling into chaos, the springing up of the new, the birth of what
    • look at the whole process. The Father God works in matter, bringing
    • our moral or anti-moral ideals. There is the upspringing of new life.
    • springing into life and everything that is on the way down. Hence the
    • for ever splitting up and scattering itself abroad. There, where the
    • compressing matter together and scattering it.
    • perpetually springing and welling up with life renewed.
    • entering through our senses; the sun penetrates into our inner
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Exoteric and Esoteric Christianity
    Matching lines:
    • that were still extant during the first centuries of Christendom
    • human beings around him, die. You will not accuse me of comparing
    • man and then streams onwards, bearing the soul to Eternity? Or
    • intellect. We, the higher Hierarchies, are unable to bring forth
    • process of the Earth's evolution, he will bring death, and
    • moreover for that death to be the result of the erring ways of
    • intellectualised without ever entering into the evolution
    • together with death, brings us into a stream of evolution quite
    • was indeed indicated by the fact that during the nineteenth
    • brings the intellect to man, he also brings the possibility of
    • spring from the force of pure thinking, and where in the
  • Title: Lecture: Realism and Nominalism
    Matching lines:
    • granted that during the act of cognition I somehow enter in
    • precursory of things which found their real justification during a
    • to all these forms of thought adhering to the stream which came from the
    • during the passage from medieval life to modern life. A chief quality
    • bearing on reality. However, when they wished to understand the
    • still looks at Nature spiritually (for he brings the spirit with him
    • instead experience, during earthly life itself, a kind of inner
    • lies deeper still. You cannot be content with what you bring with you
    • at birth. You must instead bring forth again in full consciousness
    • depths of his being, something he brings to the surface as an inner
    • light, which is kindled during life on earth. Why is it so? Because
    • does not enter the usual consciousness which we bring with us at
    • Spiritual Science wishes to bring these very experiences to conscious
    • knowledge out of the depths of the soul; they bring light into the
    • Father-principle. During the strife between scholastic Realism and
    • background during the age of modern narrow-mindedness. Are modern
  • Title: Lecture: Spiritual Science, a Necessity for the Present Time
    Matching lines:
    • upon us daring the 20th century. The children and grand children of
    • development of mankind? Even when considering things quite
    • earth before the hearts and souls of men can bring forth all that
    • the divine order of the world has given mankind during the fifth
    • Golgotha arose during the fourth epoch of culture, as the most
    • important event in the whole development of the earth. During the
    • same way in which it worked during the fourth epoch. For the task of
    • fifth epoch of culture, let us first bring before our souls the way
    • fifth epoch of culture is called upon to bring into human
    • Sun”, who lived in a kind of sleep during the thirteen nights
    • strongest experiences. It is during these days that Olaf Asteson
    • are accessible to human souls when they transcend the body during
    • experienced in a sleeping condition during those thirteen days and
    • must once have been in a kind of sleeping condition during the
    • granted, really exists in a strange way, but during a special period,
    • divine forces seek many different ways of entering human souls. Of
    • same time leads to many things that have occupied us during these
    • exists not only for the purpose of bringing new possibilities to
    • say, stammering, attempt: all that spiritual science is now able to
    • give, is really a stammering, when compared with everything
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Fundamentals of the Science of Initiation
    Matching lines:
    • during an experiment; we may watch carefully how we behave in the
    • have, here, a positive knowledge referring to the spiritual world. In
    • boring to enter into the details of spiritual science, and only like
    • entering the spiritual world.
  • Title: Lecture: Cosmogony, Freedom, Altruism
    Matching lines:
    • I WANT during the next few evenings to
    • forces which gradually and inevitably must bring about its
    • taken place in our own times merely, or during the last three
    • astray and were wandering over the face of the green earth
    • That is one thing that is bringing about the downfall of our
    • and ask nothing better than to be pulled about by strings,
    • second thing. — Of the forces that are bringing about
    • But to bring new religious impulses into life, for
    • sufficiently warranted the existence of human suffering.
    • bring our civilisation into the ascendant that Asia possesses
    • necessary in order really to bring forth a new age. It is
    • possibility of bringing this cosmogony into connection with
    • them. But they were not endeavouring through these means to
    • be all sorts of other circumstances entering in as well. I do
    • everywhere else, a fringe of people who adhere to the
    • way. Anglo-American civilisation is conquering the world.
    • But, in conquering the world, it will need to absorb what the
    • way of bringing Asiatic culture into Europe. One finds a good
  • Title: Lecture: Brunetto Latini
    Matching lines:
    • and dates from the Winter and Spring of 1915. The title of this
    • and again from Initiation. This shows how Art brings
    • connection of the facts to which we are here referring,
    • By way of introduction, let me bring home to you with an
    • Florence. Florence had utterly changed during his absence.
    • instead of riding home, he rode into a neighbouring forest,
    • thought was slowly entering. In later times, men spoke
    • from within outward, to bring about your seeing and your
    • hearing. You perceive an altogether complicated world, of
    • them from within. Consciously entering into the eye from
  • Title: Lecture: The Shaping of the Human Form out of Cosmic and Earthly Forces
    Matching lines:
    • rebirth, he is repeating spiritually his experiences during
    • will go through reorganisation, during the embodiments of
    • Cosmos. Now what came about during the Saturn-evolution and
    • vivid idea of what took place during the old Moon-evolution,
    • am always referring to the human head. On the opposite side
    • development between death and rebirth. During this time the
    • to be borne in mind today is that during the embryonic
    • world; how during the development of the embryo the human
    • during the human being's embryonic development. Thus the Moon
    • growing. During this period the Moon retires. When the
    • ten times. And during these ten lunar months the human head
    • body — though it actually begins during the embryonic
    • evident during the final seven years as it is up to the age
    • It is only because he brings with him the forces from before
    • nothing for the head. During Earth-evolution he is incapable
    • of what he will be able to do during the Venus-evolution.
    • head is that the Earth is already at work during the time
    • winter and summer, spring and autumn, determine the
    • brings his pre-natal being into the realm of Earth and that
    • able to bring it to completion, so that the limb-system has
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Yuletide and the Christmas Festival
    Matching lines:
    • persist in Middle Europe. People who during the summer were
    • become inwardly quiescent during the time of approaching
    • Northern and Middle Europe. During the season following the
    • approach of the season we now call spring was felt by them
    • again pervade the soul during summer. And they imitated in
    • still persists in the Christmas Plays which during the
    • nineteenth century, or at any rate during its latter half,
    • investigators and for collectors. During the Middle Ages,
    • characteristic style during the Christmas period. All the
    • during the fifties and sixties of last century had been a
    • it really gives one pain to see a violet flowering at a time
    • during certain periods of the Middle Ages at the approach of
    • the year and these feelings abounded everywhere during the
    • that people actually experienced during those weeks? Their
    • Altering the name of ‘Eva’.
    • prepared themselves, how they behaved before and during the
    • was that during the whole period of preparation none of the
    • gathering evidence of old customs in regions which I have
    • that Art is the offspring of piety, of religion and of wisdom
    • be learnt from considering how Art in all its aspects was
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Buddha
    Matching lines:
    • appeared during the time of man's gradual descent from the spiritual
    • bring them something of that primordial wisdom whereby they could be
    • the dignity of Buddhahood and was then able, as Buddha, to bring
    • surroundings of his royal home. Human misery and suffering
    • He saw an old man tottering wearily along his way — age creeps
    • full of suffering!” Let us try to enter into the soul of
    • suffering was greater than the wisdom of a Bodhisattva. In his
    • existence gives us no understanding of suffering, nor can we release
    • death. The wisdom of this world could never bring liberation;
    • Buddha saw that the doctrine of suffering was the principle necessary
    • the suffering that had entered into the world. Wisdom on the one
    • suffering.” Buddha then sought the means whereby man could be
    • for the first time, this doctrine of the suffering of life, of
    • suffering and its cause in the “thirst for existence”
    • mystery of the suffering world. In isolation the Buddha awaits the
    • enlightenment which reveals: The cause of suffering inheres in the
    • all the suffering and all the destructive elements in life.
    • I use the opportunities of successive embodiments to bring the Christ
    • truths through the successive epochs, but to a unique event occurring
    • is the last.” And referring to Nirvana, whither he was to pass,
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Hygiene - a Social Problem
    Matching lines:
    • convinced that in the course of modern history during the last four
    • ordering of affairs, find themselves faced with the entirely
    • the direct offspring of Spirit. Spiritual Science is able to place a
    • develop a Spiritual Science which will be able to bring life into
    • Dr. Steiner is referring to a number of lectures given by various
    • scientists during the Medical Course at the Goetheanum.]
    • spring from abstract concepts, but only from a true knowledge of the
    • and to their sufferings and limitations when the elements of disease
    • general ordering of life affects the health of human beings —
    • culture to deal with those who are suffering from so-called mental
    • health-bringing force into the physical organisation of
    • the organism during sleep and if they run to excess, they strongly
    • very great bearing and effect upon social life. How the social
    • will do the healing, but reasonable human beings will bring
  • Title: Lecture: Speech and Song
    Matching lines:
    • equilibrium for earthly life is a faculty which man does not bring
    • with him. He must acquire it during his earthly life.
    • speech or language is adapted during our life on earth. But in the
    • outwardly but inwardly. In all that he brings forth by way of sound
    • that we bring forth in speech is composed of a consonantal and of a
    • here meant. For when the human being brings forth a musical note in
    • considering the speech that forms a part of present-day civilisation,
    • we find that our soul, whenever it brings forth vowel sounds, makes
    • song, the uttering of the vowel is added to the bringing forth of the
    • differing in inner quality. For it is another thing, whether a Being
    • same time a hearing; and when he says: — Man sees from the
    • stars at rest, and behind it the wandering planets. Whenever a planet
    • rings forth. But behind it there follows, let us say, another planet:
    • causes a different world of sounds to ring forth once more. Thus you
    • have described them, albeit to describe them we must sometimes bring
  • Title: Lecture: Three Epochs in the Religious Education of Man
    Matching lines:
    • A lecture delivered during the Course on Education,
    • to-day and which, by a new Initiation Science, we have to bring to a
    • but also in bubbling spring, flowing river and mountain, in the
    • gathering clouds, in lightning, thunder, in stone, plant and
    • corpse he had discovered the truth of suffering as a last
    • to Earth and had awakened to new life the death-bringing forces in
    • whispering something that as yet they do not like to face, although
    • through the Mystery of Golgotha, answering in the words of a later
    • instance, in a narrower sphere), will strive to bring a religious
    • restores them to the soul of man. It endeavours to bring afresh and
  • Title: Lecture: Concerning Electricity
    Matching lines:
    • electric tramcar! So that all their thundering against Ahriman, no
  • Title: Lecture: The Problem of Jesus and Christ in Earlier Times
    Matching lines:
    • To bring about a
    • bring about such a complete loss of a treasure of wisdom.
    • Thus, during the very
    • For them, this was the great problem. They thought: During the course
    • development of civilization in the West occurred in order to bring an
    • beings themselves were now completely lost. During that entire
    • absolutely as a god during the evolutionary course of Christianity?
    • that our ether body has become during earthly life — has become
    • fact, that brings about our connection with the ether body infected
    • the same thing that permeates the human being during those first
    • during our earliest years we are far wiser than we are later
    • working on ourselves inwardly in this way, during our earliest
    • difference of the sexes. We do not live during early infancy within
    • connection with our physical body. Before acquiring such a connection
    • not yet as one who has entered the element that brings differences
    • securing salvation by practicing certain rites. The latter book is
    • Anthroposophic Press, Great Barrington, MA, 2001.
  • Title: Lecture: On the Dimensions of Space
    Matching lines:
    • words and phrases referring to the soul-and-spirit. The very
    • materialistic, for they are an effort to bring the soul and spirit perforce
    • or less under the difficulty of bringing the soul-and-spirit, which
    • line of thought actually arose more than once during the
    • can make the same kind of observation. Considering the matter with
    • fact to which I am referring appears still more distinctly when you
    • an object by bringing the lines of vision into contact, just as you
    • bring your right and left hands into contact when you touch yourself.
    • for man, with respect to his orientation in the world, to bring his
    • as it were a streaming, wandering light. And so it is with all the
  • Title: Lecture: What Has Geology to Say About the Origin of the World?
    Matching lines:
    • the last centuries, and especially during the nineteenth century,
    • time. We know, if, for instance during railway-construction or work
    • imagine another covering it which, on examination, proves to be
    • covering the lowest stratum of the rock-material. Then we must
    • eye of an observer who could have looked on during the billions and
    • the course of so and so many years, and if by measuring the thickness
    • evolution of our earth have taken during the later billennia.
    • condition, forming, as it were, a covering sheet all round the mighty
    • itself to our physical eyes approximately during the periods covered
    • a process which in terms of anything occurring today can only be
    • segregation; but the processes which bring about the segregation
    • processes; during the body's lifetime, however, these chemical and
    • can develop a new life, which we see entering its lowest form at the
    • it to those forces which bring about its decomposition and destruction.
    • forcing some particular masses of rock up into towering mountains.
    • adhering to facts, has shown that according to the laws it is so! The
  • Title: Lecture: Thinking and Willing as Two Poles of the Human Soul-Life
    Matching lines:
    • during the waking state is never entirely one-sided; thinking is not
    • must nevertheless be aware that if, during such a period of outer
    • during the first seven years of his life, up to the time of the
    • observation this is obvious. Watch the sprawling movements of a child during
    • thought-forces which we bring with us through birth into physical
    • forces which live absolutely and complete in the physical covering
    • portray man in some such words as these: Man brings his thought-life
    • death into the spiritual life. The thought-forces which we bring with
    • we bring with us from our life before birth, from our
    • past works down into the present, and out of the past springs up
    • other before disappearing into your mouth, then this sign would
    • the past is mixed in with the present, and so brings it about that this
    • bring some premonition of the future into the present, indeed if you
    • radius, etc., etc. Out of our own inner being we bring everything
    • later bring it into connection with the things of this world. By so
    • light, in the moment of hearing a tone or a sound, we destroy our
    • Lucifer. When we really bring our will-forces into play on the earth:
    • nevertheless exercises this faculty during the night. So that it is
    • etheric bodies. What he brings with him is Inspiration, to which I
    • requiring only to be raised up into consciousness for the
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Vortrage: Denken, Fühlen, Wollen - Das Muspilhgedicht
    Matching lines:
    • physische Dasein mitbringen. Beobachten Sie nur, wie das Kind
    • sagen, er bringt sich sein Gedankenleben mit, indem er heruntersteigt
    • die wir mitbringen aus dem übersinnlichen Leben in das
    • verwandelnden Bildern, aber er kommt jetzt und bringt Gesetze in
    • Radius und so weiter. Da bringen wir die Gedanken, die wir in die
    • hineintragen, bringen wir aus unserem Inneren hervor. Wir sind
    • wir ja erst hineinbringen. Die Logik entringen wir uns aus unserer
    • Vorgeburtlichkeit; wir bringen sie erst in den Zusammenhang der Dinge
    • dringt, der trägt eigentlich etwas ab. Es wird
    • herein; dasjenige, was er sich da mitbringt, ist die Inspiration, auf
  • Title: Evolution/Aspect: Lecture 1: Introductory Lecture
    Matching lines:
    • to what concerns theosophical life during such an interval —
    • separating for the summer, preparations were begun for the gathering
    • a course of lectures, which not only bring together various members
    • Munich gathering from every possible country in Europe. Two things
    • to bring this about externally by all sorts of clever thoughts and
    • gatherings, which made the lack of room greatly felt both for the
    • and we were able during this time to work on a ground upon which it
    • will now appear as man, a man towering above his fellows, until he
    • bring to bear on our theosophical life occult researches which
    • friends had not been confused by hearing it said that theosophists
  • Title: Evolution/Aspect: Lecture 2: The Inner Aspects of the Saturn-embodiment of the Earth
    Matching lines:
    • l It might well be objected: for what reason do theosophists bring up
    • awe-inspiring impressions; it will not be easy to find anything of
    • dreadful shuddering recoil from a coldness, tinged with nothing but
    • by-acquiring a feeling that may be compared to the giddiness
    • This glimmer does not give the impression of a glimmering light, but
    • flash but a glimmering. It is not as though something arose and
    • retrospect, that of the sacrificing Spirits of Will offering their
  • Title: Evolution/Aspect: Lecture 3: The Inner Aspect of the Sun-embodiment of the Earth
    Matching lines:
    • soil-spiritual nature which is behind the heat and brings about the
    • sacrificial act of the Thrones, the Thrones offering up their
    • by the leading-strings of their prejudices. All this must be done
    • except from the grace which approaches and brings gifts.
    • approaches us, bringing us grace and pouring knowledge into us, we
    • us, an active inspiring with grace; a bestowing, a giving. Let us
    • showering of grace around him, the shedding forth of grace from
    • characteristic of these spirits is the virtue of giving, of pouring
    • bringing about its order.
    • idea of this virtue of giving. Let us bring home to our mind the
    • their conception to the idea of the sacrificial incense pouring
    • the Beginning, because they bring into activity in later times what
    • imagination, bearing in mind that something of all that was brought
    • idea that can stir in a human soul on hearing such an account, when
    • at a later period and so to reappear and work, that He would bring
    • part of it: but could the deed represented in the colouring of this
  • Title: Evolution/Aspect: Lecture 4: The Inner Aspect of the Moon-embodiment of the Earth (Part 1)
    Matching lines:
    • bestowal,’ the devotional pouring forth by spiritual Beings of
    • cosmic embodiment of our earth, we find something which brings us a
    • strong, forceful act, one for instance that is to bring about great
    • effects by bringing strong desires into play, or by bestirring
    • mind to bring something about in the world by means of inner
    • support life, who is determined to accept what destiny brings him
    • self-inflicted suffering. In many cases the practice of this may be a
    • beings are able to enter our astral body during the development
    • of our earth because they did not, during the evolution of the Moon,
    • the last lecture, not only during the Saturn period, but they
    • Wisdom now flowing into the sacrificial heat we are able during the
    • which is a globe encircled by rings; for that which is in the centre
    • sense in referring to Time previous to ancient Saturn. Now at the
    • evolution we must bring into connection with Time. All that has
    • combination of circumstances during the evolution of ancient Sun was
    • during the evolution of ancient Sun we come to a severance between
    • during the Sun-evolution, Eternity was gained, as a property of
    • during the Sun development. But we must take special care to note
    • that this was prepared even during the Saturn-age; so that Eternity
    • does not actually begin during the Sun age. This can however, only be
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Evolution/Aspect: Lecture 5: The Inner Aspect of the Moon-embodiment of the Earth (Part 2)
    Matching lines:
    • such a way that we picture certain Beings desirous of offering the
    • might have been established had their offering been accepted. What we
    • sacrifice by referring to our own Soul-life, when we tried to
    • sacrifice during the phase of evolution there came into existence
    • preparing to offer up, they would then have been driven back into
    • back upon themselves and bring them into relation with all other
    • bringing about changes of place; they are Beings able to bring forth
    • round so as to bring about a change in its conditions. Change of
    • Movement, by bringing change of place into the Cosmos, merely
    • during this evolution, besides the Spirits of Movement, of
    • fashion realise, if we do not regard these conditions of suffering as
    • following: — Sorrow and suffering — naturally in its
    • barren and empty, suffering the tortures of longing, was filled with
    • both the spiritual basis of what developed during the Moon-phase of
    • death! We meet here, three Springs long we love, and then we shun
    • frame of mind which best illustrates what we are endeavouring
    • he has to do. Only when by a special effort of the will, he brings up
    • veneration for such men, who could not find their bearings as regards
  • Title: Evolution/Aspect: Lecture 6: The Inner Aspect of the Earth-embodiment of the Earth
    Matching lines:
    • slowly approach what we wish to bring before our mind, by starting
    • described as bringing sublimity and life into anything, however dry.
    • power of the process of acquiring knowledge. We should be able
    • actually to feel the dryness and withering of any knowledge not
    • feelings, does not spring from the soul of man in real earnest. All
    • ‘wondering’ is our perception of the quality of an outer
    • thereby contradict what we have said about the idea of wondering; for
    • fact that during that period sacrifice was to be offered by certain
    • bring the Beings in whom the rejected sacrifice is as a longing
    • their Being with longing. Now the Spirits of Movement bring them into
    • thereby to bring it into connection with the Higher Entities. This is
    • been considering. At the beginning of this course I told you that the
    • phenomena entering into Maya have reality behind them; death is the
    • Death is the only reality. We can begin by considering the beings of
    • organism which falls asleep in spring, sending forth the plants as
    • considering the plants as independent, for the whole earth organism
    • which during the earth-existence he must become real. In reality
    • therefore I must bring home five rolls’; off he went, bringing
    • I must only bring back five rolls’. The next day he took the
    • meditation and by bringing these things again and again before the
  • Title: Fall/Darkness: Lecture 1: The Driving Force Behind Europe's War
    Matching lines:
    • the body during the night and have no idea of anything in the
    • has been preparing for centuries. The new element wanting to
    • there was a time, say during the last twenty or thirty years
    • during those twenty or thirty years. What would have happened
    • If this had been the case during the last decades of the
    • dead who have entered the world of the spirit either during
    • know what I mean. You know I am referring to the Papal Note
    • brings impulses into modern life today are like a one-
    • millimetre layer of ice covering the water. The things people
    • interfere. Considering the incredibly superficial level of
    • have been considering, must develop a reasonable degree of
    • are considering how to stop it, for the children keep running
    • wisdom. Go on murdering people for as long as you can and you
  • Title: Fall/Darkness: Lecture 2: Humanity's Struggle for Morality
    Matching lines:
    • labouring under numerous illusions that have their origin in
    • little to do with the world in which we are awake during the
    • come in during Earth evolution; it is young and belongs to an
    • with the physical body for the moment. We find that during
    • which has also gone outside? During the night, these two
    • differently during the night than it does during the day; I
    • think you can see this. During the day the astral body and
    • the ego are active and aglow in it; during the night they are
    • During the
    • the ego acts like salt during sleep. Human beings thus have
    • Salt and Mercury flowing through them during sleep.
    • world of the spirit during sleep, enter into the salty, or
    • principle. Principles which have been separated during the
    • have just described can bring the influence of the spiritual
    • moral. When we wake up, the impulses we bring from this world
    • the physical plane. In short, we bring wisdom to the physical
    • wisdom in the world which they enter during sleep. It will
    • evolution, that we make connection with a moral world during
    • too, bring back elements from sleep that enter into their
    • During the
  • Title: Fall/Darkness: Lecture 3: The Search for a Perfect World
    Matching lines:
    • Jesus Christ did not want to bring a kingdom of perfection to
    • professor of mechanical engineering at the university —
    • be wondering why we do not have it today. I got him to
    • which seeks to bring Judaism to realization in this world. I
    • relate to the world bordering on the physical world. This
    • world bordering on the physical world.
    • move from the physical world into the one bordering on it, we
    • in any way bring personal interests to bear, before or after
    • all kinds of other things. One way of countering this would
    • excitements or sensations some group or set may be desiring.
  • Title: Fall/Darkness: Lecture 4: The Elemental Spirits of Birth and Death
    Matching lines:
    • this question, first of all considering why from now on
    • learn the truth that in order to bring about birth and death
    • be. To bring about birth and death the gods need entities
    • hostile to the physical world are used by the gods to bring
    • by the gods to bring about birth and death. This is one of
    • times, during the fourth Atlantean period. I have spoken of
    • problem is that people are not merely desiring to be
    • be that you want to bring to realization — it will turn
    • necessity; they have to bring about the destruction that will
    • the whole social sphere. They will above all bring more and
    • seek to bring Christ's words to realization: ‘Where two
    • Technological and commercial progress will not bring this to
    • presenting truths which will bring people together.
  • Title: Fall/Darkness: Lecture 5: Changes in Humanity's Spiritual Make-up
    Matching lines:
    • two which are to follow. We may say that during the Atlantean
    • shattering, of our present-day earth in Eduard Suess's
    • they can be during time spent on earth. It will not be until
    • withering away. I am using fairly radical terms. The fact is,
    • body, so that to some extent we are hovering above it.
    • will be infertile on earth. The withering and crumbling of
    • seriously come to realize that during the final epochs of
    • They are lumbering behind. They have been people of the fifth
    • may bring up all kinds of echoes from the past. It is
    • bringing these things up in order to criticize them. From the
    • only have come from this individual because he was suffering
    • to bring order into the world or, start to develop concepts
  • Title: Fall/Darkness: Lecture 6: The New Spirituality
    Matching lines:
    • that in our state of consciousness we walk around bearing
    • arose during Moon evolution, though the head has, in fact,
    • had during Moon evolution.
    • with the gods could develop. During the times of ancient
    • has turned into chaotic dreams as a means of entering into
    • will have to struggle through pain and suffering to gain
    • may bring into the kingdom of this world a kingdom which is
    • clairvoyant and sees himself wearing ass's ears. He would
    • earth. He is therefore not referring to adultery in the usual
    • knowledge that the outer form is withering and splitting up,
  • Title: Fall/Darkness: Lecture 7: Working from Spiritual Reality
    Matching lines:
    • high, or may even bring on a small boy who'll trot off
    • being presented in hundreds, if not thousands, of ways during
    • to bring all the materialism which could only arise for
    • when the secrets of alchemy were known, which was during the
    • and during the next seven years, until they reach puberty,
    • bring the tendency to Imitate with us from the world of the
    • of his teaching, but of ensuring academic freedom. For as
    • prophecies will be wearing the garment of dreams. The
  • Title: Fall/Darkness: Lecture 8: Abstraction and Reality
    Matching lines:
    • has been considering the question as to whether it is possible
    • because it has only been considering that sphere. Look at the
    • forms created out of the concrete itself, is a pioneering
    • written right now, during this war. To write such a book
    • cut bits off one organism and give them to a neighbouring
    • comparing. You always have two things in an analogy, in
    • organism — and if we are countering this by saying that
    • given one glaringly obvious instance; I could tell you of
    • considering the things which matter. As soon as sympathies
    • and East cannot come to terms; the middle is suffering because
    • bring in real, concrete ideas; otherwise you will go on year
  • Title: Fall/Darkness: Lecture 9: The Battle between Michael and 'The Dragon'
    Matching lines:
    • in the spiritual world. Everything I am referring to at the
    • crowd of ahrimanic spirits seek over and over again to bring
    • Some individuals develop an irresistible hankering for
    • after 1879 we come to the mirroring event: You get 1913, the
  • Title: Fall/Darkness: Lecture 10: The Influence of the Backward Angels
    Matching lines:
    • question and so confused. You have to bring to this the best
    • this brings people together! Everybody hears about everybody
    • when we try and bring the things which exist to consciousness
    • powers; they want to use it to bring their own lives to
    • the sand like ostriches, but only by consciously entering
    • using our terminology, but considering those individual
  • Title: Fall/Darkness: Lecture 11: Recognizing the Inner Human Being
    Matching lines:
    • significant during childhood and youth in the near future.
    • with the whole universe. And it is good to bring this clearly
    • to mind again by considering the following.
    • science is going. It is entering into all kinds of
    • bring life and liveliness into the course of human history
    • prove a wellspring, a true wellspring of human life. I would
    • deepest wellsprings of heart and mind to open up, it is
    • adequate for entering into reality. Yet writings like these
    • maunderings of Adolf Keller's essay in the same issue of the
  • Title: Fall/Darkness: Lecture 12: The Spirits of Light and the Spirits of Darkness
    Matching lines:
    • The event I have been referring to in the
    • in the spiritual world during those decades, were vanquished
    • concepts and definitions when considering the world and not
    • times; they had specific tasks to perform during the whole of
    • in preparation during the Atlantean age and was to be
    • specifically during epochs which were to recapitulate the
    • ordering of affairs — today we would say for affairs of
    • spirits of darkness during the last third of the nineteenth
    • of spiritual communion will bring a progressive element into
    • occurring as almost the whole world is resisting the true
    • head to gain a young soul from the wellsprings of spiritual
    • for human independence during the time when the laws of
    • gradually acquiring traits which recall the old Indian
  • Title: Fall/Darkness: Lecture 13: The Fallen Spirits' Influence in the World
    Matching lines:
    • of materialism as during those decades. All the thinking I
    • say: ‘Humanity has never been as clever as during those
    • spiritual world during the 1820s and 1830s, when the souls
    • entering into bodies which were to be the population in the
    • souls and bring in their own impulses. If the spirits of
    • During the
    • main concern of these spirits of darkness to bring confusion
    • aim being to bring confusion into the impulses which want to
    • during the 1840s but had ceased to do so by the end of the 1840s,
    • or lecturing on technology. However, when he took up
    • anthroposophy is gradually helping us to bring life into
    • produced not only during the last three years, but also
    • older times. These are now being used up. Every day brings
  • Title: Fall/Darkness: Lecture 14: Into the Future
    Matching lines:
    • of world history — during the nineteenth century. The
    • world by considering their reflection or mirror-image in the
    • during the fourth post-Atlantean age and will be under direct
    • guidance from the Angels during the fifth age — that is
    • the Angels during the fourth post-Atlantean age, we can say:
    • During the
    • am referring to the Angels of Light, the normal Angels
    • during the fifth post-Atlantean age the Archangels are
    • higher spirits to love earthly existence most of all during
    • during the Persian epoch less so, in Egypto-Chaldean times
    • or other, for instance, the request is made to bring the age
    • even at the most popular level of thinking, exactly during
    • in the horse, considering this to be a great advance. People
    • partly during the time when the Spirits of darkness were
    • with understanding by discovering what goes on behind the
    • preparation during the first, second, third and fourth
    • in Europe and America during the 1840s: this something
    • strings. Those individuals will find it all the easier to do
  • Title: Lecture: Fall and Redemption
    Matching lines:
    • Dornach, Switzerland, during January of 1923.
    • of all today. But nevertheless, during the time of real consciousness
    • again bring him onto the path to the divine spiritual powers.
    • And then, at gatherings of
    • truthfulness; one must bring it with one.
  • Title: Foredrag: Kristusimpulsen i tidens utvikling og dens virke i mennesket
    Matching lines:
    • karma komner i berøring med åndsvidenskapen, er det
    • bibringe spebarnet noen forståelse for hvad Kristus Jesus
    • å uttale Kristus-navnet. Vi kan bibringe det
    • ha kunnet bringe hele den menneskelige utvikling i uorden ved
    • midler ville bibringe dyret en lignende tale, da ville der
    • Mennesket ville visstnok ha kunnet frembringe meget mere
    • mennesket nu fikk evnen til å frembringe noe annet enn
    • erindring, menneskets hukommelse. Kristuskraften vil i
    • talen og i tenkningen, men også i vår erindringsevne.
    • og som lever som erindring i dem, - og da de vil kunne se at
    • Kristus lever med i erindringsevnen. Kristus vil kunne tale
    • våre erindringer. Kristus vil være forbundet med det
    • erindringer. Mennesket vil kunne se tilbake på sitt liv og
    • erindringsevnen lever i meg, slik lever i denne min erindring
    • litt efter litt vil innforlive seg i erindringsevnen. Ennu er
    • erindringsområdet, da vil mennesket f.eks. ikke bare
    • dokumenter; for da vil dets erindringsevne utvide seg. Kristus
    • vil leve i denne erindring. Og ved at Kristus er dradd inn i
    • dets erindringsevne, vil mennesket vite hvordan Kristus inntil
    • sentrale i den. All erindringsevne vil bli fyllt av og samtidig
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Man's Fall and Redemption
    Matching lines:
    • Dornach, Switzerland, during January of 1923.
    • older times and particularly during the Middle Ages. To-day I should
    • habits of thinking were alive, were living elementary beings during our
    • to-day we live in our blood. During our life on earth, these thoughts
    • elaborate what existed during our pre-earthly life. The forces that
    • considering man's inner life. There they would discover that the
    • body) and it's dreamy, slumbering life on earth, we can see the
    • pre-existence. Then science arose as the immediate offspring of this
    • one that can bring man into a right relationship to the Fall and the
  • Title: Lecture: Calendar of the Soul
    Matching lines:
    • writings on religion in support of what I am referring to here, but I
    • ever-recurring rhythmic experience. Man must experience in rhythmic
    • rhythmic alternation in the growth and withering of plants in
    • the spring and autumn. Man sees the green foliage appearing, the
    • seed; then, during the winter, all this seems to be obliterated and
    • to reappear in the spring. It might come naturally to him to compare
    • of the plants in spring and their withering in the autumn. That
    • different. During the day, through our normal consciousness, we wear
    • process of ruining and wearing out our physical and etheric
    • With clairvoyant sight we shall perceive that during sleep the
    • happens in the spring, when everything buds and sprouts. The moment
    • of going to sleep must be compared with the spring and the deeper our
    • condition of budding, sprouting life. It is then spring and summer
    • condition is brought to its close and, during the course of the day,
    • desolation resembling that of Nature during winter, when the Earth's
    • to sleep must be compared with the season of spring and waking with that
    • of autumn. The Earth-spirits in the plants liberate themselves in spring
    • during the summer and are awake during the winter; where there is
    • sleep in the spring, that they withdraw from the body of the Earth
    • where it is spring and summer ... Similarly, a vegetative life
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: The Spirit in the Realm of Plants
    Matching lines:
    • by considering it in connection with an entire human organism. By
    • to consider the world of plants, this wonderful covering of the
    • that is in itself a living whole, bringing forth the nature of plants
    • out of itself, just as the human being brings forth the structures of
    • not consider the earth without the plant covering that belongs to
    • realm without also adding the plant covering, we are looking only at
    • surface at that time; later they sank into the earth during shifts
    • soul during the day from the outside, all pleasure and suffering, joy
    • and pain, sink into an indefinite darkness. During this time, the
    • world, surrendering itself to the spiritual world. In this sleep
    • limits of his skin, and then expands into the great world during the
    • plants in this whole web of existence? We could say that when spring
    • awakening anew every spring, so that the earth organism with its
    • spring the sun organism creates for itself the plant covering in
    • plant covering. The plants cannot directly be considered the thoughts
    • organization of the earth in spring, together with the sun, develops
    • spiritual being whose thoughts and feelings awaken every spring, and
    • In spring a living,
    • during summertime is directed toward the earth's center, which
    • whatever arises and disappears in us during our waking state, what
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: On the Mysteries of Ancient and Modern Times: Lecture 1
    Matching lines:
    • consequence of the events which we have been considering,
    • impulse of the time during that century.
    • period. But the prevailing consciousness of the time, during
    • these celestial processes bring about on Earth. They knew
    • in the Heavens which bring about other material processes
    • looked for outside the realms of truth and reason; offspring
    • bring forward something of the real historic truth, as
    • stringent oaths indeed .
    • A.D.). During this time, it was the custom
    • in human nature. To-day (I am not merely referring to
    • merely referring to the mechanical theory of the universe.
    • the dead are if they were able to be preserved during their
    • the human larynx, the creator of words, severing men into
  • Title: On the Mysteries of Ancient and Modern Times: Lecture 2
    Matching lines:
    • taken during the 19th century and on into our time; I showed
    • fact that it is necessary, somehow to bring the human soul
    • of Golgotha can bring about, is such as to counteract that
    • when, as a thought, it springs forth from man, has — so
    • bring before our souls too often. It is prejudice to suppose
    • this mobility of Easter, for the simple reason that it brings
    • we have seen once more during the last week's lectures
    • pointed out during our recent lectures, the two fundamental
    • the inspiring Holy Spirit kindles the eternal Word —
    • — the inspiring Spirit, the Virgin Mother, and the
    • things during my recent lectures, when I described the
    • express is the inspiring Spirit. Every time you speak —
    • inspiring Spirit. Thus I would say: We look for Pallas
    • theorizing and inquiring as to what might lie behind them
    • If I bring
    • really be pining for concepts, new ideas. We must bring this
    • sound: the more full of pain and suffering this present is,
  • Title: On the Mysteries of Ancient and Modern Times: Lecture 3
    Matching lines:
    • referring now to post-Atlantean time) were connected with the
    • in the Spring, when the Sun rises in Pisces. Pisces will be
    • as he is born in the Spring, when the Sun rises in Pisces, a
    • with the constellation of Aries in the Spring. Here was
    • the rising Sun in Spring. In short, I wish to indicate this
    • the Pyramids had led to this result, even during the 19th
    • Thereby the vernal point keeps on appearing at a different
    • again to bring into direct relation to the Macrocosm what is
    • science during the last four centuries, can only justly be
    • representatives of Christianity bring forward this idea:
    • these things, they are extraordinarily difficult to bring on
    • Even when we bring forward truths that reach out into such
  • Title: Lecture: The World Development in the Light of Anthroposophy
    Matching lines:
    • of man's sentient and volitional being during sleep and the
    • in that case? During sleep, man's sentient and volitional being
    • out with man's true inner being during sleep, but remains behind
    • this way we were able to grasp that during our waking state of
    • out during sleep and which remains unconscious for the ordinary
    • during our ordinary waking consciousness the world of thought
    • bodies during sleep, there is a dull twilight life, and we only
    • learn to know why we have an unconscious life during our ordinary
    • during the waking daytime condition with our thoughts and with
    • than is the case in ordinary life, during the ordinary state of
    • but what we experienced inwardly remains as a mirroring
    • towards everything in the universe inspiring reverence and which
    • during his earthly life the human being constantly takes in
    • exists: Whenever a thought lights up within you during your
    • to this obscuring, to this casting-off of physical mineral
    • after death, as a mirroring element, our physical life on earth,
    • — and this mirroring element reveals everything which we
    • mineralized during the thinking process; we perceive this in the
    • requiring completion and modification. We follow the development
    • meaning of a modern natural scientist. He does not bring any
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: The Supersensible in the Human Being and in the Universe
    Matching lines:
    • developed during the past centuries.
    • thought is, however, faced by something else that springs out of
    • encounter in the human being during his life was always felt to
    • with a singing recitative form of uttering certain verses that
    • through an epoch during which everything that had to develop
    • may handicap man's spiritual activity. The habit of considering
    • spring out of us, produce no effect in the universe?
    • would not have passed through that intermediate period during
    • entirely different way during that intermediate period than
    • during those ancient times, when confidence and recognition was
    • blood during infancy, that vibrates in the organs, is poured out
    • rendering our body transparent in the described manner and by
    • earth, in order to bring them something which they sorely needed
    • bring into it. We cannot really yield ourselves to the laws of
  • Title: Lecture: Foundations of Anthroposophy
    Matching lines:
    • first bring forward the critical objections which can be raised
    • during the night after the accident. Such cases of sudden death
    • which I tried to indicate during the last few days, know that
    • literature. He recapitulates it, by declaring that he is neither
    • During our life,
    • person who really has no cause whatever for getting tired during
    • something new: What modern natural science brings to the fore, is
    • anyone in admiring all the beauty contained in such mystical
    • as if of its own accord. Let us honestly admit that during our
    • During the moments
    • conditions of waking and sleeping. Only by rendering thought
    • rendering thought objective and by using the body as an
  • Title: Lecture: East and West in the Light of the Christmas Idea
    Matching lines:
    • of January), because people generally think that during the great
    • customs and traditions, without considering the difficult,
    • Lord,” or in uttering the name of Christ as often as
    • murmur in inarticulate sounds, but the murmuring fountain
    • maturing to the stage of thought, an ideology, or Maya. The
    • stirring and profound how the Gospels – now it is related
    • deciphering the starry writing was interpreted in such a way that
    • the following: A real understanding of Christianity must bring
    • have during this festive season will be permeated by a true
  • Title: Lecture: Man and Cosmos
    Matching lines:
    • the preceding lectures, but which bring results of spiritual
    • From inside we bring towards them our thinking, the power of
    • being in ordinary life, of the earthly human being appearing to
    • consciousness differing from those which exist for the earthly
    • sense organ. During our earthly life, we simply use our organs
    • and of thoughts. During our ordinary, earthly state of
    • faintly, during his waking condition. When he is really asleep,
    • that a very faint sleeping state exists even during the waking
    • for bringing about this or that useful result. But from an inner
    • bring with it the danger of Anthroposophy being deduced from
    • thought, I wished to bring, on the basis of a historical
  • Title: Lecture: Human Freedom and Its Connection with the Mystery of Golgotha
    Matching lines:
    • may gain freedom during his existence between birth and death;
    • to you yesterday — by disappearing with death and by
    • re-appearing in another form; that is to say, we then no longer
    • illusion during our existence from birth to death, if we were
    • degree in which man lacks freedom during his life from birth to
  • Title: Lecture: Knowledge Pervaded with the Experience of Love
    Matching lines:
    • man which developed during these epochs, that we reckon the
    • particularly during the time which history describes in a rather
    • sense. During the fourth post-Atlantean age, there existed in
    • of the world. It was the course of development during the past
    • to a time which does not lie so very far back, by considering,
    • the true sense of the word only if they could bring inner warmth
    • During the past
    • I have already mentioned the following: During the Middle Ages,
    • of conjuring up a definite living essence out of an indefinite
    • in which people experienced history during the different epochs.
    • after-effect, all that the Gods had implanted into them during
    • were, a covering sheath for this divine light that continues to
    • kindle in his soul. Man should again bring into his ideas the
    • spiritual clairvoyance can bring soul warmth and soul light into
    • thought, the living soul impulses, which we bring into this
    • mathematics; but the human being must bring along something, for
    • must bring with him is love.
    • during the Greek epoch they had to begin to say: “And the
  • Title: Lecture: The End of the Dark Age
    Matching lines:
    • to the Ahrimanic powers. During the past centuries, when the
    • the case during the past three or four centuries. But this has
  • Title: Lecture: The Golden Legend and a German Christmas Play
    Matching lines:
    • The imploring love of our souls
    • The imploring love of our souls
    • call to mind the decree ringing forth from the depths of the Mystery
    • aversion are heard murmuring through the spiritual realm and might
    • can face each other, enemy face enemy, how men can mutually bring
    • of Death with the thought of Christ Jesus, the Divine Light-Bringer.
    • We recall how, in the whole earth, over which war, suffering and
    • may spring the thought of an inner union with One, with Him Who has
    • evolved during the fifteenth to the eighteenth centuries in the
    • which proceeded the bodily covering of Christ Jesus. And it so came
    • was able to bring to the Earth. That which the Christ brought to the
    • what the Earth has become through Lucifer's entering the Earth
    • Luciferic principle in it. Man brings this Luciferic principle into
    • the Earth-aura. There springs forth and blossoms from man's deeds and
    • Earth evolution, springs up out of Adam's grave, out of the
    • behind in heavenly heights during his years of growth, has really
    • the Three Kings offering their gifts. A great deal of this was
    • well- behaved youths and maidens were sought out and during this time
    • attempt was made to bring more life into it, but on the spiritual
    • World-War. Now a book by Ernst Haeckel certainly springs from a
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: The Christmas Thought and the Secret of the Ego
    Matching lines:
    • Spring Valley, New York
    • Spring Valley, NY 10977
    • Today we bring to
    • time. Infinite suffering weaves around our inner atmosphere of
    • against enemy, opponent against opponent, how human beings can bring
    • Jesus poured out over the earth what He could bring to the earth, He
    • on the earth carries the Luciferic principle; the human being brings
    • “I” itself was active in forming and structuring us. This
    • during our earthly evolution. What the human being underwent here
    • during childhood. This is what should lie at the basis of the
    • through what remained behind during growth, remaining in the
    • with the play of the Three Kings, who bring their gifts. Much of
    • people began thinking about having to perform these plays during
    • of such plays during the Christmas season. Such plays were not to
    • technique, but then it was desired to bring more life to the
    • people heard the mass, also hearing it at Christmas (held at
    • midnight during the holy night), but that they did not hear the
    • development. Although in certain regions and during certain periods
    • human being. If we bring the power of this thought together with
    • or that one is struck by a bullet, suffering either death or
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Zarathustra
    Matching lines:
    • be considering important questions connected with such leaders of
    • of human nature during the various epochs. Superficial opinion may
    • referring to Zarathustra, have been obliged to indicate that the
    • path springs from the teachings of Zarathustra.
    • that Zarathustra was referring to the twelve pairs of cerebral nerves
  • Title: Lecture: Hermes
    Matching lines:
    • during sleep. Traces of this consciousness of prehistoric man are now
    • columns, bearing witness to deep and all-embracing clairvoyant powers
    • the spiritual wellsprings of being from which I myself have
    • Osiris-powers within me, bearing witness that I was once a
    • and weaves in the Cosmos, pouring into human beings, just as in the
    • the Sun with its outpouring light and the reflecting Moon, but this
    • the power of the intellect, it may again reach the well-springs of
    • to bring Osiris to life again. The Isis-power lives in the human soul
    • preparing for Initiation were taught in greater detail of the light
    • Spirit pouring into humanity through Them.
  • Title: Lecture: On the Nature of Butterflies
    Matching lines:
    • manifold many-coloured fluttering of butterflies moving so freely.
    • body it spins threads out of which it forms a hard covering. Gradually
    • the caterpillar completely disappears into this covering, and
    • what is known as ether — what I called ether-body in referring to
    • colouring from outside, but acquire from within the colour of our skin
    • an optician and ordering a very powerful microscope. It will not be
    • scientist has little feeling for the butterfly fluttering in the light.
  • Title: Memory and Love
    Matching lines:
    • advanced by bringing to light the processes that go on during sleep
    • during earthly life, in so far as they can be related to experiences in
    • experience of spiritual consciousness of the self. What during earthly
    • remembering — our memory. As human beings we should have no memory
    • possible for you to have anything of an inner life. Remembering makes us
    • into personalities here on earth. And remembering is the echo of what I
    • the faculty of remembering, and we have to win through to a new feeling
    • retrospective view of his experiences during the day, an unconscious
    • during sleep becomes really clairvoyant, or when the clairvoyant soul
    • the soul experiences during sleep in backward order does not connect
    • sleep what man has to go through during the first stage after death.
    • beings of the higher worlds and we recover it as a seed during earthly
    • During our
    • birth. Within it is the faculty of remembering, so that it really gives
    • during the second important period of life: this comes from below. There
  • Title: Lecture: The Experiences of Sleep and their Spiritual Background
    Matching lines:
    • of the soul any further than that during waking life, ideas, feelings,
    • We fully accept the fact that with such means of acquiring knowledge as
    • region, and that what happens during sleep is simply that the purely
    • organic life predominates as such and during such time allows no ideas
    • soul-nature does in some way or other persist during sleep. Here,
    • are then in a position to bring clarity into a realm where with the
    • begin by picturing to you quite simply the condition of sleep as seen by
    • condition of unconsciousness ensues. During the consciousness of daytime
    • during the time between going to sleep and waking. If the soul has any
    • is experienced by the soul during, at any rate, the early stages of
    • body at such times is similar to the relation during sleep; only it is
    • being able thus consciously during waking life to experience in a
    • opened for us to behold what the soul of man undergoes during sleep, and
    • during waking life. We carry within us during the day, from waking until
    • affected by the influences of the sea much as during the life of day the
    • the sensation of hovering over an abyss.
    • answering to each one of these descriptions. And Imaginative Knowledge
    • experience we have undergone during the night in our life of soul. What
    • takes place in the soul when it is separated from the body during the
    • after-effects during waking life on the following day. We should not be
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Reincarnation and Karma
    Matching lines:
    • During the 17th
    • them harmless by declaring them to be visionaries and
    • physical ones, does not bring it about — as it certainly
    • uncomfortable during the latter part of their life because of
    • their opposite sympathies during the North-American Civil War. I
    • thinker bring the spiritual soul into the same scheme of thought
    • speak in such a way know nothing of the bearings of their
    • in their offspring. They are said to be hereditary. And thus the
    • during the various earth-periods. “At the beginning of the
    • under conditions which probably only presented themselves during
    • and add at once the end of Topinard's statements. “During
    • practically during the whole of the Miocene period; in the
    • hopeless, that during a lecture given in Breslau by Albert
    • myself and humanity will increase my sufferings because I have
    • present life of these men, if during the present life things
  • Title: Lecture: Life and Death
    Matching lines:
    • beyond the bringing forth of a new creation, is confronted
    • with the necessity of continually mastering life within
    • that the individual life-kernel is transformed during
    • entering into exchange-relationship with what is new and
    • seed of death in our innermost being during the whole of our
    • covering, with enrichment and higher development of the
    • over into our external covering. For we do not build our
    • covering of what we learn in one life — or at most only
    • organism, a future bodily covering, which will carry within
    • itself to the perception, we need only bring to notice that
    • the sense-experiences come along and the self-mirroring of
    • methodical training, in such a way that the slumbering forces
    • pain end sorrow, and so on, which man has experienced during
    • life of the senses, he brings back with him in the morning,
    • further possibility steps in that he may now, even during the
    • which springs from a former life, but which could not be
    • innermost being of man that which must bring forth new life;
    • considering what the real kernel of Man's being experiences,
  • Title: Lecture: The Elementary Kingdoms
    Matching lines:
    • suffering of minerals can only be found upon the Devachanic
    • the Ego are on the astral plane. Thus, during sleep, the
    • permeated by the etheric body. When picturing to ourselves to
    • within the blood, during the day — dwelling within it
    • senses; you grasp the mineral laws, and during your waking
    • each takes place during the act of cognition. Now imagine to
    • do this only during the waking state — for, the mineral
    • here on the physical plane. During the night however, the
    • is it that they bring into the blood? They bring into it that
    • the blood during the night, and vitalize it with their
    • Ego-beings alone approach man during the night and work upon
    • corresponds to that of the astral body during the day.
    • see how we are cared for and protected during the night by
    • Egos have remained behind the human kingdom during the
    • Being which works in our blood during the night, as a body of
    • cares for the blood during the night, and forms at the same
  • Title: Lecture: 'Goethe's Faust' from the Point of View of Spiritual Science
    Matching lines:
    • existence upon their claim of being in a position to bring
    • world conceptions as they appeared during human evolution,
    • nevertheless intended to bring to your notice several of the
    • cognitions — one of those appearing to modern man, if
    • deposited therein. He said that life can spring only from
    • environment the forces contained therein in order to bring to
    • First, a truth pronounced thus brings accusation of heresy;
    • the spiritual man through Spiritual Science by transferring
    • another: The present life, entering existence through birth,
    • which occupied him during his whole life as his greatest most
    • nothing else do we see plainer and clearer how Goethe during
    • half circle bordering on another dragon, one which is dried-up
    • perception — gained during his Frankfurt meditations
    • the same manner as he dealt with these subjects during his
    • during his Italian Journey consider, on the one side, art,
    • Thus time's whirring loom unceasing I ply,
    • incomplete. He must turn away from that fear-inspiring sign
    • Not merely with a cold and wondering glance,
    • deeper, especially during the nineties of the 18th century. These
    • world; he succeeds in bringing up with him the spirit of Helena.
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Birth of the Light
    Matching lines:
    • this or that circle are, considering the spiritual current in
    • to follow out a little train of thought which can bring this
    • feelings during the rest of the year, so that we may
    • those beings who wanted to bring the significance of Christmas,
    • pay homage to the kingly Being who is entering man's evolution.
    • Matthew's Gospel confront our spiritual gaze: He brings into
    • description. To-day we only bring forward a few extracts,
    • Behold my tears outpouring and then hear
    • And darkens o'er the skies with showering rain.’
    • Of glittering stones; his raiment's like a flame,
    • is one which can especially bring home to us how, through that
    • wisdom, that wisdom must be the sacred treasure that brings us
    • to conjure forth the seedlings of plants slumbering in the
    • neither wisdom, nor power — but love. To bring love
    • proceeds. And it has sufficed to bring home to humanity,
    • that which Christmas shall bring near to man's heart comes near
    • angel of Christmas who brings it its Christmas presents —
    • impulse which can bring us the high ideal for which we strive.
  • Title: Lecture: Galileo, Giordano Bruno, and Goethe
    Matching lines:
    • day, viz.: during the end of the 16th and the beginning of
    • realise that during these centuries, Scientific Knowledge was
    • originally given, but the traditional rendering gave the
    • power of doing so having been lost during man's progressive
    • owing to certain historical necessities, arose during the
    • yonder; then, as if springing forth from the thoughts of
    • springs into being in a moment, while the human mind requires
    • This new age had been preceded by a time during which man had
    • intellect, as the third means of acquiring knowledge, and in
    • finally causing him to bring back into Nature the God whose
    • the covering tissue, but that the brain itself had been moved
    • Spirit behind it, which brings one atom in touch with
  • Title: Lecture: On the Occasion of Goethe's Birthday
    Matching lines:
    • parts, a short sentence containing an indication bearing on
    • — he desired to bring Faust to a conclusion with the
    • the way to hell, and that other period in which he brings his
    • strength which brings the assurance that, though we must pass
    • carried on in certain branches of mathematics during the
    • upheld. All that might still have found a hearing 5, 6 or
    • impetuously, constructing daring theories on the results of
    • effect: “If any of my students now preparing for his
    • considering the various phenomena of life, we must, invent
    • must reflect that, considering the nature of the premise from
    • wonderful facts that have come to light during the last few
    • to a sick-bed and during that time wrote down the thoughts
    • during the last few decades, spiritual life has been breaking
    • draws its forces from the springs of wisdom open to us to-day
    • in space; let us take, as the most inspiring mutual greeting
  • Title: Lecture: The Errors of Spiritual Investigation
    Matching lines:
    • develop out of the cognitive forces slumbering in the human
    • shatteringly on entry to the super-sensible world on one who
    • increase enormously self-knowledge on entering the spiritual
    • develop slumbering forces in the soul through which man is
    • him, which would otherwise bring him out of the necessary
    • mingle them with objective cognition, nor bring unrelated
    • know in the spiritual world especially, the hindering and
    • right mutual ordering and value. One cannot begin to acquire
  • Title: Lecture: Factors of Karma, Deficiencies in Psychoanalysis
    Matching lines:
    • official post. All these things, entering into the Karma of
    • bring to light mistaken notions. Those who take this standpoint
    • suffering from a certain weariness of life, a morbid
    • catechising and bringing the disappointment to the surface,
    • that alone is active, which, stirring the slime in the soul's
    • spring forth. But the corn does not grow from the manure,
    • True, it is entering a realm to which the thought of our time
    • out of our experiences and trials and faculties acquired during
    • this respect man is really a four-stringed instrument, on which
    • body, etheric body, astral body and Ego are the four strings,
    • string is played on more or less intensely by the bow of
    • has four strings), so does the individual life arise. It may be
    • manifold ways, the four strings of human life can play
    • fiddle-bow of Karma plays on the four strings of Man.
    • these things are approximate. During this time we shall
    • observe, are in a way consolidated during this time. True, many
    • gate of death, and through these forces we bring ourselves once
    • ways the four strings play together. The way we come into
  • Title: Lecture: Matter Incidental to the Question of Destiny
    Matching lines:
    • on life. Considering the complicated problems into which we are
    • always well to be unsparing in self-knowledge and
    • life. The very conditions of life in this age will bring it
    • o'clock — the Director rings the front-door bell at the
    • during his life. But shortly before his death (all these men
    • the girl with whom he has fallen in love, and this brings him
    • described. But the accused, during the proceedings, behaves in
    • again into a half-slumbering condition, and when he
    • and then again on quite another, so as to bring precisely these
  • Title: Lecture: Hereditary Impulses and Impulses from Previous Earth Lives
    Matching lines:
    • in our present studies, in order to bring out the quality which
    • euphonious theories, but to bring to our souls that which
    • see how this spiritual-scientific movement tends to bring near
    • human being becomes ripe to bring descendants into life. The
    • Without entering further into many things which would have to
    • connected with the life of humanity during this time. And from
    • between death and a new birth — appearing
    • one. During this period, the hereditary impulses cannot work on
    • reality bringing it about. But the outer
    • earthly lives, largely contributed to bring about the very
    • are working to bring about the very things they judge so truly.
    • harbour are we steering? What is the tendency and ultimate goal
    • Mill and Herzen even said — should be steering towards a
    • more Eastern, the other with a more Western colouring, —
    • wearing down of individuality; in a word, all that will tend to
    • bring her into an Indian occult brotherhood whose pursuit of
    • certain events by referring them back to that assassination,
    • their task to bring about.
    • sighs and their anxieties: what situation would she not bring
    • bitterly when they had tried again and again to bring Annie
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: The Relation of Man to the Hierarchies
    Matching lines:
    • death. During this life — or through this life
    • Beings whom we call Archangels. Their mission is to bring about
    • life of the individual. Bearing all this in mind we shall not
    • relation to the Time-Spirit. But we are entering very profound
    • Time-Spirit — then do our aberrations begin to infringe
    • already indicated) while all the time one is referring to one's
    • us now bring before our souls one characteristic —
    • this end, however, we must first bring before our souls certain
    • much construction going on during these years, and when Watt
    • here imitated. Do you imagine — considering how great is
    • hand of our creating counter-forces to bring about the
    • I told you on the one hand how men are entering more and
  • Title: Lecture: The Birth of Christ in the Human Soul
    Matching lines:
    • Easter, attention is drawn to those two events occurring within
    • Christmas thought and the great Easter thought. During the
    • of Golgotha had penetrated with shattering effect into
    • of the Redeemer dying on Golgotha, as they came during
    • turned to the picture of the childlike element entering
    • in which the Christian sentiment of Europe has turned during
    • appearing to us so little filled with content only because we
    • comes to light in the world — bearing mankind forward,
    • middle of the nineteenth century, though in stammering accents
    • ordering of the universe? What is the truth about faculties and
    • bringing about the transformation of the Luciferic —
    • mastered during the physical life by that which the human being
    • which these differentiating gifts bring about within us human
    • as have been stammeringly imparted by spiritual knowledge as
    • health-giving thoughts which bring us into immediate unison
    • element, which the Christ as the Healer brings with his never
    • desired to bring in brief outline before our minds. We can feel
    • seemingly contradictory suffering and misfortune. With
    • our own souls we pass through repeated earth lives during which
    • mystery of death — the Easter thought, which brings the
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: The Mysteries (Die Geheimnisse)
    Matching lines:
    • written there in illuminated lettering: C. M. B. As you will
    • had once come to Cologne, bringing with him three crowns for
    • the East who brought offerings of gold, frankincense and myrrh
    • concealed in the three kings who brought their offerings to
    • bring about in the world. Among its profound features are the
    • sunlight, in this moonlight, pouring down on the earth, the
    • beginning in the Spring and continuing through the summer, and
    • In the plants, springing from the soil, in the animals
    • in the sky in Spring and strive to receive the external
    • individuals together, and then they bring offerings to the
    • physical embodiment of the solar star, appearing as the star of
    • For by a persevering, patient climb
    • Our mother earth brings forth so many flowers,
    • For many wand'ring pilgrims flows the spring,
    • To each a different pleasure it will bring.
    • process occurring in human life, in which the highest ideas,
    • opportunities for gathering new experiences. It is
    • Full weary by a long and tiring journey,
    • Inspiring him with heart-felt, deep delight.
    • That brings consoling hope to all mankind,
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Mission/Folk-Souls (1970): 1. Angels, Folk Spirits, Time Spirits: their part in the Evolution of Mankind.
    Matching lines:
    • mankind in the near future will bring men together in far greater
    • were first created during our present Earth epoch, the astral body
    • during the epoch of the Old Moon, the etheric body in a still earlier
    • stage, that of the Old Sun, and the physical body during ancient
    • under-went during the earlier stages of our Earth-evolution, the
    • Spirit Self or Manas? Just as during the next incarnation of the
    • astral bodies into Spirit Self or Manas, or will do so during our
    • state of man during sleep.
    • something that transcends the Folk Soul, which can bring the various
    • of Cyclic Periods. We are here referring to those cyclic periods
    • order that the widely differing ethnic types may be moulded by a
  • Title: Mission/Folk-Souls (1970): 2. Normal and abnormal Archangels and Time Spirits.
    Matching lines:
    • that the different regions of the Earth provide widely differing
    • undergoes modification in so far as man progressively develops during
    • that stage during the Old Sun condition of the Earth. Thus, other
    • influenced by the Spirits of Form during his Earth existence? He
    • during his life on Earth his native language. They had to be endowed
    • First Beginnings, the Archai or Spirits of Personality, who during
    • normally become Spirits of Personality during our Earth-existence,
    • during the Old Moon cycle advanced to their present rank. Man is the
    • Indian people represented the first flowering of the post-Atlantean
  • Title: Mission/Folk-Souls (1970): 3. The inner Life of the Folk Spirits. Formation of the Races.
    Matching lines:
    • degrees. This must be an inner experience, it must spring from the
    • an descending curve, the springtime of youth and the winter of old
    • Thus the springtime of a people, its youthful vigour and vitality
    • the life of a people as the withering of the centres in his inner
    • task; the Angels are nearing the end of this task but are by no means
    • Being, two stages higher than man in evolution, hovering over the
    • undertaken during the creative period of a people when its youthful
    • by a people during the period of transition from youth to age in
  • Title: Mission/Folk-Souls (1970): 4. The Evolution of Races and Civilization.
    Matching lines:
    • present state. It is only during his present Earth incarnation that
    • members testify to the activity of the spiritual Beings during the
    • will call to mind all the Beings who worked together during those
    • bestowal of an ego, during man's life on Earth. The third
    • During this period man recapitulates the development of the astral
    • development in a particular way during this present Earth-evolution.
    • have been Spirits of Movement during the Earth-evolution, but who
    • the Earth-evolution as Spirits of Form. Thus they are able, during
    • life man has to give back what he received during the first, the
    • associated with the development of man during the first of his three
    • spiritual sphere surrounding the Earth and had incarnated only during
    • During
    • acquired during the period when he is not wholly under the direction
    • birth during a particular incarnation was of importance to him.
    • especially during his early childhood. Later on their influence
    • Angels, we realize the steps which were necessary to bring forth a
  • Title: Mission/Folk-Souls (1970): 5. Manifestation of the Hierarchies in the Elements of Nature.
    Matching lines:
    • the external world? It would be as well to begin by acquiring today
    • dance upon the waves and bring them to rest and mould them into form.
    • during the day as light and during the night continues to operate as
    • is pouring in on to the Earth from cosmic spaces and is received by
    • you will find that, even during
    • Old Saturn was to endow man with that element which later, during
    • had to suffer the birth and death of a planet in order to bring about
    • body of man — then the mission of the Earth is to bring about a
    • therefore is called to high destiny on Earth to bring about from
    • considering Earth-existence in this way we first described thinking,
  • Title: Mission/Folk-Souls (1970): 6. The Five Root Races of Mankind.
    Matching lines:
    • those spiritual Beings who are stirring in man and determine his
    • transferring their point of attack principally to what we call the
    • forces of the blood that which brings about a modification of the
    • in order to bring about a special modification of his people. You
    • entering indirectly into the solar plexus through the respiratory
    • in the murmuring of the forest, in the surging of the waves, in the
    • resembling pygmy beings” — he was referring to the
  • Title: Mission/Folk-Souls (1970): 7. Advance of Folk Spirits to the Rank of Time Spirits.
    Matching lines:
    • first set out during the post-Atlantean epoch, then we must clearly
    • peoples of Europe also who had remained behind during the migration
    • During this epoch the Archangel of the Egyptian people rose to the
    • Semitic people by comparing it with the missions of the various
    • by our recognition of a number of widely differing Beings and
    • Spirits during the Egypto-Chaldean-Babylonian, Old Persian and Indian
    • possible for Folk Souls and cultural patterns of widely differing
    • not actually on the Earth, but hovering above it. If you were to
  • Title: Mission/Folk-Souls (1970): 8. The Five Post-Atlantean Civilizations.
    Matching lines:
    • different person might be wearing that uniform at those different
    • comparative religion it is tantamount to comparing Adonis to Christ.
    • One is merely comparing externals. The apparel and the
    • merely comparing externals and the parallel has only superficial
    • development. There were peoples who, during their migration eastward,
    • we are only comparing externals. The manner or mode of perception in
    • Teutonic peoples is described as follows: before acquiring this
    • capacity Odin had undergone Initiation by drinking at the spring of
    • of Odin stirring in the primitive depths of the human soul.
    • “Riesenheim”. Everything which existed during the
  • Title: Mission/Folk-Souls (1970): 9. Loki - Hodur and Baldur - Twilight of the Gods.
    Matching lines:
    • develop gradually the human ego and bring it to fuller consciousness.
    • reached the full flowering of the subjective ‘I’ long
    • to bring his ‘I’ into relation with the external world,
    • these powers which permeated his astral body in order to bring
    • offspring. The first, the one who begets selfishness, is the Midgard
    • the ancient Teutons wanted to explain what they saw during an eclipse
    • offspring is Hel, who begets sickness and death. Thus the figures
    • bringing the mistletoe, with which the blind Hodur kills Baldur, the
    • spiritual world during the intermediate time when he had lost the
  • Title: Mission/Folk-Souls (1970): 10. The Mission of Individual Peoples and Cultures in the Past, Present and Future.
    Matching lines:
    • tasks in preparing man's ego-development.
    • Celtic element was to bring the gift of the ‘I’ to the
    • which springs from the inner life of the Greeks. On the other hand,
    • Folk Soul who is preparing himself for future epochs. This accounts
    • direct outpouring of the inner being of the people may be compared to
    • can think of no other way of picturing the whole Spirit of the Earth
    • birth of new life, the coming of springtime, and that which grows and
    • Europe was preparing for that Spirit which is to pour the Spirit Self
    • broad outlines, ignoring the details, because he is preparing himself
    • one suddenly senses the first stirrings of a later development. It is
    • conception in order to present it as an offering to the in-streaming
  • Title: Mission/Folk-Souls (1970): 11. Nerthus, Freyja and Gerda.
    Matching lines:
    • and that in this course of lectures we have touched only the fringe
    • During the Atlantean epoch the air of Atlantis was permeated with
    • planetary heights and who, during the Atlantean epoch, had come back
    • descended from planetary spheres with that which springs out of the
    • soul in day and night. just as the human soul during sleep and
    • during the period of Kali Yuga, has matured in a healthy way in order
    • Congress in Budapest and which I repeated during our own General
    • characteristics. The Teutonic Archangel will bring to the whole field
    • them to the whole of humanity as a sacrifice which we bring to the
    • Science, as we shall realize more and more clearly, will bring an end
  • Title: Lecture: Wonders of the World: Lecture 1
    Matching lines:
    • to add to what has resounded during the last few days out of the
    • and saw religious life pouring itself into the forms of art.
    • happenings do have a dose bearing upon the spiritual ideal which
    • had come for me to bring my spiritual work into connection with what
    • another, which springs from the depths of my heart, out of deepest
    • such hankerings after an ideal are always something connected with
    • Spiritual Science must learn not to take what springs from our own
    • think and to feel during recent centuries, and what it is that they
    • that what today is known as physical science is a withering
    • steering as it does a
    • is a withering branch of civilisation, is an extremely important
    • Iphigenia. And if one realises this, it brings home to one the
    • which in a way brings to symbolic expression the
    • glimmering darkness of the age a growing recognition that the old
    • thought springing from the most sober and objective conviction. If I
    • which will have a bearing upon what I have just said about Iphigenia
    • of our Munich festivals to all who have helped to bring them about
    • always brings a gradually developing skill in its appropriate sphere.
    • It is a fraternal offering which those who participate in it carry
    • is referring to the opening words of Edouard Schuré's
  • Title: Lecture: Wonders of the World: Lecture 2
    Matching lines:
    • extent the actual knowledge, of what we are now endeavouring to
    • mythology has its correspondence in what we are bringing to light
    • brings home to us the fact that the way man looks at the wonders of
    • Demeter works without in the powerful forces of all that brings forth
    • is represented in the Nature-forces by Eros, who brings this about.
    • and upon the physical bodies. During the period I have referred to
    • brings to the point of vision, to perception, the images called forth
    • world. What the world brings about in the astral body would not open
    • Thus during the
    • came more under the sway of Demeter. Thus during this period from the
    • which in the physical body brings about changes in the conditions
    • seven years, during which changes take place in the astral body, is
    • in a more abstract way. This is preparing the human soul for a future
    • I could also say in order to bring down clairvoyance to them —
    • acquiring the etheric vision. In the next three thousand years it
    • see with their etheric souls the reappearing Christ, and within the
  • Title: Lecture: Wonders of the World: Lecture 3
    Matching lines:
    • at the end of the course. I want this evening to bring home to you
    • from another direction how Spiritual Science in our day is aspiring
    • happenings in the ordering of Nature and rarer events. The one kind
    • to bring home to you in the following way. Today you look upwards to
    • bring forth thought?’ For the ancient Greek it was a spiritual
    • idea, as feeling, we have our enduring life of soul, with its
    • unhappiness. The forces in us which represent the more enduring
    • bear in our habits our passions, our enduring emotive attitudes. And
    • we cover by the term ‘ether body’, and which bring about
    • mere thoughts, and the ether body of enduring sentiments and habits.
    • which bring about our will-impulses, impulses which are needed to
    • of astringency, of downright pain; try to imagine yourself from top
    • by this astringent taste, then you have the self-knowledge which the
    • permeated by this astringent taste, the occultist knows that he is
    • surrendering myself entirely to my permanent habits, to my sympathies
    • to perceive with his spiritual hearing the harmonies and the melodies
  • Title: Lecture: Wonders of the World: Lecture 4
    Matching lines:
    • passages in this little book which have a bearing upon our purpose in
    • life, they too were once human; that was during the Moon evolution,
    • stage during the Moon evolution. But these leaders of humanity in the
    • individualities that the Greeks were referring to, when they spoke of
    • during the Moon evolution have the task of imparting weight to
    • since the Atlantean catastrophe during which man was thrown so
    • we see too how everything in this epoch tends to bring to expression
    • these leading Beings looked during the EgyptoChaldean epoch, we find
    • our attention to the normal Angels, those who during the
    • advance. During that epoch some of them reached the normal goal of
    • evolution of our present Earth as Angels, nevertheless, during the
    • Beings who were still in the line of normal development during the
    • During the
    • super-sensible world. During the Egypto-Chaldean epoch Christ was the
    • teacher of the Angels. His impulse flowed into them during that
    • individualities do not incarnate during Earth evolution in human
    • During the Moon evolution there were powerful Beings, exalted Beings,
    • entering into the soul of Lucifer, thus experiencing from the Earth
    • neighbouring planet Venus. This was of course not experienced by the
    • ‘There is the wandering point in the heavenly spaces towards
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Wonders of the World: Lecture 5
    Matching lines:
    • — in the Persian and the EgyptoChaldean epochs — during
    • from the Book of Job, whose wife says to her suffering husband:
    • later among the Greeks. Greek consciousness brings to maturity the
    • the Luciferic beings, or the Angels who during the Moon evolution
    • Moon evolution, going about the Earth in human bodies, bearing within
    • of Jesus, in the Greek gods, during the time they were Atlantean men,
    • Thus during the time
    • post-Atlantean culture-epoch, but during that epoch to hold the
    • were also incarnated Luciferic souls who had fallen behind during the
    • developed his physical, etheric and astral bodies during the Moon
    • possibility of man's acquiring his earthly ego-consciousness.
    • consciousness has been gradual. During the Lemurian time this human
    • his ego into his body; during Atlantis his consciousness was to a
    • arisen during Earth evolution, still had a very strong leaning
    • belongs to the category of those Luciferic beings who labour to bring
    • part in the mutilation of Dionysos ... whereas he is the offspring
    • through acquiring intellectual knowledge? Whence comes it that the
    • during journeys which carried him all over the earth. The conceptions
  • Title: Lecture: Wonders of the World: Lecture 6
    Matching lines:
    • year's Cycle. I am referring to the world of the Greek gods and
    • lecture we were considering the figure of Dionysos, our attention was
    • nor in any way perceptible to any faculty for acquiring knowledge of
    • is utterly deceiving himself. With physical faculties for acquiring
    • order to bring about the birth of the younger Dionysos the human
    • another example of the unerring wisdom of Greek feeling for the true
  • Title: Lecture: Wonders of the World: Lecture 7
    Matching lines:
    • is it that has been the theme of our lectures during the last few days?
    • We have been trying to bring to light again in the impressive pictures
    • not been very successful in answering this question, and you can
    • ideation, in mental representation, which is what brings knowledge
    • We know that this preparation took place during the Saturn, Sun and
    • From this springs the
    • life. This brings us directly up against the question:
    • is based on awareness that the ‘Dichter’ brings together
    • the usual conscious external method of acquiring knowledge.
    • with that part of his soul which brings common sense to bear on the
  • Title: Lecture: Wonders of the World: Lecture 8
    Matching lines:
    • able to bring to adequate expression the great wonders of the world.
    • strata of our souls; we are harbouring something in depths of soul
    • they have buried this treasure within us in order that we may bring
    • consciousness.’ What are we doing when we bring up this
    • springs from this. In the first scene of the second Play he feels it
    • often, because we only bring with us strength drawn from the past, we
    • to bring these two currents into harmony great strength of soul is
    • all the reparation possible, but that springs from egotism. Most men
    • seriously. It brings us face to face with the other current which may
    • him, is absolutely shattering. Contrast this crushing feeling in the
    • had been present in man during the Moon evolution, elaborating it
    • when, bringing with him the fruits of his Moon evolution, he arrived
    • they were then able to bring about our physical body. Thus these
    • Lemuria. During the course of the Lemurian, Atlantean and
    • pick out a certain number the purpose of which was to bring into
    • way as to bring about the blood-system with its centre in the heart.
    • system. It has only been during the course of Earth evolution that
    • etheric during the early part of Lemuria to form the human blood
    • which will cause us to revert to the form we had during the Saturn,
    • soul: it thinks. What does it mean, to think? It means to bring
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Wonders of the World: Lecture 9
    Matching lines:
    • has pursued its evolution, and during the course of the Lemurian,
    • During the course of Earth evolution the forces of the higher
    • particularly during the Lemurian epoch but continuing also
    • approach of the Atlantean time and during that time, and these
    • towards its surface. But the influences which worked during the
    • thereby bring about a higher harmony. A bull would not remain a bull
    • external science. During the course of the Atlantean epoch quite
    • these came from without, came from the periphery. During Atlantis we
    • have to think of forces entering into man and fashioning him from
    • space, which brings to expression the feathers, the plumage. The
    • in fact came about during the Atlantean time; so that one can say
    • which had been pouring in all the time from cosmic space, but
    • Jordan with the dove hovering over him we have in fact the expression
    • Saturn evolution) had already taken place during the Sun evolution.
    • what existed during the Sun evolution.
    • dove in the Baptism by John in the Jordan, during the Sun evolution
    • heart to the brain. During the Baptism by John in the Jordan there
    • have in the region of the head an astral covering consisting of the
    • have the true mirroring-process. Because the astral stuff of the
    • and confidence bring the soul through each trial, for these qualities
  • Title: Lecture: Wonders of the World: Lecture 10
    Matching lines:
    • concepts, by acquiring definite sentiments and feelings about what
    • men's efforts to reach enlightenment about the world spring.
    • astral body, brings it to a standstill, and lets the images of this
    • less does man experience what he acquired during the Sun evolution as
    • danger of finally encountering the void; if we descend into ourselves
    • plunge into ourselves, we are in danger of surrendering our
    • Personality, during the Sun evolution the Cherubim worked with the
    • Spirits of Wisdom and the Archangels, during the Moon evolution the
    • of this science during the last decades provides, in general, proof
    • which ordinary science brings to light. The fiftieth anniversary of
    • part of the brain which brings about both the aesthetic consciousness
    • bodies which, out of the unconscious, bring about the movements of
    • brain which brings into existence the faculty of speech but the
    • which has made of our macrocosmic formation what we are during Earth
    • own will-nature. This is what brings about the severe ordeals which
    • a man plunges into himself, into what has been built up during
    • look to; I am referring to the great macrocosmic Christ Impulse. We
    • brings us to the void, the Christ-filled consciousness brings us to
    • an india-rubber ball, and do not succeed in entering into ourselves,
    • scholarship is barely able to touch the fringe of the subject, for
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: The Mission of Raphael in the Light of Spiritual Science
    Matching lines:
    • again in repeated earthly lives through the epochs, bearing from one life
    • interpret the various epochs in such a way that the human soul, appearing
    • to human evolution as a whole during the last few centuries, is not intended
    • of bringing Raphael into it. Everything that I myself have experienced
    • we restudy human evolution during the last few thousand years. Greek
    • on account of Raphael's towering greatness.
    • appears in the year 1483 in a “spring-like” birth, as it
    • his soul the picture of St. George bringing the enemy to his feet. Later,
    • with the outer world. And on the other hand stirring events that had
    • appears before them uttering words of fire against the current misdeeds,
    • the very Spirit's breath of Spring, although in a different way from
    • in Rome where all his all-conquering works were created in the midst
    • of the Sun, all that is radiant and spring-like. This gives us a glimpse
    • of Christian legends and traditions appearing again in Raphael's pictures
    • was meant to signify. Then during the age of the Emperors, when Rome
    • we realize how Raphael brings this fire with him through birth from
    • perfect; it does not come forth as a consuming and shattering element
    • this Greek culture could bring forth its fairest flower because the
    • and activities of those Spirits who developed onwards during the epoch
    • whole grouping of the figures, in the wonderful coloring, indeed in the
  • Title: Lecture: About Horses That Can Count and Calculate
    Matching lines:
    • If we succeed in bringing about a contact through the special psychic
  • Title: Lecture: The National Epics With Especial Attention to the Kalevala
    Matching lines:
    • this evening will rather have to do with a sort of neighbouring realm
    • the other heroes. Homer also brings before us how Achilles has to settle
    • are able to observe, which could say more to him during the development
    • as the glimmering of a world which does not expend itself in the ordinary
    • by taking the forms of mortal men, inspiring them as it were, leading
    • Kalevala gains a very special “nuance”, a colouring, which
    • clairvoyant consciousness was disappearing; but one still felt that
    • that which works inspiringly in his inner being, that which he cannot
    • body; and that which, so to speak works inspiringly on man from the
    • experience proved this — that which could bring all culture and
    • body they saw that power which brings in the divine, which itself only
    • consists of the permanent, and by means of which the Eternal rings and
    • and which brings the divine into the earthly. And we look at the second
    • consciousness, we find that Ilmarinen brings forth everything that is
    • only by endeavouring to form a word which could be formed in the following
    • that the stringed instrument for Väinemöinen was not constructed
    • and colouring what I was desirous of expounding in this lecture on the
    • fashioned the Kantela, our beautiful stringed instrument, from the jawbone
    • of the like, and spun the strings from the tail of the Hiisi-horse;
    • tears of bitter longing and suffering wove its strings.”
  • Title: Four Seasons/Archangels: Lecture I: The Michael Imagination
    Matching lines:
    • winter at Christmas, Raphael in spring at Easter, and Uriel in summer
    • these astral realms, wandering through them as one may wander among
    • Yet it will bring you healing
    • solved, so that men may bring their soul-forces into activity.
    • during our days here, we will contribute something to the solving
    • souls. A man first observes it quite externally: when spring comes he
    • come to flower, how life everywhere springs up out of the soil. All
    • here. During winter the earth is united with the elemental spirits.
    • plant-roots that are preparing for new growth, and among the other
    • nature-beings who spend the winter there. Then, when spring comes,
    • atmosphere. During winter they accepted the inner order of the earth,
    • but now, as spring advances and especially when summer comes on, they
    • Everything that takes its course outside, in wind and weather, during
    • when spring passes over the earth and
    • — of germination and budding, flowering and fruiting. Even if
    • of spring growth only if we can enter also into the time when summer
    • comes with winter. And if during high summer we rise inwardly, in a
    • of the earth during mid-winter; and we ought to participate in the
    • as he readily does concerning the secrets of spring and summer. When
    • inward spring and summer, but also a dying, death-bringing autumn and
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Four Seasons/Archangels: Lecture II: The Christmas Imagination
    Matching lines:
    • winter at Christmas, Raphael in spring at Easter, and Uriel in summer
    • from itself during the summer. Hence in the depths of winter the
    • bringing Imagination and Inspiration to bear on it, one comes to
    • far as we are considering the hydrosphere in relation to water, we
    • solid earth underfoot, which in spring gives rise to all that we
    • springtime life and growth. For the roots of plants, in forming
    • yesterday. During summer, too, the salt-process mingles with the
    • something else comes to the fore during the deep winter season.
    • plants have developed from spring until
    • seed-nature is continually showering down on the Earth, so that from
    • firmly consolidated during winter through its salt-formation,
    • woman prepares herself to bring forth a new human being, the
    • order to bring the essence of Christmas rightly before our souls, let
    • whole expression. We must then indicate that Mary is preparing
    • countenance and bearing must give expression to this
    • expression by bringing the limbs into dynamic relation with the Earth
    • through a kind of rainbow colouring. For if we were to look from the
    • up still, we must bring in that which
    • bring before us everything that can work from nature into our souls
    • during the deep winter season, we have an artistic, imaginative
  • Title: Four Seasons/Archangels: Lecture III: The Easter Imagination
    Matching lines:
    • winter at Christmas, Raphael in spring at Easter, and Uriel in summer
    • enclosed within itself. During the winter the Earth is, so to speak,
    • between, during spring and autumn, there is always a balance between
    • transition from winter to spring takes place.
    • these lectures, by considering the purely material side. We will look
    • difference between winter-limestone and spring-limestone. But this
    • spring-limestone, and it is precisely this which makes limestone the
    • the limestone formations during the winter season.
    • spring approaches, however, and
    • in the limestone, becoming steadily more active as spring draws on,
    • power of attraction for the Ahrimanic beings. Whenever spring
    • beings. But when spring draws near, the impression which the
    • spring-limestone makes on them gives them the idea that after all
    • large. Finding the spring-limestone full of life, they hope to be
    • the Ahrimanic beings every spring, and every spring it is
    • imagine it to be. The fact is that every spring the Ahrimanic beings
    • Thus every spring man is in danger of falling a victim — in
    • subtle, intimate ways — to the Ahrimanic beings. In spring he
    • cosmos than he is during other times of the year.
    • through the life and desire that fill the limestone in spring.
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Four Seasons/Archangels: Lecture IV: The St. John Imagination
    Matching lines:
    • winter at Christmas, Raphael in spring at Easter, and Uriel in summer
    • now we go forward from Easter, the spring
    • subject than we had to do in considering the previous seasons of the
    • up with the being of Nature. From spring onwards into summer, Nature
    • Nature-consciousness. During spring, if he has the perception and
    • bring the spiritual to meet him.
    • interweaving life. And so, to find the essential human being during
    • In the last lecture I showed you how at Easter, the season of spring,
    • Spring
    • goes on in the Earth during winter, as I have described. The
    • Sun-gold, formed in the heights, in the dominion of Uriel, during
    • come to the time of sprouting, springing life, we can no longer speak
    • directs his earnest gaze. Here during the height of summer the
    • directing our gaze downwards, we cannot do otherwise than bring
    • of the working together of Spirit-Father with Earth-Mother, bearing
    • have the complete picture only when we bring it into dramatic form,
  • Title: Four Seasons/Archangels: Lecture V: The Working Together of the Four Archangels
    Matching lines:
    • winter at Christmas, Raphael in spring at Easter, and Uriel in summer
    • During
    • there rings out a wonderful saying which is scarcely at all understood,
    • Vom Himmel durch die Erde dringen,
    • appears to us in summer, and then follows a course which brings him
    • we bring before our
    • our heads. Thus Uriel works in nature at midsummer, and during the
    • the forces of nature in spring, as I have described. I had to show
    • precisely when we allow all that Raphael brings about,
    • working in the springtime forces of nature as Uriel does in
    • the spiritual hearing of Inspiration, then we have the crowning of
    • But the springtime
    • the spirit of spring, and in autumn, as he travels round the Earth,
    • during autumn Michael is the cosmic spirit up above, the cosmic
    • spring, if in autumn, when the rays of Raphael pass through the Earth,
    • possibilities of illness during the first seven years of life, and
    • again after fourteen; they are relatively least during the period
    • Raphael, which are cosmic in spring, permeate the whole mystery of
    • above to find him. During the summer Gabriel carries into man all
    • Gabriel has descended from his cosmic activity during the winter to
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Fifth Gospel (1950): Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • After a shattering struggle to arrive at the truth, Steiner presents here
    • Jesus and Mary before the Baptism, Jesus discovering the reverse Lord's
    • Aristotle. These names bring before our mind's eye a spiritual
    • had nothing to bring into this arena of Greco-Roman life save
    • such a way as to touch the deepest heart-strings of those to
    • is itself an offspring of Christianity, a direct development of
    • hovering as it were over the earthly world. Darwinism, if
    • of Christianity appearing in Darwinism as in an inverted
    • of its adherents or opponents — even appearing in
    • bring Christianity into the foreign world of the Germanic
    • at the side of those who in later times bring Christianity to
    • could have thought them capable of uttering. It was then that the
  • Title: Fifth Gospel (1950): Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • After a shattering struggle to arrive at the truth, Steiner presents here
    • Jesus and Mary before the Baptism, Jesus discovering the reverse Lord's
    • had, it is true, behaved somewhat strangely during recent days,
    • innermost secrets of the soul and so were able to bring
    • looks quite different during the time of an eclipse. I shall
    • refrain from dealing with the spectacle presented during a
    • during an eclipse of the sun rise out of the creations of
    • lights up and reveals that during a solar eclipse all
    • very deepest sense brings the conviction of how intimately a
    • different from when, during the night, the sun is merely not
    • different during an eclipse of the sun from what it is during
    • an ordinary night. During an eclipse of the sun one feels the
    • wandering preachers far and wide over Greece and Italy, if one
    • acted, not as a light-bringer or solver of riddles, but rather
    • as a bringer of darkness, just as the moon darkens the sun
    • during a solar eclipse. That is what one reads. All the
    • knowledge, just as the moon screens the sun during a solar
    • higher knowledge, like the moon before the sun during an
    • covering it was wrenched away; a fissure was rent in the earth
    • science form what opinion they like, bring forward all kinds of
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Fifth Gospel (1950): Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • After a shattering struggle to arrive at the truth, Steiner presents here
    • Jesus and Mary before the Baptism, Jesus discovering the reverse Lord's
    • deciphering as the Fifth Gospel — though they did not
    • considering the event usually known as the Baptism by John in
    • the Ascension and the subsequent outpouring of the Spirit as
    • acquiring those forces by which the results of a people's
    • out of his body and, during this time of absence, actually have
    • During his Initiation the Sun-Hero lived in communion
    • planets of the solar system around the Sun-Hero during the time
    • of his Initiation. During his Initiation the Sun-Hero was
    • force for furthering the evolution and well-being of all
    • during the process of Initiation and came back again into the
    • whole. And what was it that these Sun-Heroes experienced during
    • the old Initiates must rise during their Initiation, the Christ
    • happening during the days of Pentecost, by those who were the
    • outcome? It was the outcome of infinite suffering
    • labouring under the illusion that the physical alone can suffer
    • if a stone were capable of suffering. The physical body cannot
    • suffer; suffering lies always in the realm of soul.
    • suffering in Kamaloka if there could be no suffering in the
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Fifth Gospel (1950): Lecture IV
    Matching lines:
    • After a shattering struggle to arrive at the truth, Steiner presents here
    • Jesus and Mary before the Baptism, Jesus discovering the reverse Lord's
    • development that took place during the following years.
    • wisdom were springing to life in his soul, as though the
    • all powerful moral impulses came to life in his soul during
    • Jesus of Nazareth during his sixteenth and seventeenth years.
    • seemed to be declaring to him that it could no longer continue
    • the sacrificial offering do not descend upon us and we are
    • during which he was transported into the spiritual worlds on
    • strict probation, to show by his conduct during this period, by
    • symbolic rules of the Order. The deciphering of the Akasha
    • community, was John the Baptist. During the winter, he, like
    • soul, and never left him. As he went about during the weeks
  • Title: Fifth Gospel (1950): Lecture V
    Matching lines:
    • After a shattering struggle to arrive at the truth, Steiner presents here
    • Jesus and Mary before the Baptism, Jesus discovering the reverse Lord's
    • what I was able to tell you, that during this period many
    • Zarathustra-Ego into his own soul. During the subsequent years
    • were possible to-day to bring new life to all the spiritual
    • very many souls in the Jewish world even during the days of
    • things. And as it were gathering together what he had to say on
    • Zarathustrian impulse rose up within him during the
    • increasingly frail — caused Him deep suffering.
    • worked, there would have been no spiritual means of discovering
    • remarkably forbearing with people who acted so unscrupulously,
    • Spirit rings through the age but that men are either too
    • wellsprings of the Spirit. And such men are greatly respected
    • kind of literature brings evidence concerning the garment
  • Title: Lecture: The (Four) Great Virtues
    Matching lines:
    • Hierarchies. Just as a human being physically entering the physical
    • power of will, which during physical life was contained within the
    • that can bring about a still deeper connection between souls when we
    • spiritual movement, of which we are to become part, has to bring a
    • experience what our time could bring us as revelations from the
    • wisdom detaches us from narrow and limited vision and brings us into
    • astral body, during our periods of sleep. In our conscious, waking
    • earlier times, during the old Sun and Moon periods, what today
    • it, so that the physical brain is held fast within it during the
    • the cerebellum which remains within the hard covering of the skull;
    • won in earlier incarnations for this life, bringing over this wisdom
    • as he is his whole life through, without altering his opinions. A man
    • incarnations. The wiser we become, the more we bring over from
    • than we believe; we won far more during the times in which we passed
    • not bring
    • the right moment, while its absence brings about cowardice. This
    • weight, then we cannot bring to life those forces which have to
    • accompanies the physical. While during waking life in relation to the
    • up during earlier incarnations. If we have there to point towards
    • what was imparted to us during earlier incarnations, where we were
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Tension Between East and West: Lecture 1: Natural Science
    Matching lines:
    • Given during the East-West Congress of 1922 in Vienna, these
    • problems by exploring historical and philosophical paradoxes found
    • and this brings me to my second paradox — on the other
    • that science demands; and this brings with it, though quite
    • will thus be forced, when considering later epochs, to present
    • value to seeing pure colours; to hearing pure sounds, when we
    • Thus, in sun and moon, in stars, in wind and weather, in spring
    • they bring a man into a certain state of sensibility and make
    • ascetic path certain human experiences which did indeed bring
    • thinking, to the course of external events, we bring into the
    • modern man. It brings us, however, to an experience that is
    • inwards, so we go outwards. By tearing our logical thinking
    • painful experiences, inward experiences through suffering, of
    • experiences of suffering and pain. We must pass through and
    • undoubtedly perceived these as suffering and mild pain; and if
    • ultimately grounded on pain and suffering.
    • suffering with vital thought, we do not permeate the body with
    • pain and suffering as does the ascetic; we keep it healthy to
    • and suffering.
    • of suffering and pain. For if we overcome this suffering and
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Tension Between East and West: Lecture 2: Psychology
    Matching lines:
    • Given during the East-West Congress of 1922 in Vienna, these
    • problems by exploring historical and philosophical paradoxes found
    • that have floated up and down during the day sink down into the
    • must regard the physical as the really empowering element, and
    • spring from them. In this way, experimental psychology has come
    • something that enables me to orientate myself in life, to bring
    • development during his life on earth, will not be above
    • capable being, were dormant during my existence as a child. Why
    • cannot help reaching this conclusion, which springs from
    • the balanced attitude, required during the actual exercises, to
    • powers that alone are capable of really discovering the soul
    • physical eyes during our earthly existence. As if it were our
    • pain and suffering within the soul, in order to make it into a
    • wish to bring out today in only one respect.
    • brings himself to the fateful moment. This is sober observation
    • not seek to infringe religious faith. This philosophy can be
  • Title: Tension Between East and West: Lecture 3: East and West in History
    Matching lines:
    • Given during the East-West Congress of 1922 in Vienna, these
    • problems by exploring historical and philosophical paradoxes found
    • permanent and enduring character there. What men think in
    • be secure. He knew that it also represented something enduring
    • automatically to bring us to spiritual vision, but can only
    • brings us in the end to thinking and to the transformation of
    • dispassionately, even if they spring from views opposed to
    • suffering which we have to overcome in order that our whole
    • overcoming pain and suffering within ourselves we do gain
    • Only then do we understand how deep in man lie the springs of
    • — he was then lecturing on the history of German
  • Title: Tension Between East and West: Lecture 4: Spiritual Geography
    Matching lines:
    • Given during the East-West Congress of 1922 in Vienna, these
    • problems by exploring historical and philosophical paradoxes found
    • measuring-rod, the most varied counting devices — takes
    • bearing within us faded, shadowy and, in fact, mental images of
    • is what justifies us in considering the early Oriental
    • of humanity. To bring about a fruitful development of man and
    • which in turn determine other events occurring among them. And
    • he who is called the Buddha encountered in his wanderings the
    • most varied manifestations of human suffering on earth. Among
    • Life is Suffering.
    • Life is suffering, we long for redemption. Western men, in
    • say: Life is suffering! For them, the sight of death became a
    • suffering can be redeemed by overcoming the physical;
    • suffering, man must be redeemed from life. Out of the life of
    • honouring the Orient for its spirituality, there is something
  • Title: Tension Between East and West: Lecture 5: Cosmic Memory
    Matching lines:
    • Given during the East-West Congress of 1922 in Vienna, these
    • problems by exploring historical and philosophical paradoxes found
    • bearing on this point could be given.
    • would be constantly entering into everything with its
    • shall be hearing more about them.
    • cannot provide us with a springboard into the spiritual world,
    • the eternal springs of existence and links his personal
    • Here is something that can make a more shattering impression on
    • To do so makes a shattering impression, it is true. We see
    • remembering this, you will know what to make of these demands
    • the spiritual world even during our earthly existence. There
    • The man who goes beyond this and, after first ensuring his
    • That is above all what we bring before us when we look at
    • earth and considering the earth's gravity in relation to its
    • own experience of self. By entering the outside world, we
  • Title: Tension Between East and West: Lecture 6: Individual and Society
    Matching lines:
    • Given during the East-West Congress of 1922 in Vienna, these
    • problems by exploring historical and philosophical paradoxes found
    • have become more mature. Only now do we understand it and bring
    • often fail to understand us as teachers: it springs from their
    • first is that of discovering imaginatively our own position.
    • bringing the power that operates unconsciously and
    • order to prevent the factors that bring men into such distress
  • Title: Tension Between East and West: Lecture 7: The Individual Spirit and the Social Structure
    Matching lines:
    • Given during the East-West Congress of 1922 in Vienna, these
    • problems by exploring historical and philosophical paradoxes found
    • element, of course, by referring to what is known; but its
    • Europe. Yet in considering what is going on there today, we
    • cannot help remembering what happened some eight hundred years
    • ordering all the affairs of man, even those of an economic
    • their fortunes passed to the general public. Remembering all
  • Title: Tension Between East and West: Lecture 8: The Problem (Asia-Europe)
    Matching lines:
    • Given during the East-West Congress of 1922 in Vienna, these
    • problems by exploring historical and philosophical paradoxes found
    • since we cannot envisage where all these things that bring men
    • before the outbreak of the Great War, or during it. His
    • excitation of these and other emotions shall bring about a
    • contemplation of the suffering of others, there is aroused in
    • descended from the North during the Middle Ages brought with
    • transplanting itself to Europe and entering further and further
    • once said something very curious to me during a visit to the
    • soul, we can gradually bring about an improvement in physical
    • bring healing forces to bear on a fairly normal life. Once I
    • necessary. For this is what we are still suffering from today:
    • disappeared into thin air during the butchery of the recent
    • our social needs certainly spring from the self. People sense
    • ought really to be able to bring forth out of the self.
    • conquering individualism. This is not what matters. The
    • the centre of something that pervades man's soul and brings
  • Title: Tension Between East and West: Lecture 9: Prospects of its Solution (Europe-America)
    Matching lines:
    • Given during the East-West Congress of 1922 in Vienna, these
    • problems by exploring historical and philosophical paradoxes found
    • institutions, but the possibility of discovering man and
    • run a business, for instance, is able to bring his whole
    • senior civil servants who, after reaching the retiring age and
    • regard thinking, when it springs from a philosophy of life, as
    • something that springs from a really far-reaching philosophy of
    • social structures, but also of exciting people, of inspiring
    • When, as we have often done during the last few days, we look
    • — into the great modern means of acquiring knowledge of
    • the feelings that spring from this current in human
    • us the right way to bring a philosophy of life to the
    • hankerings of this kind, it has come about — as
    • was lecturing to a group of working-men. I was originally
    • the art of capturing the will by starting from the intellect.
    • something that springs from the will, has appeared. We must
    • genuinely vital. A rapprochement with Central Europe can bring
    • everything ultimately collapses but that a new life springs up
  • Title: Tension Between East and West: Lecture 10: From Monolithic to Threefold Unity
    Matching lines:
    • Given during the East-West Congress of 1922 in Vienna, these
    • problems by exploring historical and philosophical paradoxes found
    • even in the face of the many shattering verdicts on the
    • am not going to play the boring game of analogies, but by way
    • must spring from man's innermost productive power. And we
    • theory, but in real life as well — that, during the
    • about their resulting relations. Here, law springs
    • fruitful in the social order must spring from the individual
    • various economic associations during the period when certain
    • You cannot realize a programme. Only what springs from the
    • create for the whole of humanity something that springs
    • what ought to spring from the individuality of man within
    • authorities who were no longer administering them properly. You
    • each gives of his best, and where what is done springs from the
    • associations spring only from subconscious forces in man. We
    • what can freely spring from him as an individual; and this
    • spring from the meeting of men, otherwise it becomes
    • social conditions that spring from the predominance of
  • Title: Lecture: Pythic, Prophetic and Spiritual-Scientific Clairvoyance
    Matching lines:
    • something we all know, from the fact that during daytime
    • physical and etheric body. But I have emphasised already during the last
    • pondering on the freedom of the Will, and on freedom in general, is vain,
    • a dream while you are dreaming. Man only dreams of real willing during
    • own blood-and nerve activity. But during our earth-life we must be withheld
    • world, and in pondering over any object in the outer world we follow
    • something that arises as a hothouse plant through our bringing to a
    • is that which man experiences during sleep. His life of thought is asleep,
    • present during the life of sleep. Man with his ego and astral body is
    • this life of desire becomes so strong during sleep, that man not merely
    • etheric body during sleep, was called: prophetic clairvoyance.
    • during waking conditions, nor by diving down into this body from outside
    • must remain united with the body which belongs to him during his physical
    • gives the expectancy of physical death, the condition we are considering
    • from cycle to cycle of lectures for no other purpose than to bring together
    • Naturally, in referring
    • who according to the principles of these societies, bring themselves
    • put before you during the last few days is (a theme varying in the most
  • Title: Lecture: Pythic, Prophetic and Spiritual-Scientific Clairvoyance
    Matching lines:
    • we all know, from the fact that, during daytime waking
    • physical and etheric body. During the last few days I have
    • exercise quite dreamily. On this account much of the pondering on
    • willing during ordinary waking life, and in most things we do not
    • nerve activity. But during our life on earth this inner enjoyment
    • pondering over any object in the outer world, we follow
    • something that arises as a hothouse plant through our bringing to a
    • man experiences during sleep. His life of thought is asleep, and
    • Other connections are present during
    • desire becomes so strong during sleep that man not merely develops
    • physical and etheric body during sleep, was called
    • our body from within during waking conditions, nor by diving down
    • must remain united with the body which belongs to him during his
    • condition we are considering is then reached. For considered
    • cycle of lectures for no other purpose than to bring together, ever
    • Naturally, in referring to such things,
    • societies, bring themselves to co-operate, not with true
    • during the last few days is a theme varying in the most diverse
  • Title: St. Augustine
    Matching lines:
    • to-morrow, and the day after, I will therefore bring forward
    • gets on with these two streams in the Ordering of the Cosmos,
    • mankind, and everything of a hindering nature In the
    • experience, “I know myself that during the time between
    • to which I am now referring, are those which pertain especially
    • “Death is suffering.” It becomes an axiom with the
    • Buddha, that suffering must be overcome, A means must be found
    • Divine Being who arranged the process of bringing forth;
    • personalities, we should simply be woven into an ordering of
    • that what springs up inwardly as an unreality is one earthly
    • Augustine sought that firm point. To-day we only want to bring
    • the metaphysical explanation given about the orderings of
    • ordering of Substances, or Biology the ordering of Life. Just
    • of Positive Science, to bring man into such social structures
    • at last. I will only bring forward a few really characteristic
    • Church was to bring out a kind of Calendar. A certain number of
    • who, in a purely natural materialistic ordering, seek a firm
    • the external ordering of Nature. But we have no concepts by
    • connected with that Apercus to which I am referring. If one
  • Title: The Social Question and Theosophy
    Matching lines:
    • Spring Valley, N.Y.), and “Spiritual Science and the Social
    • Press, Spring Valley, N.Y.), and “Spiritual Science and the
    • years later, in the spring of 1955. A review of the
    • within the everyday, helping and caring.
    • future, but not like a mastering, not as a universal cure do we
    • also keep an eye on the life that we can bring about through
    • me bring in a little symptom that will further clarify what I
    • structure. It has been told over and over, but we can bring it
    • now brings the impulse for equality with it, but in connection
    • bring about in this soul a change in direction, an ascent,
    • Such thoughts have value in giving direction. We can't bring
    • is not at all possible to bring about any kind of improvement
    • compensated—partly. What they bring in flows as profit
    • common consumption. This brings about a greater freedom
    • offering—and no longer self-interest—so that what
    • will be making every offering out of our soul if we completely
  • Title: Architectural Forms
    Matching lines:
    • then of that time of suffering and pain which has since
    • suffering that has befallen people on this earth in our time.
    • despair, who lacks that power of inner recovery which springs
    • introduced in the most impossible places, not springing from a
    • mysteries, however close at hand, but is only desiring to
    • reappearing in countless places in the Rococo treatment of
    • Winckelmann, aspiring to recreate those artistic forms. But the
    • have made their sacrifice to bring this about — a
    • suffering, expressions of sympathy with the deeper cultural
    • we can say that not a single one was heard from outside, during
    • the terrible time of suffering and war; only a few
    • desires everywhere to crush underfoot any glimmering of
    • limited vision, while permitting occasional glimmerings to
    • book closes: may some God, hovering somewhere about, find a
    • superficially occult societies and societies aspiring to
    • with all that the future may bring forth, we absorb this
  • Title: Goethe's Secret Revelation: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • things which though at first appearing only symptomatic of that
    • history. Fichte reveals himself as a thinker, wandering on remote heights,
    • a comprehensive idea of the mountain only by comparing the
    • Now we shall approach Goethe by considering to-day in an
    • On entering this large cavern under the earth, the Snake
    • ‘considering your age, no doubt they were decently
    • Ferryman. But he says that it is absolutely necessary to bring the
    • she brings the tribute at the agreed time, the Ferryman says
    • killing everything that lives, and restoring to life everything
    • Youth. There is such a thing as maturing towards knowledge. In the
    • These addresses, which are meant to bring Goethe nearer,
  • Title: Goethe's Secret Revelation: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • nothing of the laws you are discovering, the laws of its growth and
    • would have the same weight as the objection one could bring
    • materialism, and from declaring it invalid. It is more true to say
    • the beings lying in things spring forth in the soul, and he thereby
    • the Ferryman that he can bring the people
    • way. Here the soul, by surrendering its ordinary daily functional
    • active during clear consciousness taking part. Schiller, who was
    • narrow crevices of the earth. Such an aspiring soul-force as is
    • aspiring mankind. Therefore the Temple is to rise beyond the River,
    • But to him who does not bring an inner light to meet the sense of
    • staggering in and then stands there like a statue, pointing to the
    • bring the Ferryman his pay: three heads of cabbage, three onions and
    • ‘... a Lion red, a wooer daring, Within the Lily's tepid bath
    • his secret revelation there also, where he brings his great
  • Title: Goethe's Secret Revelation: Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • illness, bringing him very near death. Much that a man's soul can
    • have had an even more bewildering effect upon Goethe because
    • possibility of enlightening the soul or bringing warmth to the
    • manner, was understood merely according to the words appearing in
    • path given them through religion. Faust lived during this time in
    • the rosy dawn of a new time bringing out such stars as Giordano
    • Anything in the old folk-plays or pantomimes referring to
    • awake certain slumbering forces, appears before Goethe's soul.
    • characterized here as slumbering forces in man, and that through
    • time such clarity of soul. He did not know then how to bring
    • wonderful road during his Italian journey; it can be followed step
    • Let us consider Goethe when during his Italian journey, he
    • fall, offering each the ‘golden urn,’ examine the
    • Goethe became a very diligent student during his travels in
    • We can say that during the Italian journey everything
    • up ‘Faust,’ and we perceive how he endeavoured to bring
    •  And there fell the neighbouring branches of the giant fir
    • ‘Hearken! Hark! — The Hours careering
    •  Sounding loud to spirit-hearing.
    •  See the new-born day appearing!
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Goethe's Secret Revelation: Lecture IV
    Matching lines:
    •    Disciple, up! untiring, hasten
    • restless, endeavouring to sleep,’ surrounded by spiritual
    • ‘Hearken! Hark! — The Hours careering
    •  Sounding loud to spirit-hearing.
    •  See the new-born day appearing!
    •  Rocky portals jarring shatter,
    • physical which sounds in the ears of him who is entering the
    • Wise Man: ‘Disciple, up! untiring hasten to bathe thy breast
    • which he has been translated during his unconsciousness, and he
    • to bring out only a few moments from the whole content of Part II
    • such spiritual beings, towering above him. Thus Mephistopheles
    • bring people to a condition of great confusion. We shall see best
    • during his Frankfort period. He knew what it meant to penetrate
    • must descend into this kingdom in order to bring to pass what has
    • Now Faust brings up the ‘glowing tripod,’ round
    • body. When he brings back the merely imaginative image from the
    • brings with him an eternal, spiritual part from quite other realms,
    • various parts of man altogether without entering more precisely
    • covering round itself in accordance with the laws of the
    • dissipated’ appearing in bodily shape before him. We
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: World History: Lecture I: Evolution of the Soul and of Memory
    Matching lines:
    • decisive act of establishing the new mysteries during the Christmas
    • our Christmas Gathering
    • something. Ten years ago you may have visited a gathering of
    • which brings back a past experience, in his head. He says:
    • had to bring the environment of the Earth, all that is above
    • localised memory, a remembering connected with place.
    • an extreme longing to bring everything into rhythm; for in this
    • memory could pass over into temporal memory, into a remembering
    • content and, bearing within it the mysteries of the environment
    • declining and the first Post-Atlantean peoples were wandering
    • wanderings from ancient Atlantis — the continent that
    • Europe into Asia, and later the wanderings back again
    • their own and bringing them into contact with their own
  • Title: World History: Lecture II: Mysteries of 'Asia'
    Matching lines:
    • decisive act of establishing the new mysteries during the Christmas
    • conditions of mind and soul that prevailed during the
    • fullness in Atlantis — the localised memory. During the
    • dream-picture of a flaring fire. He hears the call of ‘Fire!’
    • there, even during this Asiatic evolution. By day, then, men
    • took place during the sleep-condition of the third kind,
    • intervention of a deeper sleep, during which the Second
    • pictures, rendering only in more or less symbolic fashion what
    • Suppose a conquering people has made its way from the North of
    • again and again during sleep by the life forces, so that not
    • forces, too little in them of that which could bring about
    • a host of spirits hovering and moving through cosmic space.
    • position, who are suffering under the direct influence of the
  • Title: World History: Lecture III: Asiatic Mysteries of Ephesus, Gilgamesh and Eabani
    Matching lines:
    • decisive act of establishing the new mysteries during the Christmas
    • We have already had to draw attention to the fact that during
    • in the Epic — there lived a man who belonged to the conquering
    • give to man that which brings him to powers of reflection.
    • know how during the Atlantean epoch souls descended, some
    • those who really held the whole ordering of the city in their
    • he set forth upon his wanderings. And they had for him a result
    • of the Universe. And so, when Gilgamesh had ended his wandering
    • described and who together bring to expression the mental and
    • question of immortality that was the occasion of such suffering
    • Earth's evolution, during the Ancient Sun and Ancient Moon
    • needs again bring problems which will now of course present
  • Title: World History: Lecture IV: Atlantean Wisdom in the Mysteries of Hibernia, Gilgamish and Eabani at Ephesus, Logos Mysteries of Artemis at Ephesus
    Matching lines:
    • decisive act of establishing the new mysteries during the Christmas
    • the preparation that had to be undergone before entering
    • as nothing compared with the inner shattering, the inner
    • overpowering and so penetrating that one can never get beyond
    • bearings in the Cosmos, to be, as it were, at home in the
    • cosmic thoughts were born, the soaring cosmic thoughts that
    • the human Logos. The human Logos works from out of thee during
    • thoughts during our time on Earth.) ‘And even as in thee the
    • considering such a personality as is concealed behind the name
    • experience then came to this personality during his journey to
    • had connection with the higher heavens bordering upon it. In
    • Springtime comes, you go out into the woods. You come to
    • in Spring spiritual flower-children come forth from the calices
    • delighted especially in picturing it. It is indeed significant,
    • that. Only Christianity could bring to mankind the true
    • permeated by Ether. When however, Springtime approaches, and
    • Earth, then the elementary spirits bring down again the Ether
    • from out of the realm of the Moon, bring it down into these
    • every year, in so far as it is needed for the up-springing into
  • Title: World History: Lecture V: Mysteries of the East, West, and of Ephesus
    Matching lines:
    • decisive act of establishing the new mysteries during the Christmas
    • remember that in considering the part played by Alexander
    • on the country-side, that grow up in Spring-time and fade away
    • entering into this experience men felt themselves intimately
    • feeling. He knew that he could not bring them with him to
    • Spring, another again at Midsummer, and another in the
    • Hibernian Mysteries during the Gilgamesh time, when he made his
    • experienced formerly during the Gilgamesh time more or less
    • Their life during this Ephesus time was comparatively peaceful,
    • come again into contact with the Mystery of Ephesus, bearing
    • now you must bring all this that was alive in the soul of
    • was possible to go, in order to bring to the East once more
    • to bring Hellenism to the East in any external sense. Wherever
    • India, covering also Egyptian Africa and the East of
    • — be it only in a faltering hand instead of in large
  • Title: World History: Lecture VI: Mysteries of the Ancient Near East Enter Europe
    Matching lines:
    • decisive act of establishing the new mysteries during the Christmas
    • significance of the events we have been considering, events
    • the beginning of the period we are considering, stands the
    • of mankind, we have first to bring about a change in our power
    • bring the things together in thought.
    • bordering on it, namely, the Soul-world; and then the world
    • inspiring them. Those powerful and great personalities in the
    • times to this end, — to bring Divine will and human
    • person during his present life, perhaps something that he
    • This remembering was preceded in evolution by something else:
    • speak of a soul-world bordering on the spiritual world, on the
    • land of the Spirits that is above, — so, bordering on
    • Aristotelianism what the West could accept and bring that over.
    • — new in-pourings that came over later into
    • another angle the great change we are considering. In Greece
    • during the later decades of the 19th century, know well, if we
    • we may discover again its last lingering echoes. To-day they
    • awaken. We are nearing the day — as this Meeting goes on,
    • physical flames of fire flaring up on that night, we see the
    • we bring these two events together, setting one in the
  • Title: World History: Lecture VII: The Fifteenth Century and the Transition from Mind-Soul to Spiritual-Soul
    Matching lines:
    • decisive act of establishing the new mysteries during the Christmas
    • true understanding of man when we bring together in one the
    • during the process of perception he receives through the eye in
    • occurring in man. But lead is, as a matter of fact, distributed
    • the coarser measuring instruments with which to determine how
    • entering deeply into the inner qualities of Nature, of
    • pouring in from the periphery. And so you can see for all the
    • delivering, for purposes of reproduction, such albumenous
    • the tiniest germ is an offspring of the influences that stream
    • to-day we are faced with the necessity of acquiring once again
    • ego-organisation brings about a thorough metamorphosis;
  • Title: World History: Lecture VIII: The Burning of the Ephesian Temple and the Goetheanum
    Matching lines:
    • decisive act of establishing the new mysteries during the Christmas
    • then to bring the human heart, the human soul and spirit in
    • is this that gives the peculiar colouring to all history that
    • daring, and in spite of the misunderstandings of Gods and
    • Your etheric body brings into movement all that is fluid within
    • where you may be able to bring your own spiritual nature into
    • bring my soul nature, but only into the element of warmth.
    • to-day bearing within us the memory of many a scene like that I
    • in the dome were displayed the scenes which could bring before
    • Goetheanum, we do well to remember that we shall bring our
    • souls into the right attitude for this gathering when we pledge
  • Title: World History: Lecture IX: World History in the Light of Anthroposophy
    Matching lines:
    • decisive act of establishing the new mysteries during the Christmas
    • together for the last time during this Christmas Meeting which
    • during the Meeting itself — be an impulse originating in
    • world. That is why, in the evening lectures during this
    • spiritual world could encounter many personalities during
    • during their sleep while they are in the spiritual world with
    • bodies. During recent decades, explorations connected with the
    • destinies of Egos and astral bodies during the sleep of human
    • during sleep, approaching the Guardian of the Threshold.
    • how souls during sleep approach the Guardian of the Threshold
    • of the Threshold during the state of sleep plead with the
    • experienced during sleep by more souls than is usually
    • experience during sleep. For if the condition that is
    • be unable to bring any mental vigour into the next earthly
    • a time. During waking life souls would have no inkling of the
    • existence of the Guardian of the Threshold and during sleep
    • times during all of which men's thoughts and concepts were
    • would say to him: You may pass, for you bring over the
    • already directed to the super-sensible world during your earthly
    • matters stand. We shall not say: let us bring Eurythmy to this
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Purpose of the Goetheanum and Anthroposophy
    Matching lines:
    • That dreadful calamity was just the occasion to bring to light
    • and what he did by considering only what is actually written in
    • towering personality of Goethe; not because it was supposed
    • primitive, outermost human settlements. This brings it about
    • numberless others that spring up. For one will soon feel how
    • the soul-life that was ours during the first three years on
    • bring to expression in the corporeal what is in the soul. But
    • outer world, to bring nothing fantastic into the pictures of
    • work inwardly; if in this way we again and again bring the
    • bring up memory-concepts; and then when we glimpse that deeper
    • natural occurrence, what we experienced of pleasure or suffering
    • memory-tableau brings to the fore what he himself has
    • world, and that it contains all his activity during life. One
    • This consists in bringing about in the soul what I might call
    • freely soaring thought that we have put into the soul.
    • prototypes of the forms produced during the physical
    • himself, of surrendering himself with his whole body-free
    • perceives, during the continuance of the etheric life-tableau,
    • during the physical life, and especially in the moral
    • or in the special coloring of the desire which drives a man to
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Goethe, Comte and Bentham
    Matching lines:
    • the inner experiences during the sleep condition, he experience in
    • this consciously during the waking condition; and that constitutes
    • into our psychic, Spiritual nature, inspiring it, therefore
    • Arch-Angels, who bring this about, stand further away from us than
    • into the physical and etheric bodies, so to speak, and they bring
    • thinks that his physical body brings about his personality is
    • elevating it, bringing it home to him that he is deceived; and
    • the ordering of Nature which consists contains no ideals, which of
    • necessity connects one event with another, an ordering in which
    • a mere external Ordering of Nature. But with the consciousness
    • able to enter into Nature, into the ordering of natural phenomena.
    • For that reason the Ordering of Nature and his own ideals appear to
    • working at the present time, they are acquiring reality in
    • that, that which is the Ordering of Nature to-day, will crumble
    • So we can say, to-day we experience an Ordering of Nature, (see
    • diagram red) we experience an Ordering of our Ideals (yellow). The
    • of force and a conservation of matter, that the Ordering of Nature
    • other than this: — “The ideal Ordering was a dream, it
    • Science shows that this is a delusion, untrue. We have the Ordering
    • force or of matter, for that which is the Ordering of matter ceases
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Whitsuntide in the Course of the Year
    Matching lines:
    • but which we cannot too often bring before our souls —
    • the concept of a connection during physical life between our
    • bring into them processes of dissolution, does fuller and
    • what we have destroyed during our waking life of thought may
    • the dying processes begin, and it is during the winter that
    • the earth is fully awake. During summer, during the budding
    • earth. The Earth-Spirit sleeps during the summer and during
    • during the heat of summer. This festival might be said to
    • you.” What makes initiation such a shattering
    • that If we bring ourselves into relation, let us say, with an
    • into your soul and brings about that you have the red flower
    • Consciousness means spreading the destroying, withering life
    • have a true idea of what the waking consciousness brings
    • his soul hovering above and that the soul looks back on the
    • and weaves during our sleeping condition. If we now seek to
    • thinking, especially of what it is thinking during winter,
    • asleep in the heat of summer, because during the universal
    • to keep them awake. If we ourselves sleep during the summer
    • whereas for the waking life during winter we need the forces
    • of sharing in the life of the whole course of nature and that
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Meditation and Concentration
    Matching lines:
    • acquiring knowledge, not with the help of the instrument of
    • soul and spirit during sleep, and hinders us in this state,
    • who was able to bring forward another such completely
    • spiritual-psychic force during digestion; you see it as it
    • other bodily process transpiring in the spiritual organs of
    • believed that such a clairvoyance, appearing without the
    • and bring about an eternal, complete eclipse of the sun in
    • desire especially to bring their light to man. The darkness
    • them like an aura, they have sought to bring off their
    • points I wished to bring forward in our studies today, in
  • Title: Tree of Knowledge and the Christmas Tree
    Matching lines:
    • himself, who, as he cannot bring his deeds into harmony with
    • in the world — to show that all evil brings about a
    • holding widely differing religious and philosophical views,
    • very few people have the “hearing” ear for that
    • which speaks from man to man; but Anthroposophy should bring
    • Christ-impulse, we help to bring it to life. “Inasmuch
    • so-called lowering system of cure, that is, the other
    • When Anthroposophy is able to bring more weight to bear in
    • spiritual world? If we wish to bring the physical world and
    • Therefore it has to obtain a covering through the further
    • the Christ-Ego — something which closes like a covering
    • impulses around it like a covering, they shall then lay the
    • individual which uninterruptedly brings about what is
    • described, they shall build up a covering round the
    • formed something which is like a covering around a
    • coverings for the Christ-impulse.
    • gatherings such as this to echo and re-echo through us, we
    • should think in this way of our gathering, that we should
  • Title: Karma of Vocation: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • this activity releases forces that will bring about future worlds. Through
    • like to bring before your souls the very facts pertaining to
    • reflections, let us, then, bring up before our mind's eye the
    • sharing directly in everything that connects human nature with
    • charming and stirring fairy tales and other narratives of his
    • mother, thus even as a boy bringing his fantasy into living
    • period, a personality bearing within him all the impulses of
    • faced death because of extremely severe and recurring
    • away his time during his frequent visits to the pastor's home
    • at an inn during the revolution! The lawsuit had actually
    • belies the recurring belief that a great spirit, living in the
    • in every possible kind of quarrel and battle during the first
    • dramatize the stammering autobiography of a being who worked
    • occupation, and he achieved a good deal during his ten years in
    • important for Goethe and Herder to bring unity into diversity
    • poet, or minister; he is a complete human being aspiring in all
  • Title: Karma of Vocation: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • this activity releases forces that will bring about future worlds. Through
    • birds bring on springtime because spring follows their arrival.
    • it. That is no more intelligent than when the coming of spring
    • French officers were quartered in his father's house during the
    • during his acquaintance with Fräulein von Klettenberg,
    • clothing he was wearing, however, but in another outfit. When
    • wearing the clothes in which he had seen himself many years
    • believe anything else he relates. Considering the love of truth
    • also by the interrelationship between what he brings from the
    • environment that could now really bring him what he lacked. He
    • deeply rooted in life. For this reason, Goethe could bring the
    • since 1885-86. During this time, I have arrived at the view
    • and animal, took form during his journey in Italy; how upon his
    • during the journey to Italy had Goethe acquired it with such
  • Title: Karma of Vocation: Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • this activity releases forces that will bring about future worlds. Through
    • within the physical and etheric bodies but, during sleep, the
    • outside the physical and etheric head, they bring about a more
    • indeed, during sleep, when the ego and astral body are working
    • that the action that the ego and astral body bring to bear upon
    • organism during sleep. We can, therefore, rightly compare the
    • ego with the sun, which illumines our environment during the
    • day but during the night, it not only is outside of us but
    • existence during the Moon period. It has evolved further,
    • Considering all this, we shall readily see that an especially
    • active relationship exists during the state of sleep between
    • relationships are lessened during the waking life of day. They
    • are more intimate during sleep, as are the relationships
    • then, that during sleep especially intimate relationships
    • or lesser degree, we live during sleep, as regards our ego, in
    • spinal cord systems during sleep, and sleeps in this
    • that must really be developed during sleep. Well, when you
    • place in him only during earthly existence and is, therefore,
    • amazing that this ego life cannot yet bring to consciousness
    • what it experiences in the ganglionic system during sleep,
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Karma of Vocation: Lecture IV
    Matching lines:
    • this activity releases forces that will bring about future worlds. Through
    • freedom, bring more with him than in earlier ages when his
    • him in earlier times. During the Egypto-Chaldean period, the
    • explained how the earth is awake during the winter and that
    • on earth has already occurred. During the fourth post-Atlantean
    • about as described and was disappearing during the fourth
    • what is happening and stop offering a fable convenue in place
    • incarnation of spiritual beings. At present, during this earth
    • degree during the Jupiter evolution, and so on. The labor in
    • coming into contact with one god, especially during
    • happen to the earth. What has come about primarily during the
    • not always be so. The course of the world tends to bring about
    • produces and brings into existence. This connection will become
    • will be possible to bring about something quite definite. Just
    • is ancient twaddle! The true advance that will really bring
    • acquiring as much as possible through their jobs.” True, all
    • with what brings him close to every other human being, no
  • Title: Karma of Vocation: Lecture V
    Matching lines:
    • this activity releases forces that will bring about future worlds. Through
    • is difficult to explain these things because they bring so much
    • external factors to have a bearing on their lives, and other
    • him, have a bearing on the many factors that influence the way
    • pessimistic way and referring to the good old times that are
    • is suffering from a certain weariness of life, from a certain
    • forgotten subterranean soul life of this man and brings to
    • consciously during our waking life belongs largely to the
    • from literature in order to bring out clearly what I wish to
    • with four strings — physical, etheric, astral bodies, and ego
    • these four strings of life may interplay in many ways, making
    • four strings of a human being. However, general points of view
    • appears during the first seven years can be more thoroughly and
    • and gestures of the physical being, and in the entire bearing
    • child's vocation will be from his manner and bearing. He would
    • during the seventh to the fourteenth years. In other words, two
    • way; that is, what is manifested as the bearing of the physical
    • primarily into consideration during the first period of life is
    • life. As a matter of fact, during the first seven years in
    • during a preceding incarnation, not in any particular part of
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Karma of Vocation: Lecture VI
    Matching lines:
    • this activity releases forces that will bring about future worlds. Through
    • quite unsparing in testing ourselves and our self-knowledge,
    • acquiring the means for performing black magic by having the
    • brings you face to face with a riddle of
    • during his life. Shortly before his death — everyone of whom I
    • relationship with the young lady. This brings him into a
    • subtleties in order to bring about a defendant's undoing, and
    • the story behaved in a most astonishing way during the trial —
    • present during the trial. Well, the person concerned was, of
    • spiritual world. Berger wrote much during the course of his
    • public life people are not concerned with discovering the
  • Title: Karma of Vocation: Lecture VII
    Matching lines:
    • this activity releases forces that will bring about future worlds. Through
    • entering life. Of course, they are just parroting what
    • really possible to see in the human being during this period of
    • his general bearing, the result of his vocational life during
    • cannot continue to work in the same fashion during this time;
    • the time is past during which these hereditary impulses
    • a new birth play in lesser degree. During this period the
    • the preceding incarnation. Note the difference. During the
    • evolutions do take place. We bring unhappiness to a person who
    • increasingly conscious in life during our fifth post-Atlantean
    • we may think of all that is occurring in the world due to the
    • bringing about the very conditions they severely criticized.
    • toward bringing about the very things they criticize while
    • type works toward levelling and rendering all men equal in the
    • nothingness. He thus indicates a future for humanity during
    • an Eastern and the other with a Western coloring — consider
    • rather the sufferings, of our time because what now approached
    • century, to a conglomerated mediocrity. Referring to what Mill
    • bring to light only what they considered suitable for their own
    • and by bringing her into the Indian occult brotherhood, whose
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Karma of Vocation: Lecture VIII
    Matching lines:
    • this activity releases forces that will bring about future worlds. Through
    • well-acquainted with music, played the lute and other string
    • peace to be able to bring to completion before my life ends
    • through the fact that I would perhaps bring to those studying
    • retain a remuneration from it without rendering service to its
    • further the daily rendering of service — that is, public and
    • music, played the lute and other string instruments well, was
    • characteristics and what the human being brings down from the
    • we call it? — peppy or fashionable bearing such as a
    • a certain boldness in bringing to realization what occurred to
    • especially impelled to reflect on how offspring may be produced
    • see the important bearing it has upon the course of human
    • the mood of this alley. With a shuddering lust for death I took
    • streets. I closed my eyes. The thundering noise rumbled through
    • whether its theories might be one-sided, just as an admiring
  • Title: Karma of Vocation: Lecture IX
    Matching lines:
    • this activity releases forces that will bring about future worlds. Through
    • During this life, or by reason of this life, man descends from
    • in surrendering to this phantasm, each speaks of his own god;
    • each to worship his own god. During modern times, the union of
    • declaring that he looks up to the one and only god. He
    • the soul brings about a suppression of the ego, a beclouding of
    • called humility, was bound to bring on materialism. When we
    • bore obvious fruit during the nineteenth century: in the rise
    • brings down upon himself cosmically. A person disinclined to
    • to the physical body, bringing diseases and mortality and all
    • him in these mysteries; it was a stringent rule that these
    • within hearing distance of the uninitiated, but it was just as
    • will bring to mind a real characteristic in connection with the
    • different meaning during the time when the ancient atavistic
    • balance. Counter forces must be created. They must bring about
  • Title: Karma of Vocation: Lecture X
    Matching lines:
    • this activity releases forces that will bring about future worlds. Through
    • since this Mystery of Golgotha occurred during the time of the
    • worlds had a real existence before their souls. During the
    • revered what was revealed to them through it. But during the
    • established a union with the time spirit who was bringing human
    • the eighth sphere consists of man's acquiring such a preference
    • being to his lower nature. Rather than tearing the souls out of
    • appeared only during the centuries just prior to the Mystery of
    • during his lifetime. However, since he developed his ego here
    • preparing to be a member of a different nation, the bond of
    • be asked why Christ has been victorious and not Mithras. During
    • produced by earthly differentiation is suffering, that it
    • brings death. Only through such an understanding of the Christ
    • leads man to the earth brings him death, that there is more in
    • him than what brings him into the earthly atmosphere, and that
    • joining of human beings in suffering and death because Christ
    • indifferent way but to fulfill a divine service and bring
    • through birth as bringing his/her Christ forces with
    • we bring in this teaching a sacramentalism to fruition. We can
    • such a divine service. Finally, when we endeavor to bring what
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Mysteries of the Sun: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • thoughts they are harboring in these reflections they have to
    • Stewart Chamberlain is continually uttering rubbish about the
    • at last to see that it is not a matter simply of delivering
    • during all those early centuries was passed through by man,
    • one. I am referring to how constantly people come to one
    • after we shall bring this important subject to a close.
  • Title: Mysteries of the Sun: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • man during sleep it remains in close connection with the
    • you will only do so by crossing this membering of threefold
    • man with another membering of man that is linked with what I
    • incarnation will bring to a man. Now we have been considering
    • membering of man that has the present in view signifies,
    • able to bring this head dreaming into your consciousness and
    • feeling, as I have stated here during past years, in feeling
    • we dream of this middle man. But when we bring to light
    • developed in what during the whole of life remains strictly
    • becomes conscious during sleep. What today man has as waking
    • ego sense, and the senses of thinking, speech, hearing,
    • suppose we have to note down as senses: hearing, speaking,
    • this membering of man according to his senses is so that,
    • other for the present cycle of man's consciousness. During
    • about the various ideals, men have been thinking during these
    • in its becoming. Then we find that during the eighteenth
    • should say conventional — way of considering history.
    • Domitian considering him as a disaster for the Roman Empire.
    • of much interest. During this case Domitian changed suddenly
    • how he once more sought to implant for the last time during
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Mysteries of the Sun: Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • into our ego, if I may say so, during the time we pass
    • by Plato with the Good. And during this time between death
    • overpowering heat, this is how he would picture it. And when
    • soul-life is what during your life between birth and death
    • its ingredients, but during physical life these are bound up
    • free, however, as a whole it is gradually changed. During
    • that is the Good. Thus, whereas during his physical life as
    • whole cosmic life in true way I have been picturing during
    • could only bring him to the point of seeing ever changing
    • physical man. But when you see the man during the time
    • bring meaning and significance into this confusion if he does
    • material thoughts into the earth. This brings it about that
    • if we are considering the evolution of man. The Greeks,
    • a way that made it quite evident that he was still picturing
    • hand, in the spiritual it brings about socialism which would
    • away! Today, there is the possibility that the ordering of
    • ways of bringing fruitful concepts into modern reality —
    • buttery ideals, by means of which you would bring universal
    • intention). But you see it is not a question of bringing
    • picture form — when one brings socialism to the test, it
  • Title: Threefold Order II: Lecture 1: Influence of the human will upon the course of economic life
    Matching lines:
    • short time he worked to bring his ideas into practical application but
    • it soon became impossible to bring about a 'threefold social order' and
    • economic crisis, which took place towards 1907 and during
    • natural-science way of thinking during the last three to four
    • kind; but now, in the meantime, during the period which had
    • and one can tell, that during this number of years so and so
    • occurring every five years within a particular area, that
    • totally disappearing: all that is aimed at now, is to bring
    • much these will bring in. Just like abstract principles,
    • manufacturing shoes, or by manufacturing text-books. Money is
    • in going into any sort of business, is the amount it brings in, not
    • suffering. Here is the point where Spiritual Science is
    • is needed, is to bring our general economy into a form in
    • curious, how hard many people find it in these days to bring
    • employed in delivering unnecessary picture post-cards, he
    • production gradually springs up in the rear, which is not
    • we might successfully bring it to the point, when from 10 to
    • [Spoken during the time of the great inflation
    • in thinking that one could employ people for years in manufacturing
    • state of things, as of firing the will. And when I
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Threefold Order II: Lecture 2: On Propaganda of the Threefold Social Order
    Matching lines:
    • short time he worked to bring his ideas into practical application but
    • it soon became impossible to bring about a 'threefold social order' and
    • simply by offering a few remarks, which may lead on to as
    • idea of the Threefold Order can best be propagated during the
    • onward-bearing force, should make its way into as many heads
    • Germany during the war; It must be left to the people above,
    • Roots of the Social Question! But instead of people comparing
    • will have gone back again to the year 1913, or the Spring of
    • endeavoring to do for more than a year past; and don't let us
    • bring it out as a daily paper. Why do I say this? Because as
    • We are endeavoring to take an active share in practical
    • same old tinkering round and round, always with a respectful
    • bringing the great world-moving questions of the day really
    • all sorts of other matters. I should like just to bring back
    • too, with money, the important thing is to bring it down into
    • been endeavoring to strike to-day: to a quarter, namely,
  • Title: Reincarnation and Immortality: Lecture I: Free Will, Immortality
    Matching lines:
    • have to admit that for such questions as we are considering
    • sensations. This is the realization, — which brings with
    • perceived with the ordinary means of acquiring knowledge.
    • Staring at shining objects, for example, by means of which
    • what happens to him sometimes when lecturing. For a time he
    • hearing, spiritual perception. It is not that then we have only
    • soul to enter the spiritual world, and that during these
    • we are now considering it is just this that is so
    • the life that we lived before entering the body given to us by
    • lives unconsciously in us, bearing us into immortality
    • death and brings about the next life on earth.
    • During our life between birth and death we already carry out
    • persevering with the whole power of our souls in what I have
    • that however overbearing the opposition, the
  • Title: Reincarnation and Immortality: Lecture II: The Historical Evolution of Humanity
    Matching lines:
    • teach us to recognize what each day brings — and today
    • each day brings a very great deal. Catastrophic events breaking
    • mention that my attitude toward Wilson has not arisen during
    • when it comes to discovering the virtual factor in
    • in the same way as nature. The same method of acquiring
    • of Christianity were entering into historical evolution. These
    • bearing the future if we use only the form of knowledge that
    • century that is not sufficiently recognized, that brings about
    • in every detail, is what this consciousness soul brings to the
    • upon a particular development of powers slumbering in the human
    • are present in normal life, but which remain in a slumbering
    • short to provide further proof — by remembering
    • purely spiritual viewpoint and of acquiring insight into the
    • shattering findings of the science of spirit.
    • shattering things that we can experience, especially
    • and at the will on the other, we bring to expression in the
    • human being unconsciously brings with him what he possesses
    • those deeper forces of the human soul which bring what
    • must know what is stirring in humanity from east to west, what
    • reality that is hammering so dreadfully upon our doors. We must
  • Title: Reincarnation and Immortality: Lecture III: The Supersensible Being of Man
    Matching lines:
    • like to bring to your notice one of the very first thinkers in
    • intentionally blot out the operation of our senses and bring to
    • the body in order to think, and our experience brings us a
    • of such exercises as have been described brings about a quite
    • to because it describes something that has a shattering effect
    • during the course of time. Nevertheless, the observers of the
    • have this shattering experience as the soul's approach to the
    • we now experience. It is the danger of entering a world where
    • longer feeling in possession of ourselves, is a shattering
    • This is a shattering experience. And this is why those who knew
    • Here the scientist of spirit brings something about which in
    • power to achieve this we notice that we are able to bring our
    • another shattering experience in our souls. The other similar
    • weaves in the world as pain and suffering. We experience the
    • basis, the being, of this pain and suffering. We come to know
    • for the first time what pain and suffering are in the soul.
    • This we must do. For in experiencing this pain and suffering we
    • to us at first in the form of pain and suffering. In the form
    • which arises out of the will can now be employed in entering
    • do in ordinary science. Then they have to bring themselves to
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Reincarnation and Immortality: Lecture IV: Nature of Anthroposophy
    Matching lines:
    • all kinds of occult and mystical endeavors are likely to spring
    • answering the great riddles of existence, which natural science
    • during mystical self-immersion, is the revelation of something
    • reveals itself during this earthly life as something constantly
    • body into the physical, sensory nature, which clothes it during
    • physical organism especially during early childhood. We
    • social impulses are deepened by considering not only in an
  • Title: Reincarnation and Immortality: Lecture V: Mystery of the Human Being
    Matching lines:
    • acquiring knowledge. The science of spirit must absorb this and
    • chemistry during the past decades can only be filled with
    • were, these great hopes disappearing into the world of
    • of space that we can add nothing toward answering the great
    • great and shattering truths which stand at the start of every
    • the will pouring into us. It is because of this that we do not
    • they are images of an outer world, that brings it about that
    • — is that for instance he is able to bring physical
    • nature of color, but he brings the soul into it, the
    • remember brings about? It enables us to call up at a later time
    • alive, and by bringing the peace of his consciousness
    • — Then something shattering happens. The moment arrives
    • expectancy that we bring about at the right moment. We become
    • do not do anything to bring about an image or an experience. We
    • becomes something from which there springs something out of the
    • out in bringing the otherworldly spiritual content of ideas
    • quote a few examples — I would like to bring in the
    • body that is active during our whole life. We are therefore
    • second kind of exercise consists in pouring out a certain kind
    • is an outpouring of moral substances over our inner life. It is
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Eurhythmy (Introduction to a performance)
    Matching lines:
    • to bring into expression, are arrested as they arise and are
    • develop a true artistic understanding and rendering of
    • care must be taken that they shall bring out the artistic
  • Title: Differentation of Primeval Wisdom into East, Middle, West
    Matching lines:
    • world gained by remaining just as one was at birth, acquiring
    • be able to bring forward a proof drawn from external facts:
    • It is no matter whether utilitarian truths spring up in the
    • Centre, or in the East they all originally spring from the
    • have a definite character, which bear the colourings of what
    • minutest details. I could bring forward many an example,
    • entering into details which would make clear what I have
    • on comparing things that one must go further back still. An
    • already there, continually bearing in mind the tendency men
  • Title: The Real Being of Man
    Matching lines:
    • incarnations. These successive incarnations bring him to a
    • during such times he is himself more withdrawn from the Earth
    • sharing all the time allotted them for their evolution; they
    • sharing that evolution. So when they reveal themselves
    • Luciferic powers would like to bring it to pass that at a
    • would be able to bring the entire Earth into ONE body as it
    • themselves with the Earth, and this brings it about that the
    • soul, (which Lucifer desires to bring about), but will follow
    • and ordering the one through the other.
    • to ossify and harden by pouring too much intellect and
    • appearing, only in another aspect, in the terrible social
    • bring him into Spiritual relation with the Universe. Then we
  • Title: Necessity for Spiritual Knowledge: Lecture 1
    Matching lines:
    • compromise with past ways of entering the spiritual world.
    • friends bring me things which have been said at some place
    • which superficially had the ring of much that I give
    • bringing spiritual forces into the social life of man because
    • these spiritual forces and by bringing them into the social
    • ordering - up flares the Marxist's love of aggression (shared
    • of what, strictly speaking, has arisen during the centuries
    • interfering in the affairs of religion. Nothing remains for
    • example, during the Egypto-Chaldean period man had a great
    • only when they had succeeded in bringing him to the stage
    • bring out the genius. All the dispositions of the human being
    • Now during the
    • pressing necessity just at this time of bringing man what is
    • his development, bringing him to a state of completion, to
    • alone bring about what is fruitful who speak of what is true
    • also to the well-spring of truth. More deeply inward than
    • worthy of your consideration — what it means to bring
  • Title: Necessity for Spiritual Knowledge: Lecture 1 (alternate translation)
    Matching lines:
    • deepening induced by the new methods of acquiring spiritual
    • acquiring knowledge — and that only those have a true
    • with any older methods of entering the spiritual worlds.
    • again, one might speak. of the necessity for bringing
    • spirit — they are said to be interfering in what is a
    • during the first, second and third and fourth evolutionary
    • formerly was the case (man had for instance during the
    • bringing him up to the point at which he has been since the
    • interested in bringing men to a certain point of perfection.
    • course in a purely external way in answering their attacks
    • During these last weeks we have been working
    • which has been going on at that place during the last few weeks.
    • necessity of bringing to humanity what lives within it. We
  • Title: Necessity for Spiritual Knowledge: Lecture 2
    Matching lines:
    • all that we have been considering, during the course of many
    • during which we can consider these things, to certain brief,
    • conception or world picture has come into existence during
    • free play to forces which should be active during student
    • seventh and fifteenth years is not there for nothing. During
    • considering what I have said to you today to be the most
    • lecturing about modern world conceptions and he wanted to
    • to bring home to you today that earth consciousness must
    • in the realm of feeling is essential for the bringing about
    • a point of view. It is not enough merely to bring forward
  • Title: Man and Nature: Intellect in Man and Nature Bereft of the Gods
    Matching lines:
    • the West, I tried to bring home to you the significance
    • what we must bring home to ourselves. In this Nature that is
    • were made to bring home to the traditional religions in
    • outer world. I mention this in order to bring home to you
    • of man, and it devolves upon Spiritual Science to bring that
    • for a considerable length of time. And they bring with them
    • knowledge of the being of man and brings home the truth that
    • respect the thought we have been considering to-day amplifies
    • skin lives over to the Jupiter stage of evolution, bearing
  • Title: The Physical-Superphysical: Its Realisation Through Art
    Matching lines:
    • chattering stops me from getting a word in edgeways, the
    • she rings untrue if she seems shy; and a woman with curly
    • discussion of which often springs from a source that has
    • bring to visible expression what is thus perceived as a
    • bring it to rest again. Thus it has been sought first to set
    • Thus the onlooker is obliged in his heart to bring about what
    • subconscious — suddenly, however, springing into life
    • set free what, when the light has to serve in bringing about
    • the painter who would want to paint the glittering, glowing
    • obliged to use and bring into movement various shades of
    • to bring back this gesture, that has been thus conjured up,
    • bring to bear that light touch of humour in order inwardly to
    • fashioning him in a way that brings him into new connection
    • to bring to expression the superphysical, the spiritual,
    • alone That would mean erring in two directions, But what art
    • this lecture and now bring it to a close. These words will
  • Title: The Sources of Artistic Imagination and the Sources of Supersensible Knowledge
    Matching lines:
    • slumbering powers that soul life can function in complete
    • considering his experiences in connection with architecture
    • we should understand that he is colouring what he is
    • significant experience, sharing that in regard to painting
    • form and colouring, this is a kind of perception similar in
    • colouring in the human dissolve, as it were become
    • he perceives a continual wavering of the man between
    • the colouring of man oscillates, the flesh-colour lying in
    • must bring the light of consciousness into the sphere of art,
    • to be capable of mastering the great tasks approaching him
  • Title: Der Grundstein
    Matching lines:
    • during the meeting for the re-founding of the Anthroposophical Society
    • during the meeting for the re-founding of the Anthroposophical Society
  • Title: The Foundation Stone Meditation
    Matching lines:
    • during the meeting for the re-founding of the Anthroposophical Society
    • during the meeting for the re-founding of the Anthroposophical Society
    • light imploring, reign in cosmic being;
    • during which the Anthroposophical Society was re-founded in Dornach,
  • Title: Lecture: Human Knowledge and Its Significance for Man and the Cosmos
    Matching lines:
    • of Truth’ they are clouding their minds and are altogether labouring
    • of man, with the exclusion of those of the head, are transformed during
    • incarnation. It is this basic idea which we have been considering in
    • psychologists who are constantly bringing forward theories about the
    • in our being. During our life between birth and death we accumulate
    • their essential and original purpose, namely that of bringing forth
    • which the primary purpose of the grain of wheat is to bring a new plant
    • independently of each other, that during the first three or four years
    • our organism into a head during the period lying between death and a
    • from the stream of wheat-development taken as a whole, so, during our
    • everyone is bent upon acquiring as much knowledge of the external world
    • wheat. Some grains of wheat, on the other hand, bring forth other grains
    • itself? It is true that during the 18th century a loose kind of thinking
    • knowledge we acquire without making it a holy offering to the evolutionary
    • process of humanity, without consciously offering it to those Higher
    • all an inner and not an external form of knowledge. During the Graeco-Latin
    • was really a holy thing, conceived as an offering to the Gods. Moreover
    • age during which they have grown into materialism. But they must heal
    • The dissipation of knowledge that is not made into an offering to the
  • Title: Anthroposophical Ethics ... St. Francis, Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • of every human soul, on the boundless love that springs from this belief,
    • of every human soul, on the boundless love that springs from this belief,
    • himself, who, as he cannot bring his deeds into harmony with
    • in the world — to show that all evil brings about a
    • holding widely differing religious and philosophical views,
    • very few people have the “hearing” ear for that
    • which speaks from man to man; but Anthroposophy should bring
    • Christ-impulse, we help to bring it to life. “Inasmuch
    • so-called lowering system of cure, that is, the other
    • When Anthroposophy is able to bring more weight to bear in
    • spiritual world? If we wish to bring the physical world and
    • Therefore it has to obtain a covering through the further
    • the Christ-Ego — something which closes like a covering
    • impulses around it like a covering, they shall then lay the
    • individual which uninterruptedly brings about what is
    • described, they shall build up a covering round the
    • formed something which is like a covering around a
    • coverings for the Christ-impulse.
    • gatherings such as this to echo and re-echo through us, we
    • should think in this way of our gathering, that we should
  • Title: Teachings of Christ the Resurrected
    Matching lines:
    • Anthroposophical gatherings, yet all that can be said about it
    • which has already succeeded it or which will succeed it during
    • primeval epochs of the earth evolution of humanity during which
    • human beings, during their earth life, would not have been able
    • Naturally, I cannot today during this short hour speak of all
    • of a psycho-spiritual existence during his sojourn on earth.
    • Golgotha during the first centuries A.D., how differently those
    • which would be extinguished in sleep, preventing, during
    • sleep, this immortal soul from appearing to the soul's
    • stammering words, for our languages do not offer greater
    • following weak, stammering words: The human body has
    • death signifies an incisive break, and in which, during the
    • though ye may be able to behold it. But if ye can bring about
    • realize it in considering present-day conditions. Less is
    • During earth-life the thinking part of the soul has streamed
    • forms of the mystery of Revelation, Offering,
    • fourfold form of the Mass — Gospel, Offering,
    • knowledge by themselves. He imparted it to them. And during the
    • esoteric sense. During the subsequent centuries only a
    • least. From this springs the longing, the human longing, to be
  • Title: Christianity in the Evolutionary Course of Modern Mankind
    Matching lines:
    • reincarnations, re-embodiments, during the succeeding
    • spread of Christianity during the early centuries it was the
    • During that period of time it was no longer possible to appeal
    • among European peoples. During that time there was
    • if you bring properly before the eyes of your soul this
    • the secret of her life: Elizabeth of Thüringen, born
    • understandable when you know that during this time the most
  • Title: Eternal Soul of Man in the Light of Anthroposophy
    Matching lines:
    • of nature by measuring, by experiments in balance, through
    • certain correct, daring, paradoxical hypothesis. Allowing for
    • ourselves during our conscious life on earth with all the ideas
    • actually occurring here? There lies before us something in
    • presupposes that each step during practice is completed with as
    • the work is to bring forward your own soul forces. In this
    • human being can have, his own earth lives suddenly appearing
    • cabinets, at the clinic and so forth, and then considering: is
    • procedures. But still, the one who finds himself surrendering
    • remains inhibited during sleep. First we have only the idea.
    • ordinary memory. One must use all of his strength to bring down
    • what he beholds in the spiritual world, to bring this down to
    • things if I did not try by all means to bring down what arises
    • to really bring these thought-words down into physically
  • Title: Supersensible Knowledge: Lecture I: The Significance of Supersensible Knowledge Today
    Matching lines:
    • problems of education. During the winter lectures, the scope
    • progress, it must spring from the vigorous life of their own
    • Such an attitude is positive and humane, and brings people
    • noteworthy that at a gathering of scientists Theodor Lipps
    • the political changes socialists want to bring about are
    • that spring from our own culture.
    • conveyed by sight and hearing. Her little book showed that
    • description of someone with spiritual sight and hearing.
    • political and social systems, bringing about a transformation
  • Title: Supersensible Knowledge: Lecture II: Blood is a Very Special Fluid
    Matching lines:
    • inner joy, and tears inner suffering.
    • suffering, the immediate experience will no doubt be inner
    • discord. But when pain and suffering have been conquered,
    • enjoyment and contentment life brings one gratefully accepts;
    • and suffering, for to that people owe what wisdom they
    • reappearing within the framework of modern science.
    • world: the configuration of minerals, the covering of
    • fact, what I am going to say may well appear as just a string
    • truths, which to them seem like a string of words, it is not
    • with a process that brings the blood into contact with the
    • possessed a different type of consciousness. Today, during
    • father and grandfather, as if they were sharing the same
  • Title: Supersensible Knowledge: Lecture III: The Origin of Suffering
    Matching lines:
    • The Origin of Suffering
    • The Origin of Suffering
    • guard before life's portal, the problem of suffering.
    • Suffering, so
    • life, to assess its value, it is above all pain and suffering
    • Suffering
    • suffering the most are those that measure life's value
    • and philosophy, the significant role played by suffering
    • suffering knowledge is born.” Two things are here
    • is unavoidably entwined with suffering, at least as far as
    • bound up with suffering. However, we also find in the Old
    • bleakest outlook caused by suffering, one filled with hope
    • that right from ancient times, sin and suffering have always
    • been seen as connected, suffering as being a consequence of
    • grasp that suffering may originate from sin. But when one has
    • connect evil and suffering.
    • suffering. In the midst of views connecting suffering with
    • shows, or is meant to show, that undeserved suffering can
    • connection between suffering and ennoblement. Here suffering
    • the sense of Job's tragedy, suffering need not originate from
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Supersensible Knowledge: Lecture IV: The Origin of Evil
    Matching lines:
    • suffering, illness and death, but does not concern itself
    • selfless purposes. During the last decades the elementary
    • gathering honey, saying that the world of color and light
    • who attain the goal of earth evolution will bring love over
    • gods as bringers of wisdom; the humanity on the next planet
    • will look up to the gods as bringers of love. On earth,
    • shadow of evil. The wisdom Lucifer brings is shrunken and
    • blemished, but it penetrates into mortals; he brings external
    • to ours. The absolute good on one planet brings part of
  • Title: Supersensible Knowledge: Lecture VI: Education in the Light of Spiritual Science
    Matching lines:
    • it is in continuous movement, mirroring every shade of
    • universe. During embryonic life they must be enveloped by the
    • when a certain stage of maturity is reached. During further
    • the change of teeth an etheric covering loosens itself from
    • the ether body, as did the physical covering at physical
    • maternal covering through the child before birth. Thus, the
    • protective sheath, a covering that strengthens and
    • have a bearing on the child's physical body; we should in
    • Any external influence of the ether body during this period
    • person it becomes the bearer of his enduring traits such as
    • imitated during this time, and as whatever enters the child
    • vital that during these years the educator is an exemplary
    • being replaced, the covering of the ether body loosens and it
    • the educator must bring to bear everything that will further
    • important for the rest of a person's life that during this
    • these traits is not laid during this period, it will result
    • disposition. During these years allegories and symbols act
    • During this
    • physical body. During the earlier period it was happiness and
    • contain figures that can be pulled by strings and suggest
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Supersensible Knowledge: Lecture V: Illness and Death
    Matching lines:
    • riddle to which during thousands of years the most varied
    • pondering it.” And they will realize that he could not
    • forever brings forth new life, the old must die to provide
    • organism between birth and the change of teeth. During this
    • time another covering, the external astral sheath, is thrust
    • growth concentrated in bringing about sexual maturity. This
    • which means that when we are born we bring with ourselves the
    • Paracelsus calls a patient suffering from cholera an
    • spiritual science wishes to bring to humanity. Many will see
    • bring about an inner mood of deep accord. Comprehension of
  • Title: Supersensible Knowledge: Lecture VII: Education and Spiritual Science
    Matching lines:
    • physical birth by the material body. The educator must during
    • of a protective covering just as the embryo needs the
    • a person experiencing vivid dreams during sleep. But the
    • first descended into physical bodies during Lemurian time. A
    • person repeats that event during physical birth. At that
    • sagas. It is therefore important that what is taught during
  • Title: Supersensible Knowledge: Lecture VIII: Insanity in the Light of Spiritual Science
    Matching lines:
    • bring about the accord with the physical environment becomes
    • up to that time the astral covering that protected it
  • Title: Supersensible Knowledge: Lecture IX: Wisdom and Health
    Matching lines:
    • bring healing to the world.
    • it brings.
    • notions while declaring that all one needs is to be in tune
    • People became rich by manufacturing pills from ordinary
    • illnesses, but were especially popular for curing
    • This brings about healing because unhealthy conditions always
    • occur every so often, for example during sleep; then the
    • their inner being and must bring it to life once more.
    • Imaginative wisdom will bring a person health. When knowledge
  • Title: Supersensible Knowledge: Lecture X: Stages in Man's Development in the Light of Spiritual Science
    Matching lines:
    • look at the way he evolves during his life between birth and
    • brings certain qualities with him. Repeated earth lives are
    • behind him, during which the fundamental character of his
    • he brings with him through birth. That existence will reveal
    • new birth, and so brings with him into a new life.
    • in a person's existence. During that short time there passes
    • individual now passes through a condition during which he
    • suffering thirst in a region for the length and breadth of
    • during life, so that instead of coarser enjoyments he takes
    • experienced and has acquired during earthly life is
    • brought out. A person can bring such talents because his
    • earthly experiences were transformed into abilities during
    • The core of his being, bringing the fruits of former
    • discussed various aspects of what takes place during the
    • etheric and astral bodies develop during the first half, we
    • bond between mother and child, especially during the early
    • line of descent develop and become established during the
    • because of what they themselves are, can bring out the
    • Everything we bring the child must be pictorial and imbued
    • attributes which an individual brings with him develop while
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Supersensible Knowledge: Lecture XI: Who are the Rosicrucians?
    Matching lines:
    • by many others proffering all kinds of information about
    • faculties slumbering in every human soul are awakened. These
    • certain forces. Bearing this in mind, we must acknowledge
    • Bringing rhythm into life, this is also described as
    • preparing the philosopher's stone. This has nothing in
    • the Rosicrucian school had repeatedly to bring the picture
    • plant dies completely; materially its offspring is a
    • sun rose in spring in the constellation of Cancer — as
    • Later it rose in early spring in the constellation of Gemini,
    • of heaven in the beams of the early spring sun was especially
    • spring sun rose in the constellation of Aries; it is also the
    • and others. Earlier than that the sun rose in spring in the
    • the path into the realm of creativity. If study brings
    • occult script brings magic. It brings direct insight into the
    • incurring severe punishment if broken, to ensure they were
    • becoming — the wood representing the withering of the
  • Title: Supersensible Knowledge: Lecture XII: Richard Wagner and Mysticism
    Matching lines:
    • caring relationships. Selflessness would have to be
    • contribute all he could to bring forth harmony among the
    • arts; he saw this as a powerful means of pouring into human
    • of selflessness that brings about harmony among people.
    • Wandering Jew of the sea.
    • he particularly wanted to bring together, music and drama. He
    • string quartet, and piano sonata.
    • but to bring it out still further into space and time. He
    • mankind's evolution. In The Ring of the Nibelung and
    • shall now bring up will be familiar to those acquainted with
    • We see the Ring
    • traits that a people have in common. But when the Ring cioses
    • the Ring from the giant, he meets this consciousness in the
    • entering the spiritual world, would be united with this
    • through Wagner's artistry, we must bring to it an open mind
    • his work. I must be permitted to bring these things before
    • life of spring and the Good Friday belief in Redemption, the
    • belief that from Death on the Cross springs Eternal Life.
    • Friday drama. He wrote: "The blossoming plant springs from
    • death; eternal life springs from the Death of Christ." At
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Supersensible Knowledge: Lecture XIII: The Bible and Wisdom
    Matching lines:
    • while bearing in mind what was dealt with in the previous
    • collating the Gospels and bringing them to present a uniform
    • within us, we possess others still slumbering. It is
    • who has barely begun to develop his slumbering forces. An
    • organs, through sight and hearing, and grasped things through
    • many stages from root through leaf and blossom before bearing
    • state of ecstasy, of rapture, was produced during which the
    • During the three and one-half days a person experienced all
  • Title: An Impulse for the Future
    Matching lines:
    • Considering
    • world, we must try to bring to consciousness the preserved and not
    • an association of people has occurred in a natural way during the
    • it, by the very fact of uttering it he entered into a contradiction
    • overlooked bringing this difference to the world.
    • designate by the name which he had for the outer world during two
    • bringing this work into the world have been accomplished. What is
    • referring here to the strong differences which occurred during this
    • an address during the so-called crisis in 1915:
    • the hammering and chiseling from wood which grew up out of the cement
    • person of Miss Berta Meyer. During the months of the war years we
    • the rainbow, but retaining the basic tones brought the hovering and
    • weaving light colorings into the room. The delicateness of the
    • which acquired the motive during the grinding and etching; its
  • Title: Contrasting World-conceptions of East and West
    Matching lines:
    • we do not only live in the world during our waking condition,
    • but also when we are asleep. During our sleep, we live outside
    • first stages were never recorded in writing. During the
    • bring it into being. The Oriental life of thought was an
    • during sleep the Ego and the soul forsake our whole being, but
    • had the possibility of ordering earthly affairs in such a way
    • of history. During those ancient Oriental times of which I have
    • surrendering to that which came from his organism when he was
    • Even if the gods were still to be active in his head during
    • during his waking condition, because his senses were not
    • we may say, that during the last thousand years before the
    • that has been described to you, how that during sleep the
    • from the gods. The gods made his thoughts and during his sleep
    • had been told that thoughts bring no impulses to man and have
    • no bearing on his will.
    • during the last thousand years before the Mystery of Golgotha
    • is only now beginning to spring into life and which has not yet
    • we know that the gods ordered their earthly concerns during the
    • during his waking life man's own natural development no
    • spiritual science must set itself. It must bring man forward in
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: The Mystery of Golgotha
    Matching lines:
    • One will come, Who will bring the Kingdoms of Heaven down to
    • [Dr.Rudolf Steiner's rendering of the text.]
    • This was the initiation during the ancient Jewish epoch. During
    • development. During the Yoga-sleep, these twelve figures
    • favoured, — behold thou shalt conceive in thy womb and bring
  • Title: Year's Course as a Symbol for the Great Cosmic Year
    Matching lines:
    • during the course of the year in a definite region, but shall
    • us say that during our waning daytime consciousness our Ego and
    • during the night, when our higher nature is asleep, and this is
    • world this plant-consciousness is asleep during the summer and
    • awake during the dark winter season.
    • by the other during that time of the year in which we are now
    • in the springtime the plants may unfold again and bear blossoms
    • during the epoch of human development when the astral body
    • year. Even as the new year now brings with it a union of the
    • field of wisdom, during that ancient cosmic NEW YEAR, when his
    • founding of Christianity; this will bring us to a time when we
    • us prepare ourselves for this Cosmic New Year! By preparing
    • ourselves for the Christmas Festival, as explained during one
    • of the earth, during a cosmic New Year. Then it comes to us in
    • bringing us the following message:
    • Eve which brings a new cosmic year. In future incarnations,
    • development of the vegetable and mineral Kingdoms during the
  • Title: Spiritual Relations in the Configuration of the Human Organism: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • But, while looking at the large red surface, during this time, the red
    • forces, it is also developed very early during embryonic life, and it
    • the plastic configuration to his organs during his growth correspondingly.
    • entering there the eye wants to take shape inside of man. Most of all
    • There it reinforces itself somewhat during the state of sleep. (See
    • which brings about the dissolving factor. What expresses itself in the
    • kidney system works very fast and brings its inner working to the etheric,
    • bring to a child in education or instruction between the seventh and
    • entering of this streaming in. (red, blue drawing 7)
  • Title: Spiritual Relations in the Configuration of the Human Organism: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • by the salivary glands of the mouth. We then bring the food farther
    • can occur there, what happens to the food when we bring it into our
    • during the digestive process at our villous intestines so that the same
    • in our ether body. Oxygen is that kind of substance which brings into
    • but would bring us only far enough that we would unite our heart with
    • to be formed during childhood, but continuously because our organs are
    • one side would bring these organs about only in a one-sided way. Or,
    • bring the foodstuffs far enough that, while being pushed towards the
    • inflammations through them and bring about an inner cooling off. Or,
    • fact healed from outside. One only has to bring about in the organism,
    • inflammation, you have to bring the remedy into the organ through the
    • bring something cooling, by way of the digestive apparatus. An inflammation
    • ego. That alone gives them their character. Without considering this,
    • in bringing about a balance, as presented in the pamphlet, — which
    • that approximately during the whole time from the 4th until the 14th
    • at one time they tighten the strings of the kidney activity somewhat
    • more, then they relax and tighten the strings of the liver-activity,
    • occurring, and so on.
  • Title: Spiritual Relations in the Configuration of the Human Organism: Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • During the epochs in which a spiritual world was still spoken of truthfully
    • one can see much by it. Namely, during that Light, or illuminated age,
    • at all. Altogether, one did not speak during that old Light Age of illness
    • One can do this by bringing him into connection with the surrounding
    • surroundings. One has to heal him in bringing him into the right relationship
    • one has to give him relief — one has to bring super-earthly forces
    • During that old light-filled age, which preceded our dark age, men were
    • organism has to fester it out, or if I bring something into my stomach,
    • the forces inwardly which can overcome this food. We eat to bring forth
    • resistance to this earth, and we live on this earth in order to bring
    • new appearance of the light age in contrast to darkness, during which
    • by the light. He could strive to gain his freedom only during the dark
    • age, and most of all during the termination of the dark age, in the
    • we have around us the dead light we can bring the Christ in us to life.
    • was actually conserved light which the plants once gave to man during
  • Title: Necessity and Freedom: Lecture I: The Past Shows Us a Picture of Necessity
    Matching lines:
    • connect ourselves inwardly with the soul-stirring events of our
    • willing, and thinking within these events, considering them for
    • they bring their will to bear on it. Kant considered these
    • This brings us to the realization that our concepts cannot
    • question in a way which will bring us closer to an answer. How
    • considering.
    • are preparing to go out for a drive. They plan to travel, let
    • changes as soon as we enter the neighboring supersensible
    • despite all the disillusionment it brings, our time will
    • certainly in one way also bring about a deepening of people's
    • realize that all the pain and suffering being experienced at
    • capable of hearing and sensing spiritually what the spiritual
  • Title: Necessity and Freedom: Lecture II: The Legend of the Prague Clock
    Matching lines:
    • must bring a feeling for this element to life again in a
    • bring the argument “Goethe was born on August 28,
    • ringing apparatus, then the other figure moved. Death nodded to
    • his own state of moral wavering.
    • might suggest that a stream of good deeds does spring from what
    • the clock who had a democratic frame of mind and a smoldering
    • patch together the dullest, most boring nonsense, a legion of
    • things as absolute but considering them in their whole context.
    • sympathy and antipathy into life. We bring our sympathy and
    • about did not exactly bring along his antipathy to Faust
    • bring them into balance in life. For instance, without
    • means bearing a necessity within him. What belongs to the
    • (Spring Valley, N.Y.: Anthroposophic Press, 1972).
    • during Saturn, sun, and moon continue their existence on earth.
    • us what we remember during earth existence. But inwardly
    • it has become nature. What the gods thought during
    • this covering will some day fall away.
    • them next Sunday. My aim today was to bring your thoughts and
  • Title: Necessity and Freedom: Lecture III: Three Teachers with Different Attitudes
    Matching lines:
    • “Well, during the holidays I noted down carefully all the
    • Then it was the third teacher's turn. He said, “During
    • as schoolwork and homework during the year?”
    • during the holidays. But I cannot possibly know yet what
    • level, brings past happenings into the present. That is
    • realized that the first two teachers were considering their
    • The two have met, so we enquire where they were during the hour
    • bringing not only physical characteristics with it but also
    • generations, but brings with it causes that may have been laid
  • Title: Necessity and Freedom: Lecture IV: The Roman World and the Teutonic Tribes
    Matching lines:
    • essentials, let us return to considering the human being as
    • obscure our view of it if we judge it by bringing in the
    • ourselves had been different. Here, it is a matter of bearing
    • the eyes were not to continue developing during the sixth,
    • Someone bringing with him from earlier incarnations impulses of
    • consciously, we are still free in what we bring into the
    • to bring out all the latent talents. But these potential
    • thus acquiring the possibility of developing in freedom
    • are enmeshed in during physical life, and which is
  • Title: Necessity and Freedom: Lecture V: The "I" is Found on the Physical Plane in Acts of Will
    Matching lines:
    • though he is encountering a picture of himself, that is to say,
    • engenders is what brings about our consciousness of our
    • our will during sleep. The will is then dimmed. We do not will
    • during sleep. Thus what is expressed in the word I is a
    • only in the first third of it. But mankind is steering toward
    • that it is these that, for example, bring about red in us. What
    • will obviously have three thirds. During these three thirds
    • truths will be pouring more strength into their will, and they
    • all the aspects of the sensations of smell, taste, hearing,
    • bring them to him and want him to accept them, that is to say,
    • if you bring spiritual science to someone who is completely
    • because they cannot bear the thought that it will not bring
    • necessity. If it can come about that spiritual science brings
    • through the very fact that we bring thinking to the point where
    • to bring home to people is that we should not take these ideas
    • comparing it with outer reality. They assume that an idea is
    • didn't I? I wanted to bring you not just an overall picture of
    • will hardly speak of an I. During the fifth epoch human
    • people should work towards acquiring a conception of their
    • have to take hold of their I and bring it to life, so it
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Social Question as a Problem: Lecture I: The Inner Experience of Language
    Matching lines:
    • world through the gate of death, and those souls preparing to
    • can be arrived at in no other way than by one thing referring
    • gatherings, at least at their teas, I have so often heard
    • were conjuring a very material process into the room. These
    • and wrinkled countenance, with the flesh noticeably withering
    • Comparing an old man with a child and comparing the gestures
    • conceptions by way of comparing and relating them you
    • their rose when considering anything. They are quite
    • reality that the senses bring him. But he simply comes
    • “I”, for they do not know that in uttering
    • their etheric body in uttering “I” by watching
    • development. During this fifth post-Atlantean period speech
    • the spiritual strivings. During this period everyone will
    • danger for the idealists will always be that of entering
    • the difficulty of bringing mankind forward will lie: for all
  • Title: Social Question as a Problem: Lecture II: The Inner Experience of Language
    Matching lines:
    • spring from subconscious sources in human relationships to
    • considering is the social life of people. The folk genius
    • not always be pondering about abstract thoughts, but it is
    • Imagination then brings about — what has to do with
    • learning to speak. He who can bring a fine observation to
    • assumption that a child is actually bringing from the
    • he brings from the spiritual world. But that is the only
    • because we bring with us certain impulses out of the
    • men in a social bond. The common speech, which brings a
    • bring with us a heritage from the life before birth which, as
    • of life a mute element which springs up from the
    • pictures is that part of eurhythmy that we now wish to bring
    • this, above all, that we carry what we bring with us from the
    • into it, as it were, what we bring with us out of pre-earthly
    • of mankind. They are so overpoweringly great, these questions
    • reality that comes to light in the overpowering human
  • Title: Goetheanism as an Impulse for Man's Transformation - Lecture I: The Difference Between Man and Animal
    Matching lines:
    • here or there, among those who have had little opportunity for acquiring
    • To many people this has appeared as the most shattering feature of the
    • to this seriousness, preferring to be occupied with their own worthy
    • during the catastrophe of these last years. Although in a one-sided
    • has been preached during these 1900 years by the various Christian
    • is not done by the Catholic men of learning but they always bring forward
    • whether Jesus ever lived, when at that time a great gathering took place
    • bearing of such an assertion.
    • I am referring to is those newspaper articles that circulate scientific
    • scientific conceptions. Where what I have been referring to is concerned,
    • and animal. They may same time have also heard it ring out (even if the
    • bells were not ringing together) that man can form abstract concepts
    • do not draw them up, bring them into consciousness, as they are meant
    • a new and right way when, for instance, you bring the thoughts to fruition
    • during his apparent progress, this backsliding of of man's must so happen
    • What we lose by entering into
    • described during these last days. (see Z-269) Then man will begin to
    • preparing himself through the concepts of Spiritual Science for the more
    • difficult concepts, the concepts bearing reality. For it is natural, when
    • and at a certain place on our way we saw deer, stags, scampering away
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Goetheanism as an Impulse for Man's Transformation - Lecture II: St. John of the Cross
    Matching lines:
    • partisanship, their efforts go much more in the direction of bringing
    • bring men to any extra-ordinary faculty but to a raising og the faculties
    • of the Holy Spirit. He may not bring about ax qualitative change in
    • Now St. John of the Cross says: “The time has come (he is referring
    • words, God presents the soul during vision with wholly spiritual benefits
  • Title: Goetheanism as an Impulse for Man's Transformation - Lecture III: Clairvoyant Vision Looks at Mineral, Plant, Animal, Man
    Matching lines:
    • his real bearings by starting on the path to the spirit. He must decide
    • and Moon. During the Atlantean period there was a kind of crisis but
    • foresee—will be shattering to mankind, are the expression of how
    • from the will and what should find a certain ordering for the social
    • man brings to life within him what can be made living, when he applies
    • you ought to understand that of course when picturing these conditions
    • birth and death than he can develop outwardly, can bring to manifestation
    • there wandering round our earth animals that on dying left plantlike
    • Thus he looks at the holes that, during sleep, are there in consciousness.
    • the world from which he came on entering physical existence through
    • and death are never finished, never actually bring to completion the
    • mineral and plant kingdoms. On entering this existence through birth
    • thoughts given them during sleep. On waking, man brought his thoughts
    • man could bring back his thoughts. For quite a while this went on working,
    • he used properly, the head could no longer bring back thoughts out of
    • during the Greco-Latin period. The breast nature was inured to this,
    • about their nature, about what they are and their character. By bringing
    • in a more usual form of thought, preferring to remain with what is old
    • and hoping that out of this lack of thought there might spring what
    • connection should be felt by everyone entering upon Spiritual Science
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Goetheanism as an Impulse for Man's Transformation - Lecture 4: Human Qualities Which Oppose Antroposophy
    Matching lines:
    • can be learnt about this question by hearing what the things and beings
    • all too easily that after some time he ruins his whole endeavour, brings
    • Man, however, during his ordinary state on earth is protected from the
    • physical body and its organs. The life during the state of sleep is
    • but not resentfully, on the sorrow, on the suffering of his life. For
    • from my pain, my knowledge comes from my suffering. Everyone who has
    • the pain; it is really drowning the suffering, sending it outside. In
    • will have to arise bringing us finally to chaos.
    • applying their thought, is however to bring order into the social structure
    • and doctoring up in the sphere of social questions no bungling around
    • or doctoring up will lead to anything better; it will lead on the contrary
    • conception, into everything we experience, we must bring something which
    • child which obviously springs from the very sources of nature—try
    • rings in his words, when in other words man's immortal soul is no longer
    • go wrong in our social behaviour is as a rule in bringing against the
    • when appearing among people who also belong, let us say, to some occult
    • been considering. And it will indeed be necessary for you, my dear friends,
  • Title: Goetheanism as an Impulse for Man's Transformation - Lecture 5: Paganism, Hebraism, and the Greek Spirit, Hellenism
    Matching lines:
    • here, will bring with it an essential increase in man's understanding
    • he lived on another three years, during the last year going through
    • cannot bring us to a full understanding of the moral impulses in the
    • coming into being bring the moral too into the development of mankind.
    • man. But when man then turns his gaze to the Jahve God who brings about
    • there is no doubt it becomes impossible to bring the events of nature
    • and how in contradiction with what nature brings, the just man has to
    • however, the deeply tragic underlying tone, which might be said to ring
    • only share in bringing about man; he has to ascribe a substantial share
    • ancient world-outlooks were finally aimed at discovering man here on
    • south during the fourth
    • let us say a point during the fifth century before the event of Golgotha,
    • only by remembering this do we see how the inner evolution, the inner
    • stood. During the time the great Plato was towering above all that was
    • of nature in accordance with ideas must be bound up with the moral ordering
    • 1780, there springs forth from his inner being his Hymn to Nature.
    • This outlook itself springs
    • period, in all that rings forth from his fairy tale of The Green
    • to the present day has been creatively surging into the world. During
    • what sounded to those men of old when Isis was spoken of rings still
  • Title: Goetheanism as an Impulse for Man's Transformation - Lecture 6: Goetheanism as an Impulse for Man's Transformation
    Matching lines:
    • in playing her part in this organisation during the last weeks of her
    • tended her devotedly during the last days of her earthly life, who stood
    • so well in her intimate circle, not only during her suffering of the
    • all at once nor during the relatively long time that there has been
    • a Christianity up to now. During the whole of the future, ever more
    • revealing Himself actively, entering into their souls, giving souls
    • not have been capable of acquiring in his soul and spirit the new strength
    • necessary to meet the lowering of his bodily forces, had he net received
    • we are in today. By bringing about certain functions, certain inner
    • to recall something I have often said to you during these years of catastrophe,
    • is working with all its power to bring to naught, to
    • fact, we see appearing in a further step forward of Europe's evolution,
    • with the exception of the period during recent decades when other forces
    • will bring it to the surface. This is what can give one strength in
    • of which will be fulfilled above everything else during the next years,
    • Europe all that during the last decades has certainly been very little
    • what lies in the aims of the threefold ordering of social existence,
    • ordering. And perhaps if this centre of Europe has no external state,
    • by a gathering of men—truly I want to say it in the best sense
    • of the word—by a gathering of scholars. In fact the Goethe cult
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Regarding Higher Worlds
    Matching lines:
    • astral world has been passed through during Kamaloka, you enter
    • on the astral plane. Hence the bewildering scurrying and
    • definite self-contained shape. During our life between birth
    • evil feelings during the day, appear in quite another form
    • compared with someone who has lived with noble feelings during
    • looking snakelike protuberances, distinguishable in colouring
    • consciousness may experience joy in the blossoms during spring,
    • covering meadow after meadow, yet another joy can be
    • which had cared for the plants during summer. Here lies another
    • physical and astral worlds. There were such beings entering
    • speak the entire perception of tone, of hearing, the world of
    • appears as spiritual hearing. This is of course difficult to
    • crosses the way and so on. Now, what is appearing before you is
    • acquiring-clairvoyance soul lives into the astral plane
    • disturbing circumstances, inward tearing and as a result
    • really entering this bliss, having learnt to add the self
  • Title: Goethe's Relationship to his 'Faust'
    Matching lines:
    • This ever fresh insight may bring about the belief that we can
    • obtained on a previous occasion. Maturing with age this
    • — subconscious” has been used during the last
    • sign which brings him to conjuring up of the Earth Spirit. Here
    • During this time Goethe was not tempted to consider that
    • this lies Goethe's entire withdrawal during the seventies of
    • an idea which was not fully expressed, to once again bring it
    • striving human being's soul during earthly life is what Goethe
    • as insignificant, even gesturing a bit in Faust's manner.
    • during the seventies, when a duality existed between —
    • quite extraordinary, bringing self knowledge of human
    • confronted with a vision threatened by a void, appearing more
    • This illusion is linked with everything which we grasped during
    • growing, sprouting, prospering not only during child
    • during the descending development brings in an extraordinary
    • develops forwards carries that which withdraws, bringing our
    • which we bring as disturbances into the world, which leads some
    • explored during the seventies and eighties as carrier of human
    • his everyday consciousness. Later he wanted to bring it out in
    • character, bringing Faust to a poetic expression. In 1790 he
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: What is Self-knowledge?
    Matching lines:
    • the slumbering soul's capabilities and powers can be awakened
    • while entering directly into the field of observation and use
    • with remorse or drives one to self satisfaction, brings you
    • discover a certain relationship the self brings along,
    • so on, and even what the self has as colouring in this
    • appearing as if squeezed, pressed together. The aura in this
    • particular colourings and talents inter-relate with the
    • the bearer of desire and pain, of suffering and so on. The
    • astral body is lifted during dreamless sleep out of the
    • effect experienced in a purely spiritual way, bring us to the
    • three weeks later, ignoring karma because he knows nothing
    • instead of bringing us forwards, only pushes us backwards?
    • It is that which we bring ever more into our karma. We must
    • bring them further by directing them away from themselves and
    • offering a world view which makes the super-sensible world view
    • remain an abstract concept, that we attempt to bring in these
    • exploring the karma-idea and its inherent truth, if you want to
    • bring it to a certain stage of development. The Karma-idea is
  • Title: The Building at Dornach (Bn/GA 289): Lecture I: The Goetheanum
    Matching lines:
    • between the lectures now being given, I should like to-day to bring
    • are afraid of the inpouring of the spiritual, which can only manifest
    • a picture of the principal entrance. Kindly observe you begin by entering
    • building and in architecture will have many objections to bring against
    • those organic motives to which we have been referring. If you take the
    • halting-place, to bring about in him the right frame of mind. Now just
    • feel the weight-carrying, weight-bearing forces, and of moulding such
    • the geometrical-mechanical-dynamic weight-bearing and carrying, is the
  • Title: The Building at Dornach (Bn/GA 289): Lecture II: Bau Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • approach it from the inside and will try to bring before our mind the
    • in a developing metamorphosis, every succeeding form springing after
    • is a simple roughly drawn line” (referring to the first one) “but
    • organism, or, if you like it better, the human larynx and its neighbouring
    • bring the cupolas together as they are brought together in the main
    • that they become personal. It is for this reason that they try to bring
  • Title: The Building at Dornach (Bn/GA 289): Lecture III: Lecture 3
    Matching lines:
    • a world of beings spring up, that the colour itself through its own
    • it is intended to be, it must in a certain sense, bring to expression,
    • period. During this period humanity has to develop the inner force of
    • - you will particularly feel this when you look at the colouring of
    • into humanity during the fourth post-Atlantean period, as it was to
    • distinct. You see here above, the one inspiring, you can recognise him
    • the inspiring figures of the third post-Atlantean (the Egyptians) period
    • an attempt has been made to bring everything out of the colour.
    • under the actual inspiring influence of the dual principle.
    • that which is here inspiring him is more spiritual compared with the
    • necessary to the inspiring Being. You see, this inspiration leads at
    • inspiring figure which is a figure of the Cosmos and at the same time
    • and more to this form. Man had this form during the ancient-moon period.
    • of equilibrium is maintained between that which the blood brings about
    • in short, all that which holds one down, bring about the consciousness
    • bring him away, from the middle.path always inclines either to the one
    • the dome — the covering of this slate — in the sun, makes
    • give this exhibition for those friends who are willing to bring before
    • to the destructive forces in Europe during the last 4 or 5 years; only
    • so terribly heartless in the presence of such impulses as are appearing
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Problem of Faust: Lecture I: The Problem of Faust
    Matching lines:
    • powerful, and during the sixty years in which he was creating
    • one's bearings in it. The wisdom contained there was no
    • distinguished in the same way, and be able to bring them
    • the old peasant, remembering Faust's connection with the
    • With tears and sighs and frenzied wringing
    • I thought, Heaven's Lord to mercy bringing.
    • And now the crowd's applause rings in my ears like
    • something that belongs to the poodle appearing as if
    • on the other the forces stirring in his soul which drag him
    • passes through during his life, knows that reason is not
    • confusion make their appearance, all the bewildering spirits
    • Springs not the vault of Heaven above us?
    • dream-spirits fluttering around Faust — really the
    • you the one I am referring to:
    • run after it, hankering after its soul's blood, end all
    • he who drinks of this golden spring, experiences a
    • golden spring, experiences a complete renewal of his
    • actual stirring of life in man.
  • Title: Problem of Faust: Lecture II: The Romantic Walpurgis-Night
    Matching lines:
    • a gathering of theologians, historians, poets, and so on. In
    • during Walpurgis-night, an experience he could not avoid
    • which came to him as the definite result of the shattering
    • Spring air of the April night just passing into May;
    • no particular pleasure in the Spring. You remember how I
    • made to these things remind him of the shattering experience
    • Stream and streamlet downward springing.
    • Far-off times, comes faintly ringing.”
    • corrupt the rendering is in all the editions and how it has
    • the one who has been clambering for three hundred years,
    • flickering light should be blown out. The will-o'-the-wisp is
    • during the whole earth-evolution only happens in exceptional
    • they to bring their earthly qualities with them. Goethe knew
    • spiritual world are manifold and perhaps bewildering
    • while the other serves merely to bring this to the
    • bring to our notice the necessity of acquiring a little
  • Title: Problem of Faust: Lecture III: Goethe's Feeling for the Concrete.
    Matching lines:
    • will spring up through Spiritual Science. These scenes from
    • — the caricaturing of what is great — for we must
    • problem of bringing Faust and Helen together. But Goethe was
    • difficult and harassing. He had to find a way to bring Faust
    • too big the help of Persephone in procuring him Helen in
    • bring about, to a certain degree, Helen's embodiment. To this
    • it possible to bring a quite spiritual Helen into the
    • bring about in conjunction with all Faust is living through
    • to the maturing of unreal, shadowy concepts as world-outlook,
    • of entering right into life, nor of grasping its reality.
    • as its representative, appearing bodily before him.
    • words acquiring their special colouring from this fact:
    • By Asmodeus who the strings doth pull.”
    • may well ask ourselves whether suffering is to continue
    • pronouncements so plentiful in the world today and during
  • Title: Problem of Faust: Lecture IV: Faust and the "Mothers"
    Matching lines:
    • on Faust's reappearing and coming forth from the Mothers, the
    • considering during these past years, what is supposed to
    • spiritual world immediately bordering on our physical
    • entering this world. Think of the connection of the word
    • him to bring to expression in his “Faust” this
    • ‘Rhine’ you are not referring to anything really
    • things that bring him near the spiritual worlds. On that
    • worlds of different consciousness — Faust has to bring
    • Faust brings with him from these worlds — what I have
    • word is really developed what Faust brings for his
    • sufficiently developed to bring the matter to a conclusion,
    • that he has not derived the possibility of entering other
    • more to this tomorrow and bring our considerations further.
  • Title: Problem of Faust: Lecture V: Faust and the Problem of Evil
    Matching lines:
    • human evolution on the earth (referring, to begin with, only
    • grapple in the right way with all that springs from Evil; he
    • — with all that springs from Evil. For the human being
    • have characterised during these weeks will be clearly
    • unconscious. (We emphasised this more than once during our
    • mankind. At the same time, endeavouring as he did to compare
    • Paradise. The longing for the Devil during the present, fifth
    • Helena really is. He brings it into his Faust. For
    • during this fifth post-Atlantean epoch certain human beings
    • the same. Referring to Ahriman-Mephistopheles, Goethe coined
    • somehow bring it about that Ahriman-Mephistopheles feels
    • as in fact it is during the present, fifth post-Atlantean
    • epoch. Goethe brings Faust himself into connection with this
    • point? We are confronted with the whisperings of an
    • it is the astrologer who brings her — albeit only by
  • Title: Problem of Faust: Lecture VI: The Helena Saga and the Riddle of Freedom
    Matching lines:
    • rouse and bring forth within itself in order partly to
    • itself, entering in as it did in the first third of the
    • And in particular, already during the fifth epoch it will be
    • possible for men to bring Evil over the Earth, by exploiting
    • ministering members of the good, progressive Powers. They
    • bonds of blood — blood-relationship. During that time
    • — that is, during the Graeco-Latin
    • in order not to bring about disaster there by killing his
    • bring in quite other impulses of evolution. Such an Hero is
    • thing that really brings about the social structure in that
    • it is an oracle that brings the message from the Spiritual
    • occurring. The fourth postAtlantean epoch — its
    • already a force is preparing in the realm of human beings,
    • frame of mind in which these people bring forward their
    • have been consigned to death during two years and three to
  • Title: Problem of Faust: Lecture VII: Some Spiritual-Scientific Observations
    Matching lines:
    • has already been said here during the autumn.
    • capacity for self-knowledge, From our studies during the past
    • upon during the second half of his life, which is dimmed by
    • believed that one could do better by endeavouring to clothe
    • firm belief that, by entering into the style and the form of
    • that during his sleep-life man sinks into a real, cosmic
    • sleep, is in a sphere that brings him nearer to the fulness
    • springs than do his waking moments.
    • asleep to waking, and out of it spring dreams.
    • is quite unlike the world we see today during our waking hours
    • referring to that there are in it water-air and Sirens
    • called Seismos. By bringing Sirens into the relevant scene,
    • bring this about that when he introduces Homunculus to this
    • in acquiring, a wider knowledge of man, so that Homunculus
    • how aptly Goethe describes it when he brings in the ants, the
    • sphere of reality, during the time between falling asleep and
    • Dactyls; though the ants have succeeded in acquiring a
    • impressive, heart-stirring language they speak! And yet,
  • Title: Problem of Faust: Lecture VIII: Spiritual Science Considered with the Classical Walpurgis-Night
    Matching lines:
    • experiences spring. But beneath this threshold of
    • would find that, during this waking time, they do a great
    • say that not only do men dream during their waking hours,
    • experience in your soul during your sleep is imparted to you
    • by innumerable people; and what you do during your sleep is
    • learn during his earth-mission, nor be able to manage the
    • he lived during the periods of Saturn, Sun, and especially
    • That happens sometimes. Others, too, might admonish us during
    • this; during sleep you don't want to hear anything this
    • deceptions arising during the life of dreams.
    • Spiritual Science brings progress to everyone, even when it
    • Science on themselves bring progress. But we must be careful
    • soul, for it is strange that what springs up as new, in the
    • Locke, but brings him into the company of those philosophers
    • adoring,
    • This crisis in, I turn above, imploring,
    • Mephistopheles. This is what Goethe makes ring out for
    • himself in everything possible to bring Greek life vividly
    • Greek life, to bring it vividly before his soul. But what
    • twenty years of the eighteenth century during which these
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Problem of Faust: Lecture IX: Goethe's Life of the Soul from the Standpoint of Spiritual Science
    Matching lines:
    • able to discover by considering it anthroposiphically, but
    • been reserved For referring to the primary polarity,
    • think about nature in the way that is possible during human
    • arising from the gathering up of all kinds of concepts into a
    • in prose that he wrote during the eighties of the 18th
    • penetration note what clever logical reasons man brings
    • unknown always brings fear in its train, the hydrophobia of
    • carefully cleans the scales from a fish, Afterwards declaring
    • onsweeping tide of hatred and destruction. Indeed, during
    • By trying to rationalize this and bring it into some kind of
    • nature, without obscuring your vision by theories, this leads
    • birth and death; what experiences that bring joy to the world
    • It will have a whole host of other experiences that bring joy
  • Title: Problem of Faust: Lecture X: Faust's Knowledge and Understanding of Himself
    Matching lines:
    • Forces Actually Slumbering in Man
    • Forces Actually Slumbering in Man
    • own nature by merely acquiring knowledge received through the
    • Wagner is capable of aspiring with ideally conceived physical
    • Hence he sought in the most varied ways to bring man, to his
    • Imaginations appearing to different people in different
    • but for the Greek it meant entering a completely different
    • scene begins, we see the ‘alluring
    • side, however, these alluring creatures, these voices, are
    • rather, dreams evoked during this festival. Secondly, this
    • festival took place during the night, under the influence of
    • Samothrace to seek the Kabiri and bring them to the festival
    • this harmony, preferring to believe that what has arisen from
    • reality is the trinity; the unity springs from the trinity.
    • world springs, on the one hand in its mineral, on the other,
    • power — to old Nereus. Goethe brings the most
    • he warned Paris against bringing so much misery on Troy, but
    • becomes free, even during the waking condition. Only, a man
    • of the mother, before and during conception, and during the
    • example, in the womb of the mother, before and during
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Problem of Faust: Lecture XI: The Vision of Reality in the Greek Myths
    Matching lines:
    • natured minds. Now let us bring again before our souls just
    • experience all that life can bring to man in the way of
    • with all that life demands and brings. To this end, Goethe
    • lead to the idea of Homunculus. As far as possible, during
    • peoples have seen the impulse in the soul that brings about
    • instrument, the body. The more sensitive sea-faring folk
    • germ-cell. Considering the unfertilised germ-cell in the
    • appearing as a human being. The same processes that then take
    • oldest artists, as it were, of the earthly world during the
    • Greet us in this stirring hour,
    • Marsi, kinds of snake-demons, who bring with them the
    • senses, we then see the shattering of Homunculus against the
    • Dorides thus ushering in the sailor lads in this scene. The
    • saved by the Dorides) brings man into connection with the
    • remind ourselves here that it was during the eighties of the
  • Title: Problem of Faust: Lecture XII: Goetheanism In Place of Homunculism and Mephistophelianism
    Matching lines:
    • may be said that whoever has never experienced the suffering
    • reconstruct his archetypal plant, tried to bring into a
    • springs from the relationship of two forces, the one pressing
    • not able to deal freely with what we bring with us from the
    • Only when a man endeavours to bring the inner forces into
    • to bring deep down into our physical body; then we should be
    • seen that, to man's hurt, has not been seen during the last
    • enthusiast at all but a former finance minister bearing the
  • Title: Anthroposophy as a Demand of the Times
    Matching lines:
    • being of man, even though men do not as yet bring it to full
    • the moral world order. One does not have the courage to bring
    • of as working in the world what he brings about out of a
    • self-observation during the ordinary consciousness, but one
    • explain what I want to bring, but that I don't want to
    • during our life on earth, reminiscences from life. This arises
    • kind of symbolic image. Who would not have dreamt of suffering
    • flickering flames; he awakes and has strong palpitations of the
    • during the time between going to sleep and awakening when we
    • this is masked in the dream, then the dream is wearing a mask
    • point of not bothering with that which is present in him as
    • the spiritual entity which lives inside the body, which during
    • entering. In this the moral laws are already present in such a
    • are remembering back to the morning when you got up, or woke
    • unconsciously during sleep. Now in order to go further with the
    • achieve, because in relation to remembering people usually
    • doesn't know in the afternoon what dress the lady was wearing
    • develops the sense which can achieve a fruitful remembering
    • usual capacity of remembering the memory picture before the
    • remembering, except that one hadn't known anything before of
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: The Ten Commandments
    Matching lines:
    • evolution of mankind during the post-Atlantic time. We saw how
    • epochs - are a gradual conquering of the physical plane by
    • During the Persian cultural epoch however, the students of
    • to bring such a pyramid into existence. The construction
    • you as it really needs to be translated, to bring it to such an
    • plant within the blood enduring health from gender to
    • human being related to divinity, during the time of the Mission
    • you rob him, but already through also desiring something of his,
    • Considering this document of mankind, the Ten Commandments, we
    • to venerate the Divine also brings prosperity to outer things
    • conquering of the physical plane can be carried out in the
  • Title: Way of Knowledge
    Matching lines:
    • and will best fill our time by immediately entering into a
    • and know sense perceptible things and pioneering events, how
    • suffering, joy, pain and pleasure — and now the question
    • world is spirit-penetrated, then we can argue that suffering,
    • suffering, pleasure and pain; that no one doubts. With plants
    • slumbering, true powers of knowledge. Then the ability begins
    • relationship of plant suffering to plant joy then we really
    • earth, then we will understand that during our earth
    • reached. We will bring such important stages in our earth
    • considering the earth as a whole, that it is a living being.
    • between sun and earth has come about during many, many millions
    • Christ. Paul didn't become a believer through sharing the life
    • and suffering of the Christ, but he became a warrior for Christ
    • through spiritual science. Let's try to bring this into harmony
    • was preparing for the uniting of itself and the Christ-Spirit,
    • during this time the Christ-Spirit worked into it. Christ said
    • came into existence through the gathering of parts and by
    • base for man and animal. Now bring this imagination into our
    • solidifying. Pain and suffering was involved — through
    • one of us, during our waking hours glances around, we perceive
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Haeckel, "The Riddle of the Universe," Theosophy
    Matching lines:
    • referring to Haeckel are now reprinted in this volume.
    • very first thing that anyone bringing his attention frankly to
    • gathering together the results of his researches and
    • that which is enduring. Consider the general attitude towards
    • scientific reasons. During the first half of the nineteenth
    • a young and enthusiastic student entering upon the pursuit of
    • relation to the highest questions concerning a divine ordering
    • students of natural science. Bold adventuring towards
    • view was, during the first half of the nineteenth century, to
    • halted had he beheld a prospect of entering into possession of
    • materialism coming into vogue during the 'forties and 'fifties.
    • their share. Humanity has, during its latest phase of
    • interested in psychological changes and caring to study the
    • these things as they really are, bringing to bear upon the
    • materialistic colouring, and it was due to Haeckel's
    • in bringing about a working partnership between them. For this
    • the grey past and bring what is existent into relation with
    • achieved in the pursuit of art during that period, and we
    • of adequately presenting art in its historical bearings. I will
    • During the past decade the utterances of few men have
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Karmic Relationships, Volume III: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • special destiny; to bring to the West a knowledge of reincarnation and
    • special destiny; to bring to the West a knowledge of reincarnation and
    • has the rather strange idea that the thoughts spring forth
    • the thoughts during the time of their earthly life, and
    • to the outpouring of a conception such as was held by the
    • once more, but with an individually human colouring, into the
    • fact that when a person dies the thoughts he received during
    • This battle is smouldering still at the very foundations of
    • people become unconscious during earthly life of what is there
    • intellectual colouring; but they felt this all as a declining
    • need education to spiritual hearing, spiritual listening. Only
  • Title: Cosmic Forces in Man: Lecture I: Cosmic Forces in Man
    Matching lines:
    • the side of true progress and devote their powers to furthering it.
    • during the actual years of the war.
    • a leading position during this period of senseless action, seemed to
    • Washington, is nothing but a feeble stammering, surging up from depths
    • where mighty, unobserved impulses are stirring.
    • bring to light the spirituality that is indeed contained, but allowed
    • struck. Either men will resolve to bring forth the spirituality of
    • feel in his mound during the winter. There is an idea that the Earth
    • fast to the teaching that death does not bring annihilation. And so,
    • centuries it will pass through others, that during the day it passes
    • through certain constellations and during the night through others.
    • indeed, that during earthly life man can unfold a certain faculty of
    • During the Greek epoch, as you know, the Sun stood in the
    • constellation is a man walking over hard soil, fertilising or watering
    • the whole of earthly life, forces are continually pouring from the
    • dimming of consciousness; death pouring into life makes for a
    • digestion, the influences of autumn, spring, wind, weather and the
  • Title: Cosmic Forces in Man: Lecture II: The Soul Life of Man ...
    Matching lines:
    • asleep during the night; we are asleep, in part of our being, during
    • dream. What we experience during actual sleep is withdrawn from our
    • If, living in our astral body during sleep, we were suddenly to wake
    • feelings and thoughts which come with us, and the more we bring, the
    • tableau which under certain circumstances can be glimpsed during life
    • This has a very important consequence during the period lying between
    • death and a new birth. Even during earthly life we are connected with
    • unfolded in his soul and Spirit during his life between birth and
    • and once again, during the second part of his journey, he encounters
    • He who before his earthly life, during his second passage through the
    • during the descent to his next earthly life, he will arrive on the
    • new birth during the period of existence preceding this present
    • earthly sphere; then he will be able to bring what is right and good
    • bring back this Divine-Spiritual life. Man must learn to regard
  • Title: Cosmic Forces in Man: Lecture III: The Mission of the Scandanavian Peoples
    Matching lines:
    • the planetary spheres work upon what lies within the outer covering of
    • that is bound up with the head — this we bring with us from the
    • into physical existence and we have only to develop it during physical
    • brings with him through birth is brought out by these means. But it
    • The faculty of thinking which we bring with us at birth, comes to an
    • egotism. On the one side they encourage inertia by not spurring men on
    • Now this has a significant bearing upon public life too, and it is of
    • how to bring it to expression in life. Abstract theories are really of
    • with thorns and pointed, tapering petals, repeating: “That is a
    • inspiring such individuals in order that they might give forth the
    • realities among them; whereas in the South, during the same period,
    • which man brings to expression in his life on the physical Earth comes
    • These individual revelations, springing as they did from obscure
    • in a particular form in the North during the first centuries of the
    • South West, and as a result of their wanderings, their sea-voyages and
    • Africa The sons of the Gods went to the sons of the World, bringing
    • from the West of the Northern peninsula towards the South brings
    • — these theorists will bring forward all sorts of characteristics
    • I am not now referring to your external, intellectual knowledge but to
    • and waking, when you are outside your bodies. When during sleep you
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Spirit of Fichte: Lecture I: The Spirit of Fichte Present in Our Midst
    Matching lines:
    • neighbouring squires and enjoy their society; and before the
    • needs. Already aspiring, even at that age, towards the highest, he
    • god-fearing people; namely for the Saxon ministry, for a post as
    • He occupied himself with correcting work, with tutoring, but this
    • prospect of securing anything during the next few days; no prospect
    • those who heard his inspiring words resound through the Zurich
    • of rendering the scriptures with quite a new eloquence, in a new
    • incident was passed over, and up to the spring of 1790, that is for
    • wanderings through the world, abandoning the cherished plans which
    • in the excellent Krockov household near Danzig a tutoring post
    • more deeply in all that had occupied his mind during his first stay
    • the human mind. And this philosophy, aspiring so strongly towards
    • of a long meditation of many hours during which in thought he saw
    • this, entering the spiritual world with his hearers, and, as it
    • rendering of his lectures was no mere reading, it was direct speech
    • the spring of 1799 Fichte discharged the duties of his teaching post at
    • this invitation, had to face in taking it on themselves to bring
    • “They (Fichte is referring to the European princes, including those of
    • lectures of this kind during the hours appointed for Divine Service.”
    • looked so deeply into religion as during the composition of the last
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: The Christmas Festival In The Changing Course Of Time
    Matching lines:
    • will be given to humanity, which will bring again, in the fullest
    • the Christ in their hearts during the great festivities surrounding
    • which permeated humanity like a gentle spiritual breeze during those
    • prevailed during the rest of the year. When Christmas approached this
    • physical sunlight descended during autumn. More outer physical
    • the days. We must stay home much of the time. During the other seasons
    • warmth of the sun, where we could work with our hands during the long
    • during the rest of the year, would feel a natural restraint in their
    • holy to allow mischief to occur during this season. — That is
    • see a few decades ago small groups of actors wandering from village to
    • villages. There were the “Three Holy Kings”, wearing strange
    • The essential thing is that a mood prevailed during the
    • during any other days of the year. And it would have been just as
    • “Star-Singers” went around, wearing paper crowns on their
    • heads, and lately wearing simply a white jacket. One of them used to
    • supposed to permeate their souls during this season. I myself have
    • this event that our thoughts should be directed during this festival
    • migrated into Slavic regions during the previous centuries, had
    • when these people performed these plays during the festival season.
    • good-for-nothing pranks and behaved in a very loose way during the
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Occult Significance of the Bhagavad Gita: Lecture 1 of 9
    Matching lines:
    • of the earth because it will bring us near to the secrets of the
    • Only during the last century has the fame of
    • recoil but to stand firm and do his duty in it. When we bring this
    • appears almost like a justification of these human conflicts. If we bring
    • descending again and re-entering the confused and devastating
    • heavenly world in which there is no human suffering, no battle, no
    • wanted to bring you, for words cannot lead us more than a very
    • intention of bringing the souls of the men around him to believe in
    • admitting of nothing but himself, even requiring others to admit of
    • spiritual hearing, “Only when you recognize, you men, my
  • Title: Occult Significance of the Bhagavad Gita: Lecture 2 of 9
    Matching lines:
    • experience a kind of inner shattering, which can indeed be compared
    • stages of occult development, to entering the spiritual worlds. It is
    • be living through whole worlds of shattering soul-experience. That is
    • into a unique, individual being, tearing him out of the generic
    • brother that is actually about to take place. Destiny is hammering at
    • forces of the soul and brings it to a vision of occult realities that
    • and at first hearing his words are in a sense trivial, though in a
    • and herring, but “fish” they do not know. They have no
    • point he must lead him further and bring him to recognize what he is
  • Title: Occult Significance of the Bhagavad Gita: Lecture 3 of 9
    Matching lines:
    • considering the dream pictures we have around or before us, which in
    • to help him in entering the occult worlds, must therefore be
    • careful in analyzing our dream life — and every aspiring
    • possibly have experienced in our external life during this
    • tells him he has never had such an experience before. It brings him
    • in bringing about all the circumstances that led up to this stroke of
    • circumstances needed to bring about this misfortune. We did not know
    • would have these new experiences between sleeping and waking during
    • bring nothing into it of our everyday sense experiences. Thereby in a
    • example of suffering a blow of fate that subsequently caused such
    • new and considerable danger arises. We no longer perhaps bring the
    • recollections of ordinary life into our dreams but we bring something
  • Title: Occult Significance of the Bhagavad Gita: Lecture 4 of 9
    Matching lines:
    • considering its deeper significance. A famous medical authority in
    • that at the time of its origin men were entering an age in which this
    • present in his soul but it is flickering out. It is no longer a
    • what Krishna is. Referring again to what was said yesterday, let us
    • of light from the glittering particles of dust, the light itself
    • someone goes through a training that brings him far enough to enter
    • to bring down true results of knowledge. What one brings will be a
    • who exist to battle against the work of good beings. On entering that
    • would become one-sided, it would not bring forth all the fullness of
    • outlook can imagine that good beings alone could bring about the
    • entering consciously into this realm.
    • world we find on entering the region of dream consciousness. I would
    • spiritual realm we are now considering. This was the question of the
    • bringing it into our consciousness. Such truths we discover in
  • Title: Occult Significance of the Bhagavad Gita: Lecture 5 of 9
    Matching lines:
    • activity of man's waking life brings about a continual destruction of
    • effect that our waking life brings a kind of destructive process to
    • corresponding reverse process, the compensation, to take place during
    • disintegration did not take place in us during our waking hours.
    • while we are awake a process of destruction, during sleep a repairing
    • consists in perceiving disintegrating processes. During sleep we are
    • what happens during sleep. Because of this alternating cycle of
    • without seriously injuring them. It remains true, however, that the
    • intellectualism will go on adhering to it for some time to come, but
    • so in its time. During this period man's gaze had to be directed
    • knowledge — these same forces, during the last four centuries,
    • during sleep. These forces were building up a definite structure in
    • use during the last four hundred years because they were spent in
    • super-sensible to bring forth in the sense world what did not exist in
    • from a fresh aspect. We can bring about such moments during sleep by
    • Thus it is possible during a given cycle of
    • evolution for the forces at work preparing the future to become free
    • organism, preparing it for a later time when it would be capable of
    • Just as during four
    • preparing for the future possibility for a man to say with every
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Occult Significance of the Bhagavad Gita: Lecture 6 of 9
    Matching lines:
    • it is pointed out that this or that saying occurring in the Gospels
    • showing how a creative Spiritual Being preparing for a new age
    • expecting such things, by entering the higher world with such
    • and its truth is real and immediate, referring to Him Who is the
    • thing — a peculiar difficulty in imagining and bringing to life
    • it, we must bring to it something our soul in its development has
    • fine and unerring the composition of the
    • are led on by Krishna as by an inspiring Being. Now the radiant bliss
    • primeval, bringing all worlds to naught, made manifest on earth to
    • slay mankind! And even though thou wilt bring them unto death in
    • bring to mankind’s ears the voice that should speak of slaying
    • Free — that is what men will become if they bring to full
    • planet there are matters that bring it into connection with the whole
  • Title: Occult Significance of the Bhagavad Gita: Lecture 7 of 9
    Matching lines:
    • human power of acquiring knowledge itself cannot be known by man's
    • In this life they must behave so as not to interfere with the wearing
    • destructive process is taking place. The creative forces that bring
    • destroyed during waking life. They are not present at all, but during
    • clairvoyant during sleep; that is, when in a condition otherwise like
    • forces, sleeping during the most tender age of childhood, waken
    • sublime force within the generative powers as they were during
    • unmixed form; not during waking life nor even in sleep because in
    • unseen, worked to bring about the unfolding of man's inner being from
    • realm in the age we are entering; how the fundamental impulses of
    • outside there came into this body during three years of its life
  • Title: Occult Significance of the Bhagavad Gita: Lecture 8 of 9
    Matching lines:
    • souls to it, so to say; bring them into that manner of thought and
    • bring together different materials that can show us the way to enter
    • certain facts, especially the case during the materialistic age. What
    • the Indian thinker and was bringing them forward as spiritual wisdom
    • people of the East, comparing themselves with them, and all the while
    • dream-like, came to men. It was the state closed to us today during
    • brings up recollections of our ordinary life. Then, when
    • life. It is better to choose the external contour and coloring of
    • age. Suppose that he now brings the facts and phenomena of the
    • this activity bring about in himself the condition of tamas. Then
    • worlds brings about the condition of tamas in the souls of men.
    • while faith, religious belief resting on authority, brings about the
    • world. When we are asleep we are in tamas. We have to bring about
  • Title: Occult Significance of the Bhagavad Gita: Lecture 9 of 9
    Matching lines:
    • acquainted with the plant kingdom. He can admire it, but he brings
    • world, it also meant bringing to life his own inner being. He felt it
    • himself.” This therefore is one way of bringing about
    • Arjuna's highest endeavor has become the greatest suffering for many
    • lighted up man's soul; how there was hovering above it, so to say,
    • rise to still higher conditions. This ascent was called “entering
    • requiring a man who is halfway up a mountain to reach the top by the
    • the ideas of Solovieff, Hegel and Fichte to his revering disciples as
    • tearing himself away from his environment, no longer asking what goes
    • years; the Christ who came to mankind to bring together these two
    • and intensifying self-consciousness more and more, bringing about
    • easily when it comes to comparing religions. It will not do to
    • because it brings us all too near to the humble thought of how little
    • by our efforts is endeavoring to take its place in what is called the
    • Theosophical Movement. [Dr. Steiner is referring here,
    • convenient to proceed otherwise, not entering into another side of
    • being excluded from the Theosophical Society. Considering all we have
  • Title: Mysteries of the East: Lecture 1
    Matching lines:
    • IN THESE lectures I should like to bring before you a picture of the
    • higher worlds. We shall have to bring forward things which in a
    • anthroposophical studies; but during the next few days we shall need
    • bound up with the enduring of certain pains and sorrows, and with some
    • an end. The Initiate, in fact, is entering a new world. In order to
    • experiencing. One is indeed entering into the unknown, and this is at
    • requiring him to say to himself again and again: Is anything at all
    • moment when one is preparing to rise into higher worlds, intellectual
    • Initiation. During the ascent into the higher worlds a moment comes
    • when a man confronts his physical body, whose hands he can move during
    • energy. But this brings with it at the same moment an extraordinarily
    • I am picturing actual experience. It is what is generally known in the
    • wished to bring before you to-day as an introduction.
    • should. be communicated to man during his physical life concerning the
  • Title: Mysteries of the East: Lecture 2
    Matching lines:
    • encountering, and if he is to form any judgment of what their
    • certain epidemics are preparing. So we see what appears to be untimely
    • sense-world the forces which bring epidemics and illnesses, and
    • It makes a terrifying impression to perceive how during certain
    • Death, one always finds that during their life on the physical plane
    • bringing epidemics, illnesses and untimely deaths into the physical
    • he brings with him something into the physical world. He realises,
    • bring into the ordinary world the characteristics and attitude of soul
    • Everyone with a mere smattering of learning knows how the Earth's
    • the pouring out of the sunlight upon the vegetation of the Earth, and
    • what the plant has. Considering all this, you may say: A plant grows
    • when, proceeding from such perceptions, a man deliberately brings
    • brings back the forces he has gathered during sleep in order to use
  • Title: Mysteries of the East: Lecture 3
    Matching lines:
    • engendering the physical and etheric bodies of men. How the astral
    • worlds, would finally bring about something like despair in his soul.
    • The experience now in question is such that it brings before the soul
    • super-sensible worlds in order to bring about the processes of the
    • into the Earth and work on engendering the physical and etheric bodies
    • co-operate in bringing about the physical and etheric bodies of human
    • into it. These forces bring together the complex lobular formations of
    • entering the most holy place. You are entering a region where you can
    • this Being lie the forces which bring the soul from one incarnation to
    • cosmic Warmth which brings the soul to a new birth, you are within the
    • stammering words, for the things contain so much that the words of our
    • tongue can express them only in a stammering way) — these
    • which is the veritable home of the human soul during the time between
    • appearing of Osiris. “Isis in association with Osiris”: thus
    • of soul-life, which remains united with man during the period between
    • Let us bring before our souls what the Initiate experienced in these
    • expressed her powerlessness to bring forth the Cosmic Word and the
    • the power to bring forth Osiris and to have him at her side, Osiris as
    • In the later Egyptian time — and also in other lands during this
    • in the words: The God is preparing to leave the worlds which you have
  • Title: Mysteries of the East: Lecture 4
    Matching lines:
    • Creative Word was disappearing. When it reappeared, belonging now to
    • Secrets of the Egypto-Chaldean epoch were related to the inpouring
    • But since we have become accustomed to bring in pictures as a help in
    • Let us enter into the tragic mood of one about to be initiated during
    • preparing to penetrate into other regions; he has descended into the
    • disappearing, sinking down into the Earth-region and becoming lost to
    • Mysteries. And they had to bring into the picture what they could see
    • all that belongs to it, involves a reappearing of the essence of the
    • humanity, in order to bring this evolution forward, must include a
    • post-Atlantean epoch, the Graeco-Latin time, during which the Mystery
    • related to the Cosmos, to the in-pouring of the forces of the Zodiac
    • place in a quite special way through the fact that those inspiring
    • streamed out of cosmic space into the Earth — during the fifth
    • and Moon during their passage through the signs of the Zodiac. The
    • death, but during the Eastern period of human evolution it was still
    • and hostile to the Grail was Castle Merveil, the gathering-place of
    • Calot bobot; and all the misery and suffering which we see embodied in
    • feel an echo of all the sufferings and all the conquests of the
    • the one hand there is the great, high-minded soul who could bring
    • as Goethe's; but by the same token it brings to light many hidden
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Esoteric Cosmology: Lecture I: The Birth of the Intellect and the Mission of Christianity
    Matching lines:
    • whole of their life. Today, man is entering upon a very critical
    • entering upon a new phase which it is the object of this lecture to
    • enjoyment and of suffering are enkindled. He has the astral body in
    • abstract reasoning but by its power to bring souls to flower and
  • Title: Esoteric Cosmology: Lecture II: The Mission of Manicheism
    Matching lines:
    • it studies the function of Evil and of suffering in the world.
  • Title: Esoteric Cosmology: Lecture IV: Involution and Evolution
    Matching lines:
    • during his rudimentary period of development, in days when the
    • peasants who are labouring at the harvest in the oppressive heat of
    • appears and oppresses man during his sleep. The reversed Lord's Prayer
    • must bring out of ourselves by dint of conscious will —
    • human, the twofold power which brings God to man and raises man to
  • Title: Esoteric Cosmology: Lecture V: Yoga In East and West
    Matching lines:
    • phenomena connected with the physical body, in mastering and
    • method by which the master brings the pupil to the point of being able
    • conditions in which man finds himself during sleep and waking life.
    • During sleep the astral body is partly freed from the physical body
    • lay in a trance lasting three days and during this time the hierophant
  • Title: Esoteric Cosmology: Lecture VI: Yoga In East and West (conclusion)
    Matching lines:
    • These four sentences have magical power. But we must bring them to
    • The disciple must purify and bring about changes in his breathing
    • vision which arises during the sleeping state, is still incomplete.
  • Title: Esoteric Cosmology: Lecture VII: The Gospel of St. John
    Matching lines:
    • During the Middle Ages a number of Brotherhoods saw in this Gospel the
  • Title: Esoteric Cosmology: Lecture VIII: The Christian Mystery
    Matching lines:
    • The Bearing of the Cross.
    • vision of the Washing of the Feet in the astral world during sleep.
    • scourgings of life. Life brings sufferings of all kinds — physical,
    • his life. During his Italian journey he again had the same experience.
    • not from ourselves, and we may even exercise a shattering influence
    • The enthusiasm of the disciple must have its well-spring in the depths
    • inner will. The disciple brings about the separation by an act of
    • terrible, for it is the offspring of his good and bad desires and of
    • The Bearing of the Cross refers, symbolically, to a virtue of
    • suffering the disciple recognises that the world of the senses is
    • imagine that we are leaving a turbulent city behind us and entering
    • possesses at the same time the inverse power to bring about disease.
  • Title: Esoteric Cosmology: Lecture IX: The Astral World
    Matching lines:
    • similar way. Let the eye be closed, let the sense of hearing be
    • This gives rise to a sensation of devouring thirst — the basis of the
    • During life itself a kind of spiritual death may occur, caused by a
    • form, a living force. The astral lie brings about an impact between
  • Title: Esoteric Cosmology: Lecture XI: The Devachanic World (Heaven)
    Matching lines:
    • enigmas. During sleep, man's etheric body remains with his physical
    • them and brings order and harmony into what the waking life, with its
    • the astral body is to receive and transmit; by night, during sleep,
    • its function is to bring order, to build up and refresh the spent
    • which give rise to physical disorder. Joy or suffering that runs to
    • during sleep. Where is the Self, the Ego of man? In the world of
    • legend referring to Initiates who lived for a thousand or two thousand
    • new meaning to the incarnations occurring in them. 2,160 years is
  • Title: Esoteric Cosmology: Lecture XII: The Devachanic World (continued)
    Matching lines:
    • during the first centuries, Christianity contained esoteric teaching
    • Devachan. At this stage the Initiate enters the well-spring of all
    • to transmute suffering into joy, failures into renewed efforts, death
    • religion who think that the sufferings of the damned are part of the
    • Apollo brings to the ears of men the tones of the Beyond. The swan is
    • events occurring in the higher worlds. The light of the Logos —
  • Title: Esoteric Cosmology: Lecture XIII: The Logos and the Word
    Matching lines:
    • receive the impouring Spirit. When we breathe, we commune with the
  • Title: Esoteric Cosmology: Lecture XIV: The Logos and Man
    Matching lines:
    • passes through other conditions of consciousness. During dreamless
    • ‘suffers,’ the suffering brings about a change in devachanic
    • Sleep itself — not the dream — here becomes a conscious state. We do not only behold images but we enter into the living essence of beings and hear their inner tones. In the physical world we give names to things but the names are merely outer appellations. Only man can express his own being from within by saying ‘I’ — the ineffable name of conscious individuality. By this word we distinguish our own personality from the rest of the universe. But when we become conscious of the world of sound, each being, each thing communicates its own true name; in clairaudience we hear the sound which expresses its innermost being and rings forth as a tone in the universe that is distinct from all others.
    • through 7 x 7 states of form this brings us to 7 x 7 x 7 metamorphoses
    • into the world, preparing a new Earth in a new relationship with the
  • Title: Esoteric Cosmology: Lecture XV: The Evolution of Planets and Earth
    Matching lines:
    • kingdom, he is not merely referring to the stones but to the milieu at
    • a harpsichord with a key-board and fibres for strings. And the same
    • earthly, physical man; the Spirit within man is the offspring of the
    • processes of metamorphosis which took place during the earlier periods
  • Title: Esoteric Cosmology: Lecture XVI: Earthquakes, Volcanoes, and Human Will
    Matching lines:
    • during a certain period are concentrated in a celestial body outside
    • recast their forces after their separation. The moon, during the time
    • appear. In fact, it was during this separation that man was able to
    • sun of a future cosmic system. During the solar period, man was only
    • condition will dawn of conscious astral imagination during a period
    • parts. During the first it came about that our blood is red. What has
    • given us our red blood? During the separation of the earth and the
    • Mercury which influence the second part of Earth evolution during
    • which decomposes everything that is reflected in it and brings to
    • a result of earthquakes or volcanic eruptions one notices, during
    • They bring from birth great spiritual pre-dispositions because,
    • During such catastrophes materialistic souls incarnate, drawn
    • evil soul of the earth. And these births can in their turn bring about
  • Title: Esoteric Cosmology: Lecture XVII: Redemption and Liberation
    Matching lines:
    • was the condition of man during the Old Moon period of evolution; his
  • Title: Esoteric Cosmology: Lecture XVIII: The Apocalypse
    Matching lines:
    • strong enough to bring good out of evil by a process of spiritual
  • Title: First Lecture: The Gospel of St. John
    Matching lines:
    • Much will be read into it that springs from human ingenuity.
    • — but to release capacities which lie slumbering under
    • primitive man the individual soul is usually still slumbering
    • You would experience pain through this tearing apart. It is
    • like a process of tearing apart when the astral body leaves
    • self-supporting, independent higher life. This springs forth
    • entire soul forces, and that real soul experience springs
  • Title: Second Lecture: The Gospel of St. John
    Matching lines:
    • over them in the form of a ring, in the case of an
    • outside, it works on the physical body, protecting and caring
    • physical body during the day. So one can see the
    • when the astral body works on the physical body during sleep
    • astral body upon the physical and etheric bodies during the
    • astral body works on the physical and etheric bodies during
    • physical body. This the master brings to pass. The disciple
    • suffering of the world. This too finds expression in the
  • Title: Third Lecture: The Gospel of St. John
    Matching lines:
    • mature but would bring it into the world at two months, and
    • requirement for entering into the third chapter of the John
    • reincarnation — the gradual maturing of humanity
    • attitude of reverence that we can bring to religious
  • Title: At the Gates: Lecture I: The Being of Man
    Matching lines:
    • a man might receive a letter intended to bring about action of some
    • from the animal in still another way. This brings us to the fourth member
  • Title: At the Gates: Lecture II: The Three Worlds
    Matching lines:
    • was of sight and hearing, with the sense-world accessible to her only
    • The spiritual eyes and ears of everyone can be opened, if he brings
    • to life. As its fruits it brings us two things we must have if we are
    • hurled against the other's astral body and injuring it as a gunshot
    • anyone with astral vision it is often much worse to see someone harbouring
    • Bear to spirit-ears the ringing
    • Rumour of the new day-springing.
    • and we see the astral, but under a changed aspect, offering us a remarkable
    • It includes all man's original thoughts which enable him to bring something
    • this picture with Goethe's individuality. It is all the more bewildering
  • Title: At the Gates: Lecture III: Life of the Soul in Kamaloka
    Matching lines:
    • astral body do during the night? A clairvoyant can see that it has a
    • continuously on the physical body. During the day the physical body
    • the forces which have been used up during the day. Hence comes the need
    • death brings a remarkable experience: for a brief space of time the
    • Something like this can happen during life, in rare moments of great
    • Kamaloka is where we are, and the spirits of the dead are always hovering
    • all this after death? The soul is like a wanderer in the desert, suffering
    • from a burning thirst and looking for some spring at which to quench it;
    • depth only by gradually entering into the divine wisdom.
    • meaning in Kamaloka. During his life a man does not merely do things
    • we remember that during her early period, in her
  • Title: At the Gates: Lecture IV: Devachan
    Matching lines:
    • the sixth and fourteenth years is taken up with acquiring knowledge:
    • sky along a particular path, the Ecliptic, and at the beginning of Spring
    • the Sun rose in Spring in the constellation of
    • the forces of nature. In Winter these forces were asleep, but in Spring
    • the Sun appeared in Spring symbolised these reawakening forces; it gave
    • these 2,160 years as a period during which conditions on Earth change
    • that during this period a person is generally born twice, once as a
    • is that a soul appears once as a man and once as a woman during this
    • earthly world with his organs to a certain extent perfected. During the
    • During earthly existence a man has life within him and he cannot perceive
    • the astral body is engaged on its usual task of repairing and restoring
    • it is released from this task, consciousness awakens. During the man's
    • until light or sound brings them a message. Spiritual organs, on the
    • physical life on Earth bring about real experiences there. The inwardness
    • of friendship brings nourishment to the communion of spirits in Devachan
  • Title: At the Gates: Lecture V: Human Tasks in the Higher Worlds
    Matching lines:
    • it, a comparison with something that occurs on Earth will perhaps bring
    • and a tropical climate prevailed. Who is it that brings all this about?
    • on strings like marionettes. Plants also have group-souls of this kind,
    • but their Ego is in Devachan; the “strings” go still higher.
    • transformation of the Earth. Hence it is man himself who brings about
    • altered scene in which he lives during his next incarnation. But he
    • act which bring man down to a new incarnation? As we saw, there is an
    • and during this period the soul is making itself ready for its journey
    • substance in the passion experienced by the parents during the act of
    • of suffering and hardship in his previous life receives a shock from
  • Title: At the Gates: Lecture VI: The Upbringing of Children. Karma.
    Matching lines:
    • Lecture VI: The Upbringing of Children. Karma.
    • UPBRINGING OF CHILDREN.KARMA.
    • before birth it is part of the maternal organism. During the whole period
    • will be disturbed. During the first seven years it is best to leave
    • the child during his first seven years is through the development of
    • The most important thing during the first seven years is to nourish
    • most imitative of all creatures; and this is particularly true during
    • the first seven years. Hence during these years we must try to influence
    • during these early years a child should be surrounded by noble-minded,
    • what we say but what we are that influences a child during his first
    • body is thrown open to its environment at birth. During this period,
    • memory, of lasting habits, of temperament and inclinations and enduring
    • sense-world. We must bring before him examples taken from the lives
    • the capacity for entering into direct relationships with other human
    • such widely differing conditions? For instance, we see one child born
    • of karma says we can bring about favourable consequences in our next
    • him I shall be interfering with his karma. He has earned his suffering;
    • couldn't do anything because it would mean interfering with the state
    • in its relation to the past as in its bearing on the future. We may
  • Title: At the Gates: Lecture VII: Workings of the Law of Karma in Human Life
    Matching lines:
    • In considering karmic relationships we shall be concerned chiefly with
    • so on which transform the astral body during a long life will produce
    • They have differing currents and movements, and these impart a particular
    • body acquires during one life comes to expression in the physical body
    • it was so uncommon. This characteristic illness springs from the
    • of insanity would occur during the following decade. This was the danger
  • Title: At the Gates: Lecture VIII: Good and Evil. Individual Karmic Questions.
    Matching lines:
    • Book of Genesis, once used a beautiful simile, comparing destiny with
    • Beauty thus develops, karmically, out of pain, suffering, privation
    • beauty in the world without pain and suffering and illness. The same
    • this change will bring about a condition of moral holiness on Earth. But
    • all his experiences acquired a particular colouring. He was wanting
    • happen? What are the forces that bring the two persons together?
    • have had experiences in common. During the Kamaloka period they lived
    • see, are thus secretly at work to bring about the complicated patterns
    • clear during the next few days, when we go on to study the whole evolution
  • Title: At the Gates: Lecture IX: Evolution of the Earth
    Matching lines:
    • shell-like structures as hovering forms; the finer substances he retained
    • During this third Round
    • After disappearing into
    • the Moon-existence. During the third Round the separation of Sun and
  • Title: At the Gates: Lecture X: Progress of Mankind Up To Atlantean Times
    Matching lines:
    • furnished with an astral covering. The united body of Earth and Moon
    • there was still a common astral covering for all beings. This was the
    • During this period, too,
    • transformed into organs of hearing. With the development of lungs, man
    • as to use this part for furthering their own evolution and at the same
    • dimmer sort of clairvoyance. During the night they were in touch with
  • Title: At the Gates: Lecture XI: The Post-Atlantean Culture-Epochs
    Matching lines:
    • brings out the difference between the whole outlook of the Atlantean
    • now brings to us in a different form. When we are reborn, we shall hear
  • Title: At the Gates: Lecture XII: Occult Develpment
    Matching lines:
    • up you realise that you were hearing the ticking of the clock by your
    • ill during the night. You did not actually see him falling ill; you
    • only during sleep, he is then able to analyse with his intellect whether
    • by the revolving lotus-flowers bring them into contact with the astral
    • during sleep the exhausted forces of the physical and etheric bodies
    • He can also bring rhythm into his life if in the evening he reviews the
    • events of the day in reverse order. If he can bring in further
    • has available certain means through which he can bring this harmony
    • rhythm during the day, they will of their own accord regain the right
    • of thoughts from drifting through the mind, and bringing a certain ordered
    • from its ordinary meaning. During occult development you must never
    • wearing away a stone.
    • to the stage of spiritual hearing. While he is still at the first stage
    • to find his bearings in the astral world. Hence the need to find a Guru
    • and in all details. This method will go best if during his occult
    • are valid for the astral plane; devachanic hearing is valid only in
  • Title: At the Gates: Lecture XIII: Oriental and Christian Training
    Matching lines:
    • not kill, is very stringent and applies to all creatures. No living
    • consideration if you are entering on a path of occult development.
    • help not by any such feeling but simply by the sight of suffering. And
    • but am considering only how best to live my life in the world.”
    • flow through his body in the right direction. If the Hindu did not bring
    • Thuringian newspaper printed an article about the Stone of the Wise which
    • is this to be accomplished? You have to bring rhythm into your breathing.
    • only by a very little, towards bringing the plant-nature back into man,
    • days. During the following week, after again meditating on the five
    • for having reached this stage is that during the pupil's meditation
    • the Descent into Hell. Then he experiences the tearing away of the curtain
  • Title: At the Gates: Lecture XIV: Rosicrucian Training - The Interior of the Earth - Earthquakes and Volcanoes
    Matching lines:
    • Rosicrucian pupil “self-mirroring”, which should serve to
    • not so much of investigating your inner self as of endeavouring to perfect
    • heavy step of the melancholic, the light, springy step of the sanguine
    • sign of Cancer; during the Persian civilisation in Gemini; during the
    • Egyptian civilisation in Taurus; during the Graeco-Roman civilisation
    • the births which occurred during a time of frequent earthquakes were
    • rise to peace. But if we introduce something from outside, we bring
    • will hover like a unifying spirit over our gatherings, and from there
  • Title: Pastoral Medicine: Lecture 1
    Matching lines:
    • course we are bringing together for the first time the members
    • understood will become clear during the course. We have admitted a few
    • bring it about. But things have come to light that must be corrected
    • during this course. A proper working together must certainly not be
    • essential is expressed when it is said: The flame of offering belongs
    • the working together of the flame of offering and the Mercury staff
    • the flame of offering, or to celebrate ritual with the Mercury staff.
    • receiving communion while recovering from a severe illness. Looking
    • instance, is surrendering to the usual process of taking nourishment;
    • purpose of bringing about better sleep, but there the boundary is
    • intervening as physician, as therapist, directly in the ordering of
    • consciousness means that you are intervening directly in the ordering
    • have seen how doctoring, healing, by its very nature leads from the
    • this gathering for a pastoral medicine course there may actually be
    • dilettantish doctoring and that the doctor is a dilettante priest! If
    • will bring about a profoundly important result for our culture. The
    • physicians will be able to do very much at the sickbed to bring the
  • Title: Pastoral Medicine: Lecture 2
    Matching lines:
    • obliged to bring a musical understanding to it.
    • their house. Not what they see during the day, but the delicate
    • and one has to think how at this stage one can bring the other bodies
    • these people speak of “rest-prayer,” during which they do
  • Title: Pastoral Medicine: Lecture 3
    Matching lines:
    • the matters we have been considering. In particular, we should see
    • swing of a pendulum between the beginning of illness and the caring
    • treatment from the aspect of the earth. It consists of restoring the
    • interfering in each other's field in a dilettantish fashion. This
    • long as you are considering the scale at this left end of the beam,
    • you have to reckon with movement; so long as you are considering the
  • Title: Pastoral Medicine: Lecture 4
    Matching lines:
    • what is given them by heredity with what they bring from earlier
    • worked in it during those years. These forces have so appropriated
    • body. We see how what we bring down from spiritual worlds — our
    • being is an inwardly strong individual and brings an intensely strong
    • during the first seven years, it is not yet able to receive other
    • warmth, all cold. The child is fully aware when entering this
    • body. During this time, therefore, the child is working with the
    • during this time is turned entirely toward spiritual foundations and
    • physical worlds during the first seven years of life will be seen as
    • of the etheric body to be “left over.” What flowed during
    • depths of human nature. During the first seven years these soul
    • takes in the reproductive forces during this time; this is plainly
  • Title: Pastoral Medicine: Lecture 5
    Matching lines:
    • brings about a kind of dream condition. But because of the special
    • karmic density, both ego and astral body are strong, and they bring
    • clouding, a lowering of consciousness — in the waking state
    • meets. I'm picturing an extreme case so that you can see the chief
    • wondering why the person hits upon one thing at one moment and
    • impulse at a definite time of the year to go wandering off somewhere.
    • while he is wandering and sit him down to a wonderful meal or two
    • impressions but brings out every possible gem from his speech
    • necessity of surrendering his will-limb system to life's external
    • this clever answering between the seventh and the fourteenth year.
    • spiritual beings. We had there the bringing of waking-sleep into
    • revealed the spiritual world, is in this case pouring itself inward,
    • should really only emerge during the second seven years.
    • reveal itself in two ways. In most cases a person brings it along as
    • entering the physical body. An etheric body was formed that does not
    • organization is developing too early and is overpowering the physical
    • puberty. This brings on the first stage of a pathological condition,
    • creating a person's automatic speech and stirring the will from
    • I've been pointing to during these few days: that there is always a
  • Title: Pastoral Medicine: Lecture 6
    Matching lines:
    • with discovering how far a human being may deviate
    • accordingly. It was based on finding the means to bring out of the
    • domestic animals, considering them as part of the family. These were
    • all, he is an important actor; this comes from his impulse to bring
    • experienced a kind of lust, he did it for secret pleasure. During
    • organization. There lies the impulse one brings with one as talent.
    • view — bring on a variety of states of anxiety; they can be the
    • One sees clearly how they push in an unhealthy way to bring about
    • only considering from the aspect of this particular earth-life. With
    • in the right way, so that they begin to improve, so that during their
    • standing beside the priests and administering the other half of the
  • Title: Pastoral Medicine: Lecture 7
    Matching lines:
    • easy to do — what natural science was bringing forward, whether
    • bring what was opening up for me spiritually — for instance,
    • back, or further forward — to bring that into harmony with what
    • bring what we have seen spiritually into harmony with what science is
    • no possibility of exploring such connections if we only have the
    • coming into being. Continuously a human birth is occurring out of the
    • an important question: how is it during sleep? In sleep the etheric
    • exhalation there is no problem. But how can we inhale during sleep if
    • the astral body is outside? Well, the fact is that during sleep
    • at that time. All the astrality of the macrocosm enters during sleep.
    • Our breathing activity during sleep is for this reason very different
    • control of our inhalation during sleep comes from outside. When we
    • senses — seeing, hearing, sensation of warmth — totally
    • looking at the single, separate processes of seeing, hearing, and so
    • and bringing light, chemism, and life. It connects itself with the
    • that bring about the shaping of karma.
  • Title: Pastoral Medicine: Lecture 8
    Matching lines:
    • in the ego and astral body during sleep, one does not reach the sun
    • etheric body. In clairvoyance one can bring this condition about
    • seeing, hearing, and the other sense activities are suppressed. At
    • or in a higher stage of initiation. But in exchange for the blurring
    • us during the day, spirit is also entering us. Through every sense
    • experience spirit is entering us. We have therefore to regard the
    • bringing our past karma with it appears to be bringing reproach, and
    • of the sun entering on the paths of the senses and nerves. If we can
    • forces that develop the lymph and prepare it for entering into the
    • lymph-blood formation inwardly, we find we are entering into the
    • moon forces, that is a higher kind of mirroring.
    • chemism; third, they must stop for the life. The Saturn forces bring
    • bring about the stop for the world chemism, the Mars forces the stop
    • their full strength, they bring about the formation of the embryo,
    • to bring to medicine again, knowledge it once had. The world will
    • this shattering secret, but in picture form — the moon working
    • bring about a spiritual birth. The human being is then born
    • rays, chemical rays and life rays, the spirit is also pouring in.
    • is obliged to remain in it during earth-life. And this causes in the
  • Title: Pastoral Medicine: Lecture 9
    Matching lines:
    • in our minds what really happens in the human being during sleep. The
    • processes go on that during the person's sleep are independent of the
    • during sleep. During sleep the human being ought to be a world of
    • body during sleep — unless they are brought into balance
    • condition during waking life. It is constantly interrupted by the
    • sleep condition. Normally, however, even during sleep the catabolic
    • processes, only with catabolic processes. During sleep, therefore,
    • investigation to the etheric body, we find that during sleep only the
    • place in the plant kingdom. During daytime consciousness, when the
    • human spiritual development. Thus if we study what is active during
    • from this point of view those who during waking life do not go down
    • and consider the outer mineral world that relates to it. During sleep
    • is too much asleep, to cure what is still continuing to sleep during
    • talking about during the last few days. They descend into their
    • experienced by the ego and astral body during sleep (as too much
    • interested in discovering medicinal remedies, although of course they
    • a youth gathering, even though I fully appreciate their endeavor and
    • certainly not a remedy. On the contrary, it brings on the illness
  • Title: Pastoral Medicine: Lecture 10
    Matching lines:
    • be blinded by the flaring-up of will-o'-the-wisps but persist in
    • on the first day of spring, the twenty-first of March of each year.
    • If, for instance, in 1923 we had observed this point of spring, its
    • spring begins moves back in the zodiac a little bit in that
    • time the place of spring's beginning must again be in the very same
    • breaths during one day. What is it, then, that appears within the
    • spring until St. John's Day; then the change comes. As autumn
    • spiritual forces appearing in an illness that originates in the
    • bring them down for medicines for head illnesses. We are acting out
    • what successive years and days bring us. In short, we evolve as human
    • wonder in pondering over this rhythm of 25,920 years. One is awed by
  • Title: Pastoral Medicine: Lecture 11
    Matching lines:
    • the individual during the first seven years of life. The first body
    • this, we are able to bring into our own modern age what was present
    • Sun existence now during sleep. We do not have our Moon existence in
    • being a nature that is now below, a nature that only existed during
    • Humans fall during sleep into subnature, and from this fall illnesses
    • helps illuminate the members of the human being that during sleep are
    • bring back into the full waking state, into the natural course of
    • separate pieces of medical knowledge bring one a step further toward
    • Who guides the erring soul toward freedom.
  • Title: Broken Vessels: Lecture 1
    Matching lines:
    • MEDICINE COURSE we are bringing members of two distinct circles of
    • bring it about. But things have come to light that must be corrected
    • during this course. A proper working together must certainly not be
    • essential is expressed when it is said: The flame of offering belongs
    • the working together of the flame of offering and the Mercury staff
    • the flame of offering, or to celebrate ritual with the Mercury staff.
    • receiving communion while recovering from a severe illness. Looking
    • instance, is surrendering to the usual process of taking nourishment;
    • purpose of bringing about better sleep, but there the boundary is
    • intervening as physician, as therapist, directly in the ordering of
    • consciousness means that you are intervening directly in the ordering
    • have seen how doctoring, healing, by its very nature leads from the
    • this gathering for a pastoral medicine course there may actually be
    • dilettantish doctoring and that the doctor is a dilettante priest! If
    • will bring about a profoundly important result for our culture. The
    • physicians will be able to do very much at the sickbed to bring the
  • Title: Broken Vessels: Lecture 2
    Matching lines:
    • obliged to bring a musical understanding to it.
    • their house. Not what they see during the day, but the delicate
    • and one has to think how at this stage one can bring the other bodies
    • these people speak of “rest-prayer,” during which they do
  • Title: Broken Vessels: Lecture 3
    Matching lines:
    • the matters we have been considering. In particular, we should see
    • swing of a pendulum between the beginning of illness and the caring
    • treatment from the aspect of the earth. It consists of restoring the
    • interfering in each other's field in a dilettantish fashion. This
    • long as you are considering the scale at this left end of the beam,
    • you have to reckon with movement; so long as you are considering the
  • Title: Broken Vessels: Lecture 4
    Matching lines:
    • what is given them by heredity with what they bring from earlier
    • worked in it during those years. These forces have so appropriated
    • body. We see how what we bring down from spiritual worlds — our
    • being is an inwardly strong individual and brings an intensely strong
    • during the first seven years, it is not yet able to receive other
    • warmth, all cold. The child is fully aware when entering this
    • body. During this time, therefore, the child is working with the
    • during this time is turned entirely toward spiritual foundations and
    • physical worlds during the first seven years of life will be seen as
    • of the etheric body to be “left over.” What flowed during
    • depths of human nature. During the first seven years these soul
    • takes in the reproductive forces during this time; this is plainly
  • Title: Broken Vessels: Lecture 5
    Matching lines:
    • brings about a kind of dream condition. But because of the special
    • karmic density, both ego and astral body are strong, and they bring
    • clouding, a lowering of consciousness — in the waking state
    • meets. I'm picturing an extreme case so that you can see the chief
    • wondering why the person hits upon one thing at one moment and
    • impulse at a definite time of the year to go wandering off somewhere.
    • while he is wandering and sit him down to a wonderful meal or two
    • impressions but brings out every possible gem from his speech
    • necessity of surrendering his will-limb system to life's external
    • this clever answering between the seventh and the fourteenth year.
    • spiritual beings. We had there the bringing of waking-sleep into
    • revealed the spiritual world, is in this case pouring itself inward,
    • should really only emerge during the second seven years.
    • reveal itself in two ways. In most cases a person brings it along as
    • entering the physical body. An etheric body was formed that does not
    • organization is developing too early and is overpowering the physical
    • puberty. This brings on the first stage of a pathological condition,
    • creating a person's automatic speech and stirring the will from
    • I've been pointing to during these few days: that there is always a
  • Title: Broken Vessels: Lecture 6
    Matching lines:
    • CHIEFLY CONCERNED with discovering how far a human being may deviate
    • accordingly. It was based on finding the means to bring out of the
    • domestic animals, considering them as part of the family. These were
    • all, he is an important actor; this comes from his impulse to bring
    • experienced a kind of lust, he did it for secret pleasure. During
    • organization. There lies the impulse one brings with one as talent.
    • view — bring on a variety of states of anxiety; they can be the
    • One sees clearly how they push in an unhealthy way to bring about
    • only considering from the aspect of this particular earth-life. With
    • in the right way, so that they begin to improve, so that during their
    • standing beside the priests and administering the other half of the
  • Title: Broken Vessels: Lecture 7
    Matching lines:
    • easy to do — what natural science was bringing forward, whether
    • bring what was opening up for me spiritually — for instance,
    • back, or further forward — to bring that into harmony with what
    • bring what we have seen spiritually into harmony with what science is
    • no possibility of exploring such connections if we only have the
    • coming into being. Continuously a human birth is occurring out of the
    • an important question: how is it during sleep? In sleep the etheric
    • exhalation there is no problem. But how can we inhale during sleep if
    • the astral body is outside? Well, the fact is that during sleep
    • at that time. All the astrality of the macrocosm enters during sleep.
    • Our breathing activity during sleep is for this reason very different
    • control of our inhalation during sleep comes from outside. When we
    • senses — seeing, hearing, sensation of warmth — totally
    • looking at the single, separate processes of seeing, hearing, and so
    • bringing light, chemism, and life. It connects itself with the
    • that bring about the shaping of karma.
  • Title: Broken Vessels: Lecture 8
    Matching lines:
    • in the ego and astral body during sleep, one does not reach the sun
    • etheric body. In clairvoyance one can bring this condition about
    • seeing, hearing, and the other sense activities are suppressed. At
    • or in a higher stage of initiation. But in exchange for the blurring
    • us during the day, spirit is also entering us. Through every sense
    • experience spirit is entering us. We have therefore to regard the
    • bringing our past karma with it appears to be bringing reproach, and
    • of the sun entering on the paths of the senses and nerves. If we can
    • forces that develop the lymph and prepare it for entering into the
    • lymph-blood formation inwardly, we find we are entering into the
    • moon forces, that is a higher kind of mirroring.
    • chemism; third, they must stop for the life. The Saturn forces bring
    • bring about the stop for the world chemism, the Mars forces the stop
    • their full strength, they bring about the formation of the embryo,
    • to bring to medicine again, knowledge it once had. The world will
    • this shattering secret, but in picture form — the moon working
    • bring about a spiritual birth. The human being is then born
    • rays, chemical rays and life rays, the spirit is also pouring in.
    • is obliged to remain in it during earth-life. And this causes in the
  • Title: Broken Vessels: Lecture 9
    Matching lines:
    • our minds what really happens in the human being during sleep. The
    • processes go on that during the person's sleep are independent of the
    • during sleep. During sleep the human being ought to be a world of
    • body during sleep — unless they are brought into balance
    • condition during waking life. It is constantly interrupted by the
    • sleep condition. Normally, however, even during sleep the catabolic
    • processes, only with catabolic processes. During sleep, therefore,
    • investigation to the etheric body, we find that during sleep only the
    • place in the plant kingdom. During daytime consciousness, when the
    • human spiritual development. Thus if we study what is active during
    • from this point of view those who during waking life do not go down
    • consider the outer mineral world that relates to it. During sleep we
    • is too much asleep, to cure what is still continuing to sleep during
    • talking about during the last few days. They descend into their
    • experienced by the ego and astral body during sleep (as too much
    • interested in discovering medicinal remedies, although of course they
    • a youth gathering, even though I fully appreciate their endeavor and
    • certainly not a remedy. On the contrary, it brings on the illness
  • Title: Broken Vessels: Lecture 10
    Matching lines:
    • be blinded by the flaring-up of will-o'-the-wisps but persist in
    • on the first day of spring, the twenty-first of March of each year.
    • If, for instance, in 1923 we had observed this point of spring, its
    • spring begins moves back in the zodiac a little bit in that
    • time the place of spring's beginning must again be in the very same
    • breaths during one day. What is it, then, that appears within the
    • spring until St. John's Day; then the change comes. As autumn
    • spiritual forces appearing in an illness that originates in the
    • bring them down for medicines for head illnesses. We are acting out
    • what successive years and days bring us. In short, we evolve as human
    • wonder in pondering over this rhythm of 25,920 years. One is awed by
  • Title: Broken Vessels: Lecture 11
    Matching lines:
    • the individual during the first seven years of life. The first body
    • this, we are able to bring into our own modern age what was present
    • Sun existence now during sleep. We do not have our Moon existence in
    • being a nature that is now below, a nature that only existed during
    • Humans fall during sleep into subnature, and from this fall illnesses
    • helps illuminate the members of the human being that during sleep are
    • bring back into the full waking state, into the natural course of
    • separate pieces of medical knowledge bring one a step further toward
    • Who guides the erring soul toward freedom.
  • Title: Genesis: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • take the opening words of Genesis as referring to events which can be
    • elements. During the Moon existence there takes place this separation
    • existence, the division which had taken place previously during the
    • Hebrew sage felt. If we would bring the sound B'reschit before our
    • the means of expression for moving, weaving spirit which, during the
    • images. Bring home vividly to yourselves this inner activity, this
    • you can use the word “excogitate” for this conjuring up
    • it, you can only liken it to the thought-life you are able to bring
    • during your musing two kinds of images come before your souls.
    • this way. The word bara, “created,” brings their
    • “heaven and earth.” Let us try to bring the two complexes
    • can only have a meaning, if during its course something arises which
    • preliminary stages, had to bring something new into existence, he
    • them, and that will suffice to bring us at least one step nearer to
    • that at the time we are now considering they were working as a group
    • united by a common aim. What they intend to bring into existence is
    • the earth. Bearing in mind all that I have told you today, try to put
    • sphere a group of pondering spiritual Beings live. They are engaged
    • in productive pondering, their pondering is penetrated through and
    • manifesting and the inwardly mobile.” Try to bring before
  • Title: Genesis: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • that it will not permit me to bring forward anything that conflicts
    • feeling we have acquired as a result of the usual modern renderings.
    • certain resistance to our senses, did not exist during the Saturn,
    • pondering. What the Elohim ponder is expressed by
    • at the stage to which they had evolved during the Saturn, Sun and
    • recall what took place during the ancient Saturn, Sun and Moon
    • the element of warmth, whereas during the Sun evolution something
    • help to bring out the meaning.) And if you think of the energy of
    • order to bring the eggs to maturity, then you can have a notion of
    • itself expands with the expanding warmth, and brings to maturity what
    • physical tone brings about in the powder also occurs throughout
    • air. That brings us somewhat nearer to this finer element which is
    • bring before us in a picture what hovered before the soul of the
    • withdrew as spiritual light, as sound, as the uttering and formative
    • into the etheric with haschamayim radiated answering light
  • Title: Genesis: Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • during the course of the Saturn, Sun and Moon evolutions springs to
    • took place during the six days of creation? No, they could not. For
    • must expect to see all that had gradually evolved during the Saturn,
    • advanced during the Sun period to the stage of the plant. Again we
    • directs its attention towards the plant-covering of our earth, it
    • that happened during the third stage of our earth's evolution, during
    • appeared during the Moon evolution, and man himself — the body
    • place during these three epochs emerged again in the recollection of
    • from one another. Now, during the tohu wabohu, they were all
    • cohering. That is the course of events which is expressed in modern
    • exact rendering of what is meant; the Elohim separated what tends to
    • existence. During the Moon evolution this solid, earth element was
    • The solid now brings forth a recapitulation of the plant nature out
    • plant life springs forth from the earth. Thus the sprouting of plant
    • in the solid element of what had already existed during the Sun
    • are today. You will not understand the description of the springing-up
    • the animal nature made its first appearance during the Moon
    • already to be found in the Moon evolution. During the Moon evolution
    • of such a soul-stirring discovery how can we attach any importance to
    • know that all that man went through during the Saturn, Sun and Moon
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Genesis: Lecture IV
    Matching lines:
    • begin next spring at the time of my lecture cycle in Prague; and I
    • psychic. Feel your way into yourself as a warmth-bearing being
    • we look at elementary conditions as a whole during the Sun evolution,
    • light and air, and all life during that time manifested itself within
    • manifestations of warmth, light and air, we are only considering the
    • ringing” or tonic ether. Alternatively, because this
    • referring to here, and that too is what Genesis is referring to. We
    • during the solar period light penetrates into our cosmic space, and
    • powder and brings about the Chladni figures. Just as the powder is
    • find all that clairvoyant investigation can bring to light —
    • have been taught for years that during the Saturn evolution the
    • stage at which we ourselves now stand. During the Sun evolution the
    • Archangeloi or Archangels had their human stage; and during earth
    • of these Beings if we bring home to ourselves that in the order of
    • day, during which we wake and sleep. Now of course you all know how
    • these “days” of creation, they are really not worth bothering
  • Title: Genesis: Lecture V
    Matching lines:
    • Bible is referring to the Spirit of the Elohim — Ruach Elohim
    • the passage in which the words ring forth And God (the
    • appropriate goal. Thus we may say that during the ancient Saturn
    • behind. During the Sun evolution they still remained at the Saturn
    • reappear during the recapitulation of the Saturn and Sun epochs in
    • referring to the advanced Beings. They interact and interweave with
    • bring into being through their musing, their meditation. When they
    • continual using up of our physical bodies during day life. That is a
    • of which were bestowed during the Saturn existence. The life of the
    • which take place during waking life, processes of renewal which take
    • place during sleep. But nothing which happens anywhere in space is
    • continuation of what flows into us from outside, so that during the
    • the universe, and during sleep with the forces of renewal.
    • our physical bodies which goes on during the waking life of day could
    • not have happened during the Saturn evolution, otherwise the first
    • could undertake the rebuilding of the physical body during sleep,
    • this day it is they who are active in us during sleep, when they work
    • that they reached their human stage during the Sun evolution. They
    • for it was during the Sun evolution that they reached their human
    • stage. And when during the Moon evolution it became necessary for the
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Genesis: Lecture VI
    Matching lines:
    • URING
    • existence we are surrendering to illusion. On the other hand, to
    • referring to expressions, to manifestations, of real spiritualities,
    • no question of such an earth condition during the Saturn, Sun or Moon
    • yet they have continued to work during the whole course of
    • self-sacrifice. We saw that during the Sun evolution the warmth
    • activity by saying that during the Saturn evolution they were so
    • existence of Saturn. Then during the Sun evolution they condensed
    • during the Moon evolution condensed their gaseous element to water.
    • During the earth evolution they have further condensed their watery
    • would know who it is that brings this about, if we would look beyond
    • from whom this creative thought springs; but in what arises to meet
    • bringing forth once more the objective in its own substantial nature.
    • bring it into this solid state. Actually, when we penetrate through
    • external matter, through the elementary covering of the earth, to
    • what has made this earth covering solid, it would be natural to feel
    • try to bring sensitive and perceptive feeling into all this, you will
    • permeated by an element of force which tries to bring it all into
    • on the ground; he cannot say that the water hovering above us comes
    • knowledge that in the gathering of the clouds, in that unique process
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Genesis: Lecture VII
    Matching lines:
    • soul, and the first one is that the Spirit of the Elements brings
    • picture-consciousness. But during the Moon period the pictures which
    • normal during the Moon evolution. The human being at that stage
    • the organs of vision. During the Moon period, the main task of the
    • The essence of this activity during the Moon evolution is that the
    • organs were, so to say, drawn forth from the Beings. During the earth
    • our flora. During the Moon evolution light did not act in this way,
    • the work of elementary existence upon the human organs. During the
    • growth. During the Moon evolution it was normal. For instance, man
    • cosmic system. During the Moon evolution, there was no separation
    • time of earth evolution. During the Moon evolution, when these Elohim
    • Sun from the Moon. Then we have seen that during the earth evolution
    • about through the severing of what was previously a unity.
    • first, the most rarefied state, which constitutes and brings about
    • for the first time during the Moon evolution. It was then that the
    • higher stage of development during earth evolution. It is therefore
    • to be expected that what applied to light on the Moon should during
    • could not go on in the same way to say: “And the Elohim during
  • Title: Genesis: Lecture VIII
    Matching lines:
    • ministering to them unfold their work, we have to see a human
    • species form; the earth brings forth the foundations of plant life
    • peculiar life of the astral body during sleep. From my
    • strengthening forces from the whole cosmos. During the night our
    • and etheric bodies. During the night our astral bodies are diffused
    • clairvoyant hovering like a cloud in the vicinity of the physical
    • body, it is not true. During the night the astral body is poured out
    • over the whole of our solar system. During sleep it is united with
    • astral body because during sleep it is in inner union with the starry
    • bodies are during the night; but its laws were the same, and the
    • during the next period, which Genesis calls the fifth
    • We have also said that during the Sun evolution the body of the
    • preoccupation with securing one's own inner comfort — all that
    • If now we look upon the expulsion from Paradise as really referring
  • Title: Genesis: Lecture IX
    Matching lines:
    • during the time between the separation of the sun and that of the
    • moon. During this interval human soul-spirits, except for a very
    • with the earth. During this time the rest dwelt upon the earth's
    • important event, which took place as we know during the Lemurian
    • earth from without, thereby bringing it into a state of balance. And
    • existence. This all happened during the Lemurian age.
    • the Atlantean epoch. What had crystallised out as man during the
    • latter part of Lemuria and during Atlantis was gradually endowed with
    • soul-spirits of differing characteristics, according to whether they
    • with the first. I have often described how during the progress of
    • During Lemuria we must think of the earth
    • Atlantis. During the Atlantean age the surface of the earth was still
    • clairvoyant organs of perception. It was during the time lasting from
    • days of creation, after the completion of what took place during
    • we have to place the departure of human souls to the neighbouring
    • etheric bodies during sleep remain in the bed. When we are concerned
    • have to bear in mind that during the third “day” of
    • during the day as our physical and etheric bodies was being prepared.
    • If we bring before
    • soul-spiritual nature in man is on the neighbouring planets in the
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Genesis: Lecture X
    Matching lines:
    • ready to separate. Then follows the separation, and during its course
    • into his body earlier, let us say, during the events of the fifth
    • first. Thus man was not able to descend into solid matter even during
    • know that these first arose in their soul-spiritual form during the
    • during the first six “days.”
    • the higher, human form. During the time when the animal forms came
    • at every stage during these lectures — and that is the need for
    • Jahve-Elohim, into that higher form of evolution, in order to bring
    • this at the close of these lectures, during which we have tried to
    • around us, conferring blessing, refreshment and health upon our own
    • which sinks into the soul of the hearer only to spring up again and
  • Title: Festivals/Easter: Lecture I: Easter: The Festival of Warning
    Matching lines:
    • will be the first full moon of spring and upon this full moon will
    • fall the rays of the springtime sun, for since the 21st of March the
    • sun has been in the sign of spring. When, therefore, men on earth
    • is the first after the full moon of spring, then is the time to keep
    • such traditions were a means for bringing to expression man's
    • which during a certain period of earthly evolution have become more
    • the one to bring to mankind true and fitting ideas about Christianity
    • essential to see in this light what he laboured so hard to bring to
    • of Golgotha did bring about an absolute separation of one phase in the
    • end of a period of evolution during which men beheld, together with
    • spiritual vision, was fading away and disappearing, and that another
    • brings no approach to Christ, that with this old vision one can only
    • all his power to bring men out of the habit of looking to the spirits
    • had quite another spiritual ring than has the mere echo left us in our
    • unreal, preferring to regard it as a kind of hallucination that befell
    • words, they go on uttering them more or less automatically, they make
    • materialistic outlook we have long ago ceased caring whether or not we
    • During the Fifth Post-Atlantean epoch a new tendency has been at
    • Such a view of the ordering of the world must inevitably arise in a
    • bringing together in their thought the things that essentially belong
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Festivals/Easter: Lecture II: The Blood-relationship and The Christ-relationship
    Matching lines:
    • of spirit-and-soul should spring from a source other than that of the
    • and spiritual, men still went on desiring to find in themselves the
    • reality. Men came to the point of enquiring into the super-sensible by
    • element made its way to the surface during the 19th century
    • new way to bring this element of universal humanity to its own had not
    • spiritual. This image can bring forth intellectualism, but not
    • bring to fulfilment the words: “My kingdom is not of this
  • Title: Festivals/Easter: Lecture III: The Death of A God and Its Fruits In Humanity
    Matching lines:
    • and clothing, as well as with ever-increasing luxury goods. During the
    • wisdom belonging to mankind as one whole and springing from one Divine
    • declaring what he holds sacred, then no understanding is
    • Mystery of Golgotha takes place, because from it alone could spring
    • the impulse of a god Who had endured all the sufferings and agonies of
    • shame that were the lot of Christ. And these sufferings were
    • to larger gatherings of men. Those to whom it has been entrusted to
    • Wandering Jew, lingering on Golgotha; the fourth — a praying
  • Title: Festivals/Easter: Lecture IV: Spirit Triumphant
    Matching lines:
    • of Christendom men were still endeavouring to understand the Mystery
    • death by the indescribable suffering that was His lot.
    • signs of suffering in the human body, the more perfect the skill with
    • which art succeeded at different periods in portraying the sufferings,
    • with which art portrayed the sufferings of the Redeemer. Nevertheless
    • Redeemer suffering and dying on the Cross, leave was taken of a truly
    • counter-image of its own physical suffering, in order that this might
    • vogue, obscuring men's feeling of the stupendous Christmas Mystery of
    • associated pre-eminently with suffering and death.
    • presented as the suffering man, but the idea of the execution of
    • justice from without is essentially absent. Job is the suffering man,
    • sake of human evolution. We need, not the suffering Christ, but the
    • has gradually come to be a picture of the Man of suffering and pain,
    • outpouring of the Spirit, since this thought has been dogmatically
    • wisdom that pain and suffering originate from man's union with matter.
    • the Chrestos — the man suffering within the physical
    • body, in the purple robe and wearing the crown of thorns. The sight of
    • have to thank your Buffering, your pain. You owe your knowledge to the
    • fact that you did not allow yourself to be mastered by suffering and
    • Mysteries, the figure of the suffering Chrestos was in turn replaced
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Festivals/Easter: Lecture V: The Teachings of The Risen Christ
    Matching lines:
    • anthroposophical gatherings. What there is to be said about the
    • Yet we may perhaps find a point of approach by considering the life of
    • removed during their sojourn on earth from an existence of
    • acquiring knowledge in this external way, but knowledge so gained is
    • has been lost of the genuine esoteric wisdom surviving during the
    • to express in the following words. They can only be feeble, stammering
    •  “is obliterated during waking consciousness. But,” — so
    •  “then you are preparing a special power of wisdom.”
    • Now during earthly life the thinking part of the soul has poured
    • the whole structure of the Mystery as Revelation, Offering,
    • the Mass, and from its fourfold membering: Gospel, Offering,
    • of this there is springing up the human longing to learn something
  • Title: Festivals/Easter: Lecture VI: Easter: The Mystery of the Future
    Matching lines:
    • have come to my notice. I have had a brief period of lecturing in the
    • During the Thirty Years' War, through strange workings of karma, this
    • Ring of the Nibelungs,” and, walking along the streets, the
    • at the budding flowers of early spring, and the first seed of
    • gave such magnificent expression in the “Ring of the
    • evolution of humanity, for the purpose of discovering the real
    • in such Festivals and what they can bring to life in the soul. We
    • senses: the eyes for seeing, the ears for hearing, and all the other
    • suffering, pleasure, pain — everything that composes man's inner
    • evolution darkness enshrouds him during the night.
    • remember that these colourforms surrounding and blurring the sharp
    • gradually developed. The impressions received by man during the night
    • mood-of-soul prevailing in men during early Post-Atlantean times, and
    • to some extent also during the last phases of the Atlantean epoch
    • form of atavistic remains of an earlier age. Later, during Greco-Roman
    • true to speak of an equal possibility, on the one side of remembering
    • them cropping up again, and during the last four centuries their
    • will have lost his bearings in the spiritual world and will have no
    • bring with them any consciousness of those worlds.
    • epoch, during the Greco-Latin epoch, when Christ came down among men.
  • Title: Festivals/Easter: Lecture VII: Spiritual Bells of Easter, I
    Matching lines:
    • of Faust he places before us the representative of aspiring humanity,
    • expanding in a new way during these days at the beginning of spring,
    • comes to realise that the wellsprings of spiritual life can deliver us
    • be attained during earthly life, would seek out the cave of Kashiapa
    • one day to come among men. Thus the God Who is to bring redemption to
    • during our cycle of evolution God announced Himself in fire, would be
    • regions of spiritual science, for we come here to the fringe of a
    • it is true, rings out in the thought. Lightning in the clouds
    • during our earthly life that that which gives man his true being as
  • Title: Festivals/Easter: Lecture VIII: Spiritual Bells of Easter, II
    Matching lines:
    • legend which gave us an inkling yesterday of its bearing on this
    • human, for not only did He bring heavenly forces into an earthly body,
    • looked with such sorrow into the future, wondering whether the earth
    • the souls of men during this period. Truly, nothing greater or more
    • upon a child, weak and ailing. Suffering is the child's lot in the
    • suffering. And again with all his sensitivity of soul the Buddha sees
    • existence bears him into the earthly world-illness is suffering. The
    • limbs? Old age is suffering. And then the Buddha sees a corpse. Death
    • that are its accompaniment. Death is suffering. And through further
    • separated from what we love is suffering; to be united with what we do
    • not love is suffering; not to attain that for which we yearn is
    • suffering.
    • The teaching of suffering rang with power and insistence through
    • truth that freedom from suffering depends upon elimination of the
    • redemption and release from suffering. Truly, a sublime goal of human
    • the certainty that existence is not suffering, but leads across death
    • all suffering, just as six hundred years before the Mystery
    • of Golgotha the corpse was the sign that suffering must be the lot of
    • augured suffering for man, how does the great truth that life is
    • suffering present itself to the soul after the Mystery of Golgotha?
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Faith, Love, Hope: The Third Revelation
    Matching lines:
    • These lectures were given by Rudolf Steiner during a period of intense
    • already been given during the preceding years, from 1908 onwards. Dr.
    • doing so we shall be considering, it is true, only what has been
    • during the present cycle of time, is the revelation proceeding from
    • during the last 1,000 years, they have gradually adopted modern
    • more into our ego during earthly existence, back to the Mystery of
    • who have experienced an awakening, bringing them, for the first time,
    • for those who, during the last 1,000 years, have been connected with
    • discussed. Christ is entering upon His judgeship. Let us look more
    • on, during the next 3,000 years — of an urge to refrain from what
    • revelation during the latest cycle of mankind — will realise that
    • appearing to their soul is a forewarning of the karmic deed that must
    • death without giving even a glance into Spiritual Science during their
    • during the Atlantean Age, present-day men have become accustomed to
    • during the next 3,000 years does not entail Christ being restricted to
    • world-conception, have become arrogant and overbearing, now say:
    • fail to bring it fresh life, is the human sheath where the forces of
    • despondent about what he supposes the future may bring, will go
    • withering up, would assail mankind if their consciousness, and from
    • in human beings to produce withering bodies, which in future would
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Faith, Love, Hope: Towards the Sixth Epoch
    Matching lines:
    • of that genuine ego-consciousness which has been in preparation during
    • very real bearing on deep super-sensible processes in his life of soul.
    • parents, naturally, mourned their son. During the months following
    • assume that one parent had the dream, and the other, hearing it when
    • dreams. It is one thing we have to reckon with when considering
    • tendencies it has during incorporation in a physical body — these
    • long time during his Kamaloka.
    • perceived what the son was pouring into their souls, their
    • It is only in our time that dreams are appearing to people in this
    • continued almost everywhere during the transitional period, men's
    • fact, it was during this period of transition, when consciousness of
    • this feeling for his ego during early childhood, a man does not even
    • the faculties appearing more and more in human beings will be one
    • those now going through the world apathetically, ignoring what
    • experience can tell about the need for exploring the riddles of life,
    • preparing a life of torment for future incarnations on earth. That is
    • What then is our present experience? It is not just of the entering-in
    • prepared which a man needs for gradually acquiring a true
    • that will spring from the words of that great teacher of humanity. His
    • Then will come the last epoch, during which human souls will receive
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Forming of Destiny: Lecture 1: Spiritual Life in the Physical World and Life Between Death and Rebirth
    Matching lines:
    • requiring of them:
    • our days. It is therefore fitting that we should once again bring
    • which we as souls bring, into the form which we receive from our
    • find that during the time before we develop memory, certain relations
    • child learns much during this time, much more than is usually
    • how regulated this life of ours is — we need only bring to mind
    • people, as I have often mentioned, but they are really suffering from
    • be a continuous thread, which may not at any time during daily life
    • lose the possibility of remembering what has happened since that point
    • sense we regard the life during these days from the standpoint of the
    • separates from the body should, during the whole time we pass in the
    • the life between death and rebirth. I should now like to bring forward yet
    • between waking and sleeping. During sleep we are within our Ego and
    • whole Cosmic-ordering, that you pass your life at definite times in
    • consider, you are now hearing this lecture, which lasts perhaps one
    • are hearing. Indeed, it would be possible to gather much more from all
    • during the following nights. One sees souls labouring between sleeping
    • lecture. And that would be worked upon during sleep, and transformed
    • work upon during the night. Thus as it were, we learn lessons which we
    • — we may even say the purpose — of comparing this life of
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Forming of Destiny: Lecture 2: On the forming of Destiny
    Matching lines:
    • mantram which must often be uttered during these days in connection
    • occurring around us to-day and which, as they occur, convulse the
    • externally, without entering into esoteric considerations, regards the
    • bringing forward anything in objection to the truth of such a
    • sleep life in a special form during the time we call Kamaloka, and
    • that we may say a widening of our vision appears. While during the
    • inner experience. That brings about the infinite intimacy of the
    • expressed many times already, but which we will once more bring
    • experienced through us during our life here, between birth and death.
    • have offended a man, who has thereby suffered bitterly. During
    • thereby absorb the force to wipe them away. And during this time in
    • Thus is Karma prepared, during this particular time. We incorporate
    • rebirth, in order to bring about in the next incarnation that
    • all the aforesaid suffering, for the positive develops out of the
    • the possibility of ethically preparing our next incarnation in the
    • bring about other things — it is not absolute law, for these are
    • retrospect during the first days after death, but it takes place in
    • bring about this retrospect. It must be brought about by his own
    • then a gathering of geniuses for a time, and it then ceased. And thus
    • From the mourners' suffering,
  • Title: Forming of Destiny: Lecture 3: The Subconscious Strata of the Soul-Life and the Life of the Spirit After Premature Death
    Matching lines:
    • find that the human soul during its life on earth was then chiefly
    • experiences during these different epochs; as regards the relation of
    • build chiefly those capacities which humanity is at present acquiring
    • bring about a certain inner relation with our physical body, because
    • body. If we could suddenly bring to the surface all that the etheric
    • is reached by bringing that which is in the etheric body to
    • educational development consists in bringing out the concealed wisdom
    • lying in the depths of the soul. Now, if we were not obliged to bring
    • terribly clever children, and it would not take much to bring out at a
    • event had not occurred. I will bring forward a striking instance. At a
    • of the spiritual world. Then, during the Vulcan epoch, an
    • etheric body, perhaps during many years. That force is nevertheless in
    • during the whole life. This also is still there. In short, a man goes
    • brings something quite different into the spiritual world from what he
    • conceptions and ideas change on entering the spiritual world; not only
    • on entering the spiritual world through initiation, but also on
    • entering it through the gates of death. You see, here on earth, man
    • which is perceived; one has nothing to do with bringing about the
    • spiritual world. Those in the spiritual world can only bring it to
    • bring it into vision by our own efforts. For one who can have
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Forming of Destiny: Lecture 4: The Connection Between the Spiritual and the Physical Worlds, and How They Are Experienced After Death
    Matching lines:
    • especially occupied in considering the connection that exists between
    • might also appear; we knew that we could bring our inner experience to
    • spirit, this is reversed on entering the spiritual world. What the
    • relations were established during life on earth. These human souls
    • offering something concerning the solution of the riddle in question.
    • Now just as Art, in a sense, brings as by enchantment a spiritual
    • world a man must bring forth artistic creation out of his own soul,
    • it can bring forth; it leads us rather to consider life as a part of
    • physical world must spring forth beauty for the dead, we are struck by
    • significant experience on entering the land of the spirit, ‘Thou
    • of answering the question. Speculation as a rule does not help at all,
    • we decide in the morning what we intend doing during the evening. At
    • be a combination of circumstances that brings about the breaking of
    • plans. But one of those very impulses which may easily bring us well
    • From the mourners' suffering,
  • Title: Forming of Destiny: Lecture 5: Concerning the Subconscious Soul Impulses
    Matching lines:
    • We have devoted the recent lectures to considering from a certain
    • it were, in the thought, that he will carry out his plan during the
    • disastrous situation through undertaking the proposed project during
    • veil; it hides from us those events to which I am now referring, which
    • acquiring spiritual sight, but it does mean as already characterised
    • ordinary things, for one must bring it ever again out of the spiritual
    • soul and the spirit must be active in such a case and must bring forth
    • which is concealed in us, which lives within our physical covering
    • easiest way to bring these things before people is to leave them more
    • I have given instances. I shall bring forward an especial case to-day
    • during the trial he subjected him to a crossfire, and with a certain
    • remarkable man. He had not much talent for entering into psychic
    • bring forward many more characteristics; he was a model advocate. We
    • was any possibility of bringing about a conviction on this occasion.
    • he himself describes the manner in which Markus Freund behaved during
    • bewildering sophistry of Markus Freund — although public feeling
    • reading during the last few days, at any rate the senseless thought
    • Freund, who was imprisoned for a long time. During the night between
    • vision which the Hofrat had during the night. The Hofrat was really a
    • the novelist brings forward the possibility of developing a partial
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Forming of Destiny: Lecture 6: Lecture on the Poem of Olaf Åsteson
    Matching lines:
    • falls into a sort of sleep-like condition. And during these thirteen
    • nature. We know that during these days when in a sense the deepest
    • how this Olaf Åsteson actually experiences what we are able to bring
    • during these thirteen nights something transpires in the soul of the
    • clear light of spiritual vision. We shall now bring this Saga before
    • urged that what brings spiritual vision to the soul of man is not
    • not only organs of sight, hearing, touch, taste, but quite different
    • that these men bring forth, concerning the possibility or
    • adjective together, if I bring speech into movement, it then expresses
    • something present in our whole existence, appearing to us in all that
    • Festival of Christmas, almost in mid-winter, during the longest nights
    • out of the neighbouring village, not out of his own; how the children
    • often visited the neighbouring village. As they grew up and were able
    • during the night they saw a phenomenon of nature. It is desirable to
    • and they flamed. The neighbouring spaces of the heavens were flooded
    • heavens in delicate quiverings. Had the “storm-substance” of
    • during the days of which we have spoken to-day, and which are now
    • May we bring to this epoch of ours a soul so strengthened that we can
  • Title: Lecture: Foundations of Esotericism: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • in the same way as one dreams during sleep. Dream consciousness
  • Title: Lecture: Foundations of Esotericism: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • restoring justice — karma. Every action calls forth its counter
    • however persists during the intervening period. The inter-relationship
    • bring about completion determines the duration of his sojourn in
    • etheric body when one is certain that he no longer brings anything of
    • impulse must come from the East in order to bring into, them a more
    • spirituality of the East should bring a central point into the chaos
  • Title: Lecture: Foundations of Esotericism: Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • bones: hammer, anvil and stirrup — quite minute bones. Hearing
    • depends upon these little bones bringing the other organs into
    • hairs. Each of these is tuned, like the strings of a piano, to a
    • with the sense of hearing, is that hearing is the sense which raises
    • complement to the passive sense of hearing. What in the plant is
    • simply a sense of orientation has become in man the sense of hearing,
    • of uttering the little word ‘I’ we might regard the human form
    • organ of hearing is an inhabitant of the mental plane. This is why we
    • in the organ of hearing the old residue of the sense of direction. He
    • a creator who brings things into being. As the Earth Spirit builds the
    • rationalisation is brought about during the ascent from animal to man.
  • Title: Lecture: Foundations of Esotericism: Lecture IV
    Matching lines:
    • then can make use of them to find one's bearings in the world.
    • different. Through transferring one's consciousness into the beehive,
    • one gains the faculty of transferring oneself into the community of
    • ‘Urmaterie’ (primal matter), bringing this into connection with the
    • existence during the Fourth Round. After this, the entire mineral
    • brought about by oscillating electricity no longer requiring wires.
    • planetary spirits. From a being requiring a body produced by others,
    • To arrive at such guiding threads as these, one must bring one's
    • with a mental picture. When he sees suffering, in order to experience
    • of the head that of willing. The esoteric pupil learns to bring these
  • Title: Lecture: Foundations of Esotericism: Lecture V
    Matching lines:
    • It is this ether which brings about the union of oxygen and hydrogen.
    • to discover the solid, for instance by entering into a rocky mountain
    • act of speaking one brings forth the wisdom of the world. What is
    • present time thinking is the form in which man can bring his will to
    • sight. In the course of evolution the organs of hearing, warmth and
  • Title: Lecture: Foundations of Esotericism: Lecture VI
    Matching lines:
    • able to bring new impulses into Earth evolution; 6. Pitris (Fathers):
    • around him. In bringing forth his own being he was at first creative.
    • Let us imagine for once that man were able to bring forth sounds,
    • he was in a position to bring into them his own Kama (astral body).
    • bring into the Earth something coming from higher worlds. Such an
    • which has continuity; but they cannot bring into it what comes from
    • Pitris. Pitris = Fathers. For the Nirmana-kayas can indeed bring
    • the following planet they can bring forth a new cycle. This can be
  • Title: Lecture: Foundations of Esotericism: Lecture VII
    Matching lines:
    • fact brings with it a certain tragedy. Certain men of academic
    • Buddhi and Manas in an objective way. Through their fostering care
  • Title: Lecture: Foundations of Esotericism: Lecture VIII
    Matching lines:
    • earth? This is connected with the progression of the spring equinox.
    • About 800 years before Christ the sun in spring entered the
    • bring it, he who has already been here: John the Baptist. Later he
    • gain firm ground under their feet; thus during one life, reincarnation
    • years after Christ, the time had elapsed during which nearly everyone
    • dawning of the materialistic age. In order to bring about the
  • Title: Lecture: Foundations of Esotericism: Lecture X
    Matching lines:
    • conditions of form of the earth. The membering of the human auric egg.
    • During this time it is the task of mankind to work upon the mineral
    • Everything which man worked into the mineral kingdom during the Fourth
  • Title: Lecture: Foundations of Esotericism: Lecture XI
    Matching lines:
    • development of self-consciousness during the descent to the physical
    • three are the physical, astral and mental worlds. During the day
    • enduring thought content to live in one in order gradually to develop
    • strings of the Gods; they still had to guide him. In so far as man
    • the whole night only he does not remember it. During sleep the mental
  • Title: Lecture: Foundations of Esotericism: Lecture XII
    Matching lines:
    • covering of the whole body in man.
    • body as much as the human being has worked into it. Only during the
    • although he no longer has organs bringing him into connection with
    • died. This seeking can bring about harmful reactions. In such a case
  • Title: Lecture: Foundations of Esotericism: Lecture XIII
    Matching lines:
    • ordering of the world. Alteration in the forms of the flora, fauna and
    • materialism. Especially during the materialistic age, which developed
    • the Physical Plane the flowering meadow.
    • During the time he is passing through Kamaloka and the lower
    • the sun in spring entered the constellation of the Ram or Lamb and
    • this continued until 1800 AD. Now, at the beginning of spring, it
    • zodiac to the next. During this time conditions undergo a fundamental
    • Reincarnation is connected with these epochs, during which the human
    • brings this about is called by natural scientists ‘adaptability’.
    • metamorphosis in the animal kingdom, influencing and altering animal
    • human beings in Kamaloka who are preparing for their next incarnation.
    • clearly before him. On the next stage he consciously brings forth the
    • consciously brings forth himself (Seventh Round).
    • who bring this about are the Devas. They also regulate collective
    • Planetary Spirits during previous stages of evolution, during previous
    • consciously brings to life within him that world which man in the
    • Karma is the law. The Deva is the one who brings the law into
    • application. The angel of the rotation of time brings about the
  • Title: Lecture: Foundations of Esotericism: Lecture XIV
    Matching lines:
    • eruptions are today. These forces surrounded man during the Moon
    • While we are gaining experiences on the Earth we are gathering the
    • forces which during the next Planetary Evolution will become our own
  • Title: Lecture: Foundations of Esotericism: Lecture XV
    Matching lines:
    • Everything of importance that happened during this time could
    • outside, education on the physical plane should bring about in the
    • object: for example, picturing a dog is merely making a mental image,
    • It brings with it the germ of dissolution, the urge to extricate
    • work like strings, drawing us ever and again down into existence. (The
    • meaning of Nidana is string, loop.) There are three groups which
  • Title: Lecture: Foundations of Esotericism: Lecture XVI
    Matching lines:
    • altogether the results of past deeds, but which bring something new
    • people create out of moral intuition, in that they bring new duties,
    • human being brings something new into the world, something new strikes
  • Title: Lecture: Foundations of Esotericism: Lecture XVII
    Matching lines:
    • his hands brings about its karmic results in his next earthly
    • responsibility than in deeds alone: for with them we are preparing the
    • The moment we act we bring about an alteration on the physical plane.
    • disposition lead karmically to the opportunities. Actions bring about
  • Title: Lecture: Foundations of Esotericism: Lecture XVIII
    Matching lines:
    • elephants. We should however hardly have met in our wanderings in
    • from animals bearing a similarity to man. In this theory of evolution
    • to bring vehicles into motion, but used the seed power (samenkraft) of
    • the astral body is continually endeavouring to overcome the other
  • Title: Lecture: Foundations of Esotericism: Lecture XIX
    Matching lines:
    • everything on the astral plane. Feelings of the soul appearing on the
    • when materialisations occur during spiritualistic seances, a
    • astral plane than a thought that springs from the soul in an impulsive
    • Ordinary space can be filled with substance. One can bring into
    • Such feelings bring about a lowering of the human astral body. When a
    • The overpowering of a human being by means of hypnotism is a still
  • Title: Lecture: Foundations of Esotericism: Lecture XX
    Matching lines:
    • without the sleeper knowing anything about it. During waking life also
    • bring with it into waking life the experiences of the astral world.
    • itself to us as dreams. What however has taken place during the night
    • during the daytime with pure, noble thoughts dealing with eternal
    • things, he brings into his astral body the disposition for such
    • company of those individualities who can work during the night on our
    • meditation, is led towards him. This is what can happen during the
    • and it can bring about devastating effects. What corresponds to the
    • Here something different occurs. He brings with him all that he has
    • brings with him when he descends in order to incarnate. When he has
    • last moment of dying is the gathering together of all previous lives.
  • Title: Lecture: Foundations of Esotericism: Lecture XXI
    Matching lines:
    • things there are forces which bring them into being. If, for example,
    • first place we bring about phenomena, but every action does in fact
    • Arupa plane is delicate, soft and enduring; it is Akasha and human
    • life. In this way we can also bring about definite experiences, only
    • warm feeling. An educator of children can observe this. If during a
    • This very frequently brings about an apprehension before incarnation
    • and in an extreme case, rebirth as an idiot. When a person during his
    • Movement to develop human beings so that they also bring life and
    • receive a shock which brings about idiocy. With a further descent the
  • Title: Lecture: Foundations of Esotericism: Lecture XXII
    Matching lines:
    • In considering the physical-astral human being we are taken back into
    • astral body in such a way that they bring about in it differentiation
    • Because during Earth evolution we have manifold forms, the parts in
    • From the time when the Monad enters, it brings about peace, to begin
    • body also survives. The important thing is to bring into harmony the
    • different bodies, which consist of separate warring parts, and
    • harmony out of the warring forces, and on the other hand out of the
    • now become karma. This is a new life which springs up from within. The
    • order selflessly to bring about harmonious relationships in our
    • into us is devastation: if we bring about harmony in the world,
    • ourselves fostering Wisdom. Then we develop a domain of Beauty in all
  • Title: Lecture: Foundations of Esotericism: Lecture XXIII
    Matching lines:
    • The last human beings during the Old Moon existence are our physical
    • During the Age which preceded the Lemurian Age, we have the
    • This developed further in the bearing of the Cross on the shoulders.
    • power of reproduction. It was able to bring forth again the beings who
    • During the Hyperborean Period the whole again divided. One part
    • appearance seemed like the rings around Saturn. Now the second or
    • critical point. Jahve could now save the situation only by altering
    • offspring out of herself. Now Jehovah said: Man has become like unto
    • ourselves, and brings death into the world and everything connected
    • be in the position to bring forth his own kind. In this way mankind
    • human beings able to bring forth their own kind Bulls. (Certain animal
    • referring to those earlier
    • We have now reached a time when something happened to bring about the
    • higher and higher. By so doing he condemns man to suffering. Man must
    • who succumbed to the Jehovah Principle, the bringing of perfection to
    • bring a certain degree of advancement to the Luciferic Principle. The
    • pass through as many incarnations as are necessary in order to bring
    • reincarnation and karma, which is the saving of the Earth and brings
    • the former case, everything which Lucifer could bring about would be
  • Title: Lecture: Foundations of Esotericism: Lecture XXIV
    Matching lines:
    • During the First Earth Round the human kingdom gradually separated
    • external body of man became slowly more human. During the Second Round
    • the animal kingdom separated itself off, during the Third the plant
    • kingdom, during the Fourth the mineral kingdom. Then man made a
  • Title: Lecture: Foundations of Esotericism: Lecture XXV
    Matching lines:
    • into astral space. On this depends the conjurings of magicians. They
    • Astral = Shimmering and shining from within outwards.
  • Title: Lecture: Foundations of Esotericism: Lecture XXVI
    Matching lines:
    • During the great Pralaya preceding the First Earth Round, they had
    • again merged with the Earth; and during the first three Earth Rounds
    • bringing about equilibrium would have to be obtained elsewhere. In
  • Title: Lecture: Foundations of Esotericism: Lecture XXVII
    Matching lines:
    • consciousness. So we have to begin with an outpouring of
    • Here we have three definitions of Beings who bring about, who underlie
    • experience, that is to say, the gathering of thoughts out of nothing
    • to become the very first outpouring of substance from the sum of
    • consciousness, that is to say, the possibility of gathering
    • alters this astral being. In the same way when one brings about
    • freemasons also bring about definite forms which manifest in
    • position to bring these things into harmony. But for everything man
    • our Skandas which bring about our Karma. But also all physical deeds
    • brings about processes in the physical body but continually imparts
  • Title: Lecture: Foundations of Esotericism: Lecture XXVIII
    Matching lines:
    • consciousness during the epochs of the Post-Atlantean Age.
    • but on what conditions surround it. Hearing is in no way dependent on
    • sight, then touch and hearing. We can now ask: What is warmth and
    • life ether, hearing perceives the air. A sixth and a seventh sense
    • which the eye receives from outside in the light ether, pouring
    • engineering science in his conscious self, but he actually brought a
    • gradually during the Atlantean Age, one sees the Atlantean landscape
    • The next stage — during the Atlantean Age — was the creative
    • different. During Atlantis the surface of the Earth was at one time
    • The Fifth Root-Race will bring man to his downfall through what must
    • In the Sixth Sub-Race work will be performed as an offering (free work).
    • do everything as absolute offering for humanity.
  • Title: Lecture: Foundations of Esotericism: Lecture XXIX
    Matching lines:
    • suffering decline, and what arises out of the confluence of the
    • hindrances, who places destructive, hindering things in the path of
    • hindered, held back by what the god Mammon brings about. We find two
    • to everyone without due consideration, for it would immediately bring
    • natural process in order to bring breathing under his control. Just as
    • into something inward, to bring it inwardly under his control. The
  • Title: Lecture: Foundations of Esotericism: Lecture XXX
    Matching lines:
    • bringing, so we ourselves gain the power to further health, when we
    • offering, because it was the offering of a Sun-food.
    • not bring it about. For this he must first pass over to the
    • bring about egoism. From the original Semites up to the Fifth
  • Title: Lecture: Foundations of Esotericism: Lecture XXXI
    Matching lines:
    • that it now sought to bring both directions — the inner nature of
    • another. Now man tries to bring the different nature forces or beings
    • Then he comes to Egypt where his activities bring new life. And now we
  • Title: Lecture: The Four Temperaments
    Matching lines:
    • itself within these types. Temperament, that fundamental coloring of
    • to that is the individuality he brings with him out of the spiritual
    • during the embryo phase recapitulates the earlier phases of its
    • For this he was attacked and came close to suffering the
    • lives only once, that there is no enduring entity that unites itself
    • to an ancestral line, and those the human being brings with him out of
    • lingering over an impression. They cannot fix their attention on a
    • sanguine has a light, springy step. Even subtler external traits can
    • inwardness, express themselves in eyes that are dark and smoldering.
    • personality. If we ourselves are that personality, or if we bring the
    • for suffering, for discomfort, which is firmly rooted in his being; it
    • should expose the child to legitimate external pain and suffering, so
    • intensifies his despondency and inner suffering; instead, he must be
    • made to see that objective occasions for suffering exist in life.
    • suffering to outside objects is what is called for.
    • the most varied interests. Phlegmatic children learn by sharing in the
    • soul of the phlegmatic child. We should bring into the phlegmatic's
    • suffering outward toward appropriate objects and events. If we are
  • Title: Lecture: The Human Soul and the Animal Soul
    Matching lines:
    • can bring to realization in my spirit in acts of knowledge, must be
    • the faculties slumbering in his soul in such a way that he can
    • physical forces and processes. That the human body during life is
    • etheric or life body. During life the etheric body wrenches the
    • one thing or another; we bring the forces of different beings into an
    • spirit lives in the ordering of the universe and in a single animal
    • animal, we can say: In the animal we see springing forth from its
    • to himself: There I can see intelligence springing forth as it were,
    • intelligence in his struggle for existence, springs from the animal
    • brings with it as inherited “capital,” as it were, what
    • in the animal consists in the hankerings of its organs, in the
    • organs, the animal has to bring to expression the manner in which the
    • animal actually brings with it into the world. In creating these
    • specific formations, the spirit expends itself. The animal brings
    • with it into the world what it is able to bring and what existence
    • concept, there lies what man himself so brings into the world that by
    • unerring, because it is so closely united with its organs. The human
    • unerring certainty and it would be absurd to talk to it of reasoning,
    • experiences the direct inpouring of the spirit into his soul.
    • less torturing, it gnaws much less deeply into the soul than in the
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: The Human Spirit and the Animal Spirit
    Matching lines:
    • inherited characteristics which we may call an outpouring of the
    • look for them too far afield. In considering things in the right way,
    • which brings about a looser connection between spirit and bodily
    • comparing man with the animals nearest to him. Where the comparative
    • into the form, appearing to us as if frozen there? Here, too, man has
    • end we find that during certain periods of life he has full scope for
    • And by bringing what is within him to expression in gesture, man has
    • have no nourishment pouring from within, and would be unable to find
    • brings about in a direct way the intercourse with the spirit through
    • substance what lives in him as outpouring of the spirit, what has
    • oppose the ordering of the spirit in the body. Thus it is not a
    • certain stage, but can be carried further by developing slumbering
  • Title: Lecture I: Human Questions and Cosmic Answers
    Matching lines:
    • But in times when the old methods of entering into relationship with
    • during which they so worked upon their whole being that they were able
    • The purpose of such exercises is to bring the man of today to a point
    • same sense-impressions will immediately bring him anything in the
    • becomes inward experience, and the answer rings from your own inner
    • lunar eclipse for their nocturnal wanderings.”
    • recurring as they do in the course of every year, may really be looked
    • religion that is founded on faith alone, that does not spring from the
    • forces streaming out from the human will, and preparing a pathway for
    • will.” And when we learn how spiritual, healing forces spring up
    • If, by burning the root of such a plant, we bring to it the element of
  • Title: Lecture II: Human Questions and Cosmic Answers
    Matching lines:
    • spirit-and-soul prepared during the Earth-evolution of humanity. In
    • light, I am speaking of something that is preparing the future. The
    • a specific bearing only; they were answers relating to the actual
    • opposite direction. These answers were to questions referring to the
    • back from Venus, were audible to a kind of inner hearing.
    • forces of Mercury, Venus and Moon bring the human being into
    • remedial effect of aurum was discovered; its effect is to bring
  • Title: Lecture III: Human Questions and Cosmic Answers
    Matching lines:
    • must bring it into relation with the two preceding lectures.
    • itself during his existence between death and a new birth. If you will
    • far richer, when contemplated during the life between death and a new
    • and what is seen during the life between death and a new birth.
    • Without pondering upon this in meditation from every angle — it
    • we experience one world and many men; during the life between death
    • initiate in the ancient Mysteries sought to acquire it during the life
    • impulses which spring as it were from his whole character and
    • When, therefore, we are considering man's connection with these outer
    • after the intermediate condition during which he sees what I described
    • yesterday, he then sees from outside, especially during the middle
    • unconscious understanding he acquired during his life on earth.
    • For example, a man who during his life has been on friendly terms with
    • latter experiences, which are acquired during the second half of the
    • to act out of freedom must be, and is, acquired during earthly
  • Title: Lecture IV: Human Questions and Cosmic Answers
    Matching lines:
    • find it so difficult to bring clear concepts to bear upon what
    • element are so overpowering that the unfolding of plant-life — in
    • his own. He would, as it were, bring about an objective cleverness in
    • modern scientists cannot help discovering the presence of lead right
    • during sleep, could not exist. We should perish between going to sleep
    • The nitrogen is a substance which brings us into intimate connection
    • the state in which our soul lives during sleep. Take what I said
  • Title: Initiation/Passing Moment: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • during the course of European evolution and has tried to find harmony
    • consciousness today. We find our bearings when we try to understand
    • writer, when desiring to give life and form to the personalities he is
    • who brings forth the fruits of the earth and presides over the
    • external and moral ordering of mankind — Demeter, human spirit,
    • upon hearing the alluring voice of a being strange to him, to his own
    • themselves to the work of studying and entering into the personalities
    • that has been done, for instance, for our Calendar during the
    • all that he is prepared to bring as his own offering. Here, perhaps, I
    • Eleusis is with us during our time in Munich.
  • Title: Initiation/Passing Moment: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • the highest aims of his endeavour. The passing moment always brings
    • We can gain an adequate idea of what we are considering if we turn our
    • gaze to post-Atlantean times, remembering the particular configuration
    • various forms of Christianity have accomplished during the last
    • bring forward concrete examples, and today therefore I should like to
    • exert the physical body to bring up memory images from the depths of
    • and bring to the surface all that you know. But before all this can be
    • more, thus bringing about a lifeless, deathlike condition. A living
    • heights of initiation. It is necessary that one should bring this to
    • spiritual is present around us. But we have to bring to it what we can
    • are entering from quite another world by way of initiation, this we
    • will be increasingly better understood during the course of these
    • their initiation, latent during one or more incarnations, may work in
    • established for me. Rather have I to bring forward with strong proof
    • leaders of the Chinese religion. Imagine men of this kind entering the
    • know, entering these worlds for the first time after physical death.
    • to bring about initiation — He never, during the whole three
    • brought into life and gave to the world during those three years He
  • Title: Initiation/Passing Moment: Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • and all that we bring to its explanation, the other question of
    • particular part of it, appears incompletely developed. On enquiring
    • stays with him in the super-sensible worlds as a torturing memory. To
    • something actual. It guides the man and brings him to a particular
    • if, during super-sensible vision, one has become capable of coherent
    • so often be undertaken on entering higher worlds, that is, a good
    • we shall first say to the form appearing to us that it is a beautiful
    • must be acquired if we are to find our bearings in the super-sensible
    • everything aside here because I am entering a world in which all that
    • can be learned during incarnation has no further meaning.” It is
    • like a garment all that one has appropriated during incarnations in
    • reproach, but at the same time spurring one on toward all that one is
    • not capable of enduring all that he must endure when standing before
    • only be judged morally, as the most direct ordering of nature. The
  • Title: Initiation/Passing Moment: Lecture IV
    Matching lines:
    • passed through during the ascent into spiritual worlds are akin to the
    • During sleep the soul does not know what it is because sleep runs its
    • So, in considering the questions, “What is man? What is his soul
    • world” is really only a gathering up of all that streams in
    • process of remembering some experience we have had in life. What you
    • know nothing of ourselves. On entering spiritual worlds the point is
    • this thought pouring with feeling into the void of the universe,
    • picturing the soul as it carries its own being through eternity, then
    • the experiences during the first steps of initiation. We have the
    • self-observation and try to bring home to oneself, without either
    • in words, but is oppressive and even disturbing during the first
    • There you must keep preparing anew, from one kind of being to another
    • bearings in the spiritual world; he cannot freely compare one being
    • to find your bearings, if you are not merely to look at things but are
    • your bearings. This orientation has to be learned, and we learn it
    • By further development, by preparing our inner life of soul in the
    • what is experienced on entering the etheric body, how you expand, flow
    • your physical body and pouring yourself out into the wide spaces of
    • This is all linked up, too, with a springing out of oneself to seize
    • This springing beyond oneself, this looking at and understanding
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Initiation/Passing Moment: Lecture V
    Matching lines:
    • were, into cosmic space, during which one is continually conscious of
    • springing out of oneself into the astral body. It is at this moment
    • yourself in these worlds; you can succeed in entering into relation
    • in order to bring about the first steps of initiation will see to it
    • which you are entering. So it is best to feel this world with your
    • experience during sleep becomes different. In the ordinary experience
    • consciousness on re-awaking, and in his life during the day, except
    • approaches it dies away. During this experience, in the first period
    • possible that this particular mood poured out over the soul during
    • extended during sleep.
    • used. There have taken place a number of experiences during which
    • you to consider this well) you do not necessarily bring it back with
    • with something else. If we want to bring this down into human sensory
    • “A being appearing anywhere in time is eternal insofar as it has
    • we are referring, should at first experience memories of a more moral
    • kind rather than his external physical form. Persevering with the
  • Title: Initiation/Passing Moment: Lecture VI
    Matching lines:
    • super-sensible actually springs forth from the life of the senses. So
    • of bringing it to your notice.
    • there as the great Light-bearer who leads, really leads, to bringing
    • worlds to bring to fulfilment this striving to make manifest the
    • historical course of man during sensory existence and in his evolution
    • place after another, in the way things are played out during the whole
    • namely, to bring down into the world of the senses all that we can
    • Ahriman's power strives to bring about, that all that we have here can
    • companion. But you cannot enter in that state. On entering higher
    • entering the super-sensible world, we come to know Ahriman —
    • superficial when answering questions that show so little real thought
    • darkness of life by our acquiring the right relation to, and getting
    • worlds, we change our ideas and concepts. I should like to bring
    • then may torment us and cause us suffering throughout a whole
    • But during the life between death and a new birth, it never occurs to
    • the new birth, during which man says for example, “Formerly, I
    • experienced in happiness I must now experience in suffering.” You
    • you have to experience suffering in a certain sphere and by undergoing
    • suffering, though in sensory existence we feel they are something to
    • lead us a few steps further into the problem we are now considering.
  • Title: Initiation/Passing Moment: Lecture VII
    Matching lines:
    • need not in the least affect what brings man to a vision of what is
    • bring to light most uncomfortable facts. But such men in the past
    • taking ourselves to task during the period when we are seeing into the
    • that during spiritual vision there will be no interplay of what
    • attracted during sensory existence. Let us also suppose him to be
    • to try perseveringly to cast it all aside when trying to observe the
    • are conditions that we may be allowed to bring into relation with our
    • preparing himself for his earthly course. We follow him on through
    • that, whereas during his earthly incarnations his activity had indeed
    • initiates go through cosmic wanderings. So when we try to get to the
    • out. But this reappearing Christ will not sail the sea in ships, nor
    • always glad even when they bring contrary opinions into our midst. It
  • Title: Inner Nature of Man: Lecture 1: The Four Spheres of the Inner Life
    Matching lines:
    • the life of sensation, the life of perception through which we bring
    • within itself all that brings us as human beings in touch with the
    • sorrow. When we use the word ‘feeling’, we are referring
    • in referring to the realm of will we are dealing with that element
    • spiritual ordering of the world and allows to flow into his actions,
    • perception does indeed bring the world to us, but from one standpoint
    • us? What might we not bring forth from the depths of our soul! And if
    • we did bring it forth, how much more nobly should we feel about the
    • sensation: within me are endless depths; could I but bring them
    • forth, my feeling would become richer and richer. I can only bring
    • bring a portion of the outer world into our inner life through our
    • perception and thought; and we are only able to bring forth a part of
    • You know that during the night
    • awake. During the day while he is awake his physical body, etheric
    • normal manner. This connection is loosened during sleep, so that the
    • soul-being which he is during the night; when he is unconscious
    • usually done unconsciously during sleep; and he leaves it with the
    • human way of considering the world it is, when that which previously
    • world had not co-operated in order to bring about the hardening of
  • Title: Inner Nature of Man: Lecture 2: The Vision of the Ideal Human Being
    Matching lines:
    • to us, but during the second half of our post-mortem existence
    • nature of man. To-day I shall try to bring forward other experiences
    • enter when outside the body. Now there is another way of considering
    • spiritual gaze to the experiences of our Ego during the years that
    • leaving the body and of entering the spiritual world, a way quite
    • Anyone who means to bring up a child seriously will take care not to
    • on-flowing time (consider all these expressions as referring to
    • him. And when he is enveloped by the covering of the body, when he
    • be withdrawn during this time from the temptation of Lucifer.
    • we have passed through the period between birth and death. During the
    • in us the whole time we live upon earth, during which time we do not
  • Title: Inner Nature of Man: Lecture 3: The Senses and the Luciferic Temptation
    Matching lines:
    • brings death. Each act of Feeling and each act of Willing brings
    • towards us and brings about in us the sensation of light; but looking
    • would be, that even during the period of our physical earthly
    • existence between birth and death, they would bring about the same
    • something which is at the same time a corpse, we kill in us during
    • the act of perception this ever-springing impulse towards
    • see through, if it were not for the mirroring substance spread on it.
    • Through the mirroring substance being upon the sheet of glass
    • stand before you like a pane of glass without any mirroring substance
    • which resembles the mirroring substance of the mirror and it reflects
    • Remembering what I said in the first lecture, you will perceive that
    • mirroring-substance of our physical body. We also have within us a
    • is not born during this period. This fourfold possibility which a
    • brings us into inner disharmony. If there were true unison between
    • during the Persian culture, when, together with the outer perception,
    • acquiring knowledge, but something that can become active after our
    • through the covering of ‘mirror-foil’ being perfected,
  • Title: Inner Nature of Man: Lecture 4: Wisdom in the Spiritual World
    Matching lines:
    • wisdom depends on the development of Will and Feeling, bringing
    • to be taught to develop the capacities for acquiring the knowledge of
    • human striving after knowledge consists in actively acquiring from
    • describe; but it is so in important moments, during important
    • ideal of humanity,. This life-force we have to acquire during the
    • not recognise any reality in spirit, who said during his life, ‘All
    • particular time on the physical plane; then, during our sojourn in
    • lie on the physical plane in order to bring about a time in the
    • us and burns us, and we cannot bear it. Our suffering consists in our
    • feeling of health strengthens us during our sojourn in the spiritual
    • that live in him and through his acquiring the habits of thought and
    • considering an illness, karma never under any circumstance says that
    • feeling of health, and the strengthening which springs from this
    • the corresponding cure for that from which he is suffering in the
    • opportunities. Thus we pass by objects and events without answering
    • disappearing, but they run somewhat as follows. A certain person
    • Bearing these examples in mind,
    • gathering knowledge as we do here; it is even a case of diminished
    • is able to bring forth from the treasure of his will sufficient power
    • the feeling-will, the will which brings forth reality out of wisdom,
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Inner Nature of Man: Lecture 5: Between Death and the 'Cosmic Midnight Hour'
    Matching lines:
    • Impulse brings us to the midnight of the world: our desire towards
    • on the earth. During this time he has been accustomed to stand on the
    • during which we have the impression that our life is running its
    • thoughts, which became our memories during life on earth, unfold once
    • such a way as if it would not remain as it appeared during the
    • is enkindled anew through our entering into the physical body and
    • from outside, while during sleep we are unconscious. In the state
    • By this our consciousness is quickened. Then begins the period during
    • to remain undeveloped during our life on the physical plane, because
    • it — soul-forces which during physical life have to be changed
    • death. Even in the days during which we experienced the
    • because it is during these days that we actually develop the forces
    • consciously during physical life. The reason these forces do not act
    • consciously during physical life is because during this physical life
    • in the soul during the fading of the remembrance of the tableau of
    • life were, during life, transformed into the power by which we
    • we then have a very good substitute for it. Instead of remembering
    • memories. This treasure of memory which is ours during life becomes
    • we know: During physical life thou didst think, thy thoughts appeared
    • beings, which surrounded us during life and which we see at death, we
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Inner Nature of Man: Lecture 6: Pleasures and Sufferings in the Life Beyond
    Matching lines:
    • Lecture 6: Pleasures and Sufferings in the Life Beyond
    • spiritual lectures and turn aside. It may be necessary to bring them
    • must first prepare by bringing sympathetic understanding. The Spirit
    • certain respect during this Midnight Hour of our spiritual existence
    • to bring about one of these possibilities; thou canst change this
    • between these incarnations, so that at length we may be able to bring
    • which we are able to bring back with us again to the physical plane,
    • so changes during this time, that as often as we see him (and we see
    • from their wisdom. One of the consequences often springing from this
    • normal length of human life. His illness brings him to an early
    • think that he would gain what has just been described by bringing
    • one has to bring the stream of spiritual life apparently without
    • more. But here we are considering the material realm. The spiritual
    • the germ of frightful social abscesses springing up everywhere. That
    • lead us further to our re-embodiment, which we bring about through
    • it is necessary that man should experience during his earthly life
    • incarnation as are the other forces we bring with us at birth. I have
    • already mentioned that we transform the forces we bring over from the
    • of the Spirit — this we bring over with us into existence, but
    • it does not need to be transformed during our life on earth. The
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Inner Aspect of the Social Question: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • and bring our whole being truly to expression, it would be revealed
    • bring to expression of all that we are as man, in the highest
    • sense?” Whenever we bring clearly before us what we are, we
    • feel: “Standing there, you bring a great deal to expression in
    • inspires the entire inner life, bring us into the right mood for
    • man! Everything will have value for us because we are able to bring
    • humanity we have to bring in not only the evolution of the Earth, but
    • of mankind in cosmic terms which springs only from spiritual
    • themselves as a goal. They accomplished their purpose by inspiring
    • life by bringing Spiritual Science to bear on human relationships.
    • Instead of bringing before our gaze what we ourselves have enjoyed or
    • and not only the first two or three decades of youth — bring
    • enter the world as children, bearing some quality which is important
  • Title: Inner Aspect of the Social Question: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • differentiation — a certain “membering” — of
    • alongside the other realms. This realm will include the upbringing of
    • understanding of the human situation to-day may spring forth.
    • which should bring us into relation with super-earthly spiritual life
    • experiencing similar needs. The upbringing of a child means that one
    • soul is caring for another. Anyone who reads a book is drawn out of
    • through a book he is already sharing these thoughts with a great
    • important characteristic of spiritual life: it has its springs in
    • fact which brings every kind of human fellowship into relation with
    • springs from the most individual source, from personal circumstances
    • not so. This brings us to a further point.
    • for their incarnations. During this period we have a whole range of
    • experience through religion, or through upbringing and education,
    • being has experienced before entering his physical body.
    • civic rights, which brings administrative order into human affairs.
    • an authority which should be concerned only with the ordering of
    • representation, that it shall bring pleasure into their lives, and
    • not speak only during His time on earth; His utterance continues, and
    • again); we should listen to the living revelation that springs from
    • membering.”
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Inner Aspect of the Social Question: Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • which Kurt Eisner gave to a gathering of students in Basle, shortly
    • and see clearly” (he says, referring to his earlier remarks),
    • for mankind. Indeed, nothing can bring forth healing for mankind
    • suffering for human society, and sets the stage for convulsions and
    • would no doubt be surprised to find the rose soon withering, while
    • through between death and rebirth. You are aware that in referring to
    • world. It is only a reflection — a sort of lingering remnant
    • experienced here in the physical world during life.
    • remnants, and we bring these with us into physical existence. Working
    • That is why it is so dreadful when people bring about schisms in
    • Just where this should prevail, we find sects springing up. These
    • finds it to his advantage to do so. Economic life springs from needs,
    • destined to flower in our souls during the life after death. And so,
    • of antipathies which we bring into earthly existence from the life
    • recognise the necessity of a threefold ordering of the social
    • point which permits us to believe in enduring peace. That, in May,
    • it is so hard to bring home to people to-day what is so necessary
    • — to bring home the point of the threefold ordering of a
    • threefold ordering! What is it, then, that distinguishes this way of
    • spring from trying to work out what would be the best social order
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: First Lecture (First Scientific Lecture-Course)
    Matching lines:
    • hoped-for after my arrival here. What I can therefore give during
    • suspended by a string, will pull vertically down towards the earth.
    • regardless of “subjective or objective” — bring to
    • referring to what we do in “Phoronomy” so-called, or
    • effect, in answering this question: If such a particle brings another
    • from the matter in the one, which brings the other into movement. If
    • then the given mass brings the other mass, weighing one gramme, into
    • To bring this home, I
    • in the surrounding sphere. We shall have instances of this during the
    • when we bring about the necessary conditions, will they call forth
    • measuring these possibilities of action; we can express in stated
    • c, you would indeed be referring to the effects to centric
    • shaking the old Newtonian conceptions about Gravitation, and bearing
  • Title: Second Lecture (First Scientific Lecture-Course)
    Matching lines:
    • they have about this “ether” which is supposed to bring
    • simply adduce the essential elements to bring the formula before your
    • the moment, we are considering the movement pure and simple, not its
    • our reach, so that we can only get to know it, as it were, by staring
    • is in Nature, you must bring in the states of consciousness. Without
    • underlies it, bring about upon the one hand the submersion of the
    • but so as to bring the spiritual and the physical together. Only the
    • a very high degree, to bring our etheric body into play.
    • wall through which the light is pouring in, we put a screen. By
    • virtue of the light that is pouring in, we see an illuminated
    • So we can say, adhering once again to the facts and not indulging in
    • all that is yellowish in colour. Thus by adhering to the plain facts
  • Title: Third Lecture (First Scientific Lecture-Course)
    Matching lines:
    • in the fact that you are always hankering after a phoronomical
    • your pupils. It will not be possible, all at once, to bring the
    • is precisely the point: not to bring in theories to tamper with the
    • vitreous body, filling the interior of the eye and bordering on the
    • humour in the anterior part of the eye, are formed from neighbouring
    • nature of the outer light is here at work, bringing about that
    • may also tell from the following fact. During the day when you look
    • and see the seven colours. We will now bring it into rotation. I can
    • bring the disc into rotation. The single impression of light has not
    • seen the red at a particular place, the quick rotation brings the
    • Bring a coloured top into quick enough rotation: the seven colours,
  • Title: Fourth Lecture (First Scientific Lecture-Course)
    Matching lines:
    • IVc). Once again therefore adhering strictly to the facts, we
    • and stated purely as phenomena, as we have been endeavouring to do.
    • made, appearing dark. And as an outcome of this “hole”,
    • can make spectra of this kind appearing not as a proper spectrum but
  • Title: Fifth Lecture (First Scientific Lecture-Course)
    Matching lines:
    • quality of light which would be appearing at this place (i.e. in the
    • gathering of all the colours — falls on a body that looks red,
    • exactly of what I shall bring forward. Think as precisely as you can.
    • good, my dear Friends, if you will bring this home to yourselves very
    • be appearing to you as a coloured body, a red body for example. We
  • Title: Sixth Lecture (First Scientific Lecture-Course)
    Matching lines:
    • Simply by looking through the glass and comparing what you see with
    • darker part bordering on a lighter. The dark is shifted upward, and
    • they speak as though the light patch alone were suffering
    • diverted all alone. Whatever the cone of light is bordering on
    • that in some way the colours spring from the light alone. For from
    • appearing to the outer senses, was taken note of; then, to explain
    • prevents our discovering the bridge between the soul-and-spirit on
    • during these lectures — we are somehow sucked-out as to our
    • light, the enduring colours. We cannot treat all these things
    • considering Sun and Earth and Moon thus separately, the things you
    • section of a whole. How many errors arise by considering to be a
    • whole! By thus considering only the partial phenomena and then
    • through our organs of hearing. The vibrations of the air beat on our
    • organ of hearing, and when they do so we perceive the sound. Now the
    • experiments during these lectures. Thus they think out an universal
    • then in addition we bring an electro-magnet to bear upon the cylinder
  • Title: Seventh Lecture (First Scientific Lecture-Course)
    Matching lines:
    • today with an experiment bearing upon our studies of the theory of
    • insight into Science, and you must look on all that I bring forward
    • appearing afterwards only in point of time. Looked at objectively
    • really the out-breathed air which brings about the process. When I
    • breathe and bring about — not of course so crudely but in a
    • is this inner organism of vibrations which in our ear we bring to
    • the string of a musical instrument gives out a note. We make the
    • Such, in reality is hearing. The real process of hearing —
    • hearing of the differentiated sound or tone — is, as you see,
    • Now bring
    • water is a kind of drum or flywheel which we now bring into quick
    • water all about, stirring it thoroughly. After a time we shall look
  • Title: Eighth Lecture (First Scientific Lecture-Course)
    Matching lines:
    • among the first. If for example you twang a violin-string or the
    • like, and another string attuned to it — or even quite a
    • pitch; thirdly a certain quality or colouring of sound. The problem
    • the air between it and us is in movement. Indeed we bring the air
    • outer we got 80 in the same period of time. The beats bring about
    • “hearing”, what is really there outside me are these
    • fact that if I twang a violin-string a second string in the same
    • case unless we bring it into connection with a more widespread
    • of a violin-string which one may still interpret crudely and
    • hearing: the ear alone is no reality, though it is nearly always
    • your active speaking and on the other hand your hearing. Then you
    • intelligent or perceptive way in your hearing and in a more
    • human being so as to bring him to life instead of seeing things in
    • falciform process, (blood-bearing organs, continued into the eye in
    • fundamentally different from my hearing. When I am seeing, the same
    • body in sound or hearing, then you will realize that in seeing, in
    • understand what you were hearing, you first repeated it aloud. Such
    • with hearing alone, for this is but a single factor of the dual
    • its study of the World, in that it starts by comparing what is not
  • Title: Ninth Lecture (First Scientific Lecture-Course)
    Matching lines:
    • do during these days is to give you a few points of view, with the
    • brings negative toward itself in some way. You know the phenomenon
    • other, imbued with negative electricity, so as to bring about a
    • emerges. The meditations of physicists during the 19th century kept
    • in a neighbouring wire, by the mere proximity of the one wire to
    • revolutions. They seem like great and shattering events in social
    • then at what has happened in Physics during the 1890's and the
    • showering through space. The old wave-theory was shaken. However,
    • material particles showering through space, — or is it
    • Bringing a
    • brings about the most important things that play into the life of
    • remember too, what has been pointed out during these lectures.
    • The text-book knowledge I may none the less bring forward, is only
  • Title: Tenth Lecture (First Scientific Lecture-Course)
    Matching lines:
    • bring these few improvised hours of scientific study to a
    • right out of its bearings, so to speak, even by Physics itself.
    • will now bring the shadow which is thus made visible into the field
    • shimmering in a violet shade of colour, and the canal rays coming
    • stable and enduring matter but with a complete metamorphosis of
    • somehow compelled to bring more movement into our geometrical and
    • organ in the metabolism. Our geometrical ideas above all spring
    • what springs from the unconscious part of your being with what
    • the forest, he sees himself firing the shot, — and at the
    • phenomena of the realm we are now considering, my dear Friends. For
    • do: we can refrain from bringing into our teaching too many
    • where the new things which mankind needs can spring to life. In the
  • Title: Macrocosm/Microcosm: Lecture 1: The World Behind the Tapestry of Sense-perceptions. Ecstasy and Mystical Experience.
    Matching lines:
    • to awaken certain inner faculties slumbering in normal daily life, so
    • sorrow, of happiness and suffering, of passions, impulses, desires,
    • the morning, joy, sorrow, happiness, suffering and other such
    • out of which his joy, suffering, happiness, grief, and all his
    • membrane covering something lying behind it? And is there something
    • sufferings, behind our joys, behind our passions? Are we able to make
    • the film covering the outer world and the resistance in the inner
    • disappearing, that the tapestry of the outer world is being broken
    • desires, of our joys and sufferings, sorrows, and so on. This too is
    • differing from those ordinarily known.
    • suffering, but at some time or other I was myself the cause of it. I
    • I have not deserved these sufferings in my present life, then
    • of his sorrow and suffering. It may all be so much dreaming, but it is
    • If he brings his Ego to expression in the outward direction, he
    • behind of man during sleep is what there is in him apart from the Ego
    • During ecstasy he is likewise given over to the Macrocosm, but then he
    • we are during sleep we can all convince ourselves when we wake in the
    • which have been gathered during sleep. When with his Ego and astral
    • brings us forces which banish fatigue. The world out of which stream
    • the life of day. We do this under quite special circumstances. During
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Macrocosm/Microcosm: Lecture 2: Sleeping and Waking Life in Relation to the Planets
    Matching lines:
    • needs during waking life in order to sustain his life of soul. These
    • during sleep, remains behind in the physical world. The fact that the
    • whether, during the time man spends at night in a spiritual world, an
    • distinguish various forces to which he is exposed in that world during
    • By considering certain familiar experiences and facts we will now
    • through which, during the day, he moves his limbs and brings his body
    • possibility of entering into any connection with the outer world is
    • smell, and finally of hearing. In this gradual cessation of the inner
    • sleep, to stop speaking, tasting, hearing, and so forth. A power is
    • impulses which have driven him to such actions during sleep. The
    • Three influences, then, to which the human being is exposed during
    • that speaking and acting during sleep rarely occur. The influence that
    • pictures of dream into man's life of soul during sleep is known as the
    • people does not assert its unique character during sleep because the
    • Spiritual Soul. Thus three influences are to be distinguished during
    • soul during sleep. We must now describe the aspect of soul-life that
    • man is different; he undergoes a change during sleep. The evidence of
    • happened to him during sleep has made this possible.
    • forces he needs for his life during the next day in order to recognise
    • during sleep. But when he is thus strengthened, the same influence
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Macrocosm/Microcosm: Lecture 3: The Inner Path Followed by the Mystic. Experience of the Cycle of the Year.
    Matching lines:
    • during the sleeping state in a spiritual world and on waking returns
    • at the rest of the world. During waking life we never contemplate our
    • which our physical body, when observed during waking life, is a part.
    • overpowering strength if he were to look consciously into his own
    • makes him capable of enduring whatever obstacles may lie in his path
    • proving himself victorious over pain and suffering for a long, long
    • to itself over and over again: ‘Whatever pain and suffering still
    • what brings joy, I should never develop the strength of which my soul
    • suffering with resignation. This strength must be developed in the
    • the other senses. What we see during the day are, in reality, the
    • during the day it is the same with the Sun outside as it is on waking
    • look at it. Nor during the day can we perceive everything that is
    • nature of which we can grasp by picturing the simplest of them. Man
    • We all know that our feelings in spring are different from those we
    • have in the autumn. When buds are bursting in spring and giving
    • approach of spring we feel the awakening of hope. The feeling is only
    • with spring will be transformed into one of sadness, of melancholy;
    • branches instead of the bright flowering shrubs of summer, our souls
    • transformations that take place from spring to summer and autumn and
    • of vegetation in spring; then, when he was able to surrender himself
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Macrocosm/Microcosm: Lecture 4: Faculties of the Human Soul and Their Development
    Matching lines:
    • during his life between birth and death he undergoes development which
    • — is transformed during sleep in such a way that it becomes our
    • in our conscious life become active during sleep; experiences are
    • But we bring out of sleep much more than we ourselves brought into it
    • through our conscious experiences. During the day we use up forces by
    • fatigue because these forces are exhausted, and during sleep they are
    • replenished; many forces flow into us during the night other than
    • during sleep is therefore the source of innumerable forces we need for
    • person who for ten years has devoted himself to acquiring deeper
    • idea of the inner metamorphosis that has taken place by comparing his
    • disintegrate, it. That this cannot happen during life is due to the
    • what actually works creatively on his inner being during sleep.
    • brings it about that the soul is attracted by one thing, repelled by
    • what our soul has absorbed during the night, for what we ourselves are
    • able to develop consciously during the life of day would not take us
    • co-operation they stream into us during sleep. Furthermore, these
    • a faint reflection of the Cosmic Will that we bring with us; we know
    • independence because this Will has streamed into us during sleep. Then
    • nothing else than a product of Cosmic Feeling absorbed by him during
    • Macrocosm into which our being pours during sleep, yet our soul is
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Macrocosm/Microcosm: Lecture 5: The Egyptian Mysteries of Osiris and Isis
    Matching lines:
    • at the outset that this study will enable us during the next few days
    • We heard yesterday how a man would be able to find his bearings within
    • man, who during sleep felt outspread and free in the Macrocosm,
    • the moment of waking than during the course of the day; he feels that
    • with him that something has streamed into him during sleep from worlds
    • the Initiation which brings knowledge of these Mysteries, but the path
    • The lecture yesterday described what is meant by acquiring knowledge
    • his life since birth. During this experience he saw, through the eyes
    • he were identical with them, but as if he were hovering above them
    • Just as we see the inherited characteristics finally disappearing, so
    • preparing for himself in the spiritual world the qualities he is
    • history behind it. Long, long before entering existence through birth,
    • entering physical existence. He comes to know a portion of his life
    • during the period between his last death and the present birth.
    • was this? We shall understand it best by considering the moment of
    • Thus during his Initiation the pupil passed through a cycle leading
    • entering into deeper forms of mystical experience learns to know
    • the things that were seen externally during that last incarnation, but
    • what he made of himself by his endeavours during that life. What the
    • bearings again. He now has a strange feeling of being two
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Macrocosm/Microcosm: Lecture 6: Experiences of Initiation in the Northern Mysteries
    Matching lines:
    • accordance with the colouring given it by this reinforced Ego. For
    • to hold in check this outpouring egoism, to keep a spiritual hold on
    • experiencing the condition during which he is given over to sleep. We
    • so shattering, that it must be regarded as a wise dispensation that at
    • water and disappearing in it. Man is in the state of being outside
    • with Spring, the exultation of Summer, the melancholy of Autumn, the
    • example to the budding life of nature in Spring. Certainly, any human
    • budding life of Sp